Table of Contents
Robot Framework is a Python-based, extensible keyword-driven automation framework for acceptance testing, acceptance test driven development (ATDD), behavior driven development (BDD) and robotic process automation (RPA). It can be used in distributed, heterogeneous environments, where automation requires using different technologies and interfaces.
The framework has a rich ecosystem around it consisting of various generic libraries and tools that are developed as separate projects. For more information about Robot Framework and the ecosystem, see http://robotframework.org.
Robot Framework is open source software released under the Apache License 2.0. Its development is sponsored by the Robot Framework Foundation.
Note
The official RPA support was added in Robot Framework 3.1. This User Guide still talks mainly about creating tests, test data, and test libraries, but same concepts apply also when creating tasks.
Robot Framework is a generic, application and technology independent framework. It has a highly modular architecture illustrated in the diagram below.
The test data is in simple, easy-to-edit tabular format. When Robot Framework is started, it processes the data, executes test cases and generates logs and reports. The core framework does not know anything about the target under test, and the interaction with it is handled by libraries. Libraries can either use application interfaces directly or use lower level test tools as drivers.
Following screenshots show examples of the test data and created reports and logs.
The number one place to find more information about Robot Framework and the rich ecosystem around it is http://robotframework.org. Robot Framework itself is hosted on GitHub.
There are several Robot Framework mailing lists where to ask and search for more information. The mailing list archives are open for everyone (including the search engines) and everyone can also join these lists freely. Only list members can send mails, though, and to prevent spam new users are moderated which means that it might take a little time before your first message goes through. Do not be afraid to send question to mailing lists but remember How To Ask Questions The Smart Way.
Robot Framework is open source software provided under the Apache License 2.0. Robot Framework documentation such as this User Guide use the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license. Most libraries and tools in the larger ecosystem around the framework are also open source, but they may use different licenses.
The full Robot Framework copyright notice is included below:
Copyright 2008-2015 Nokia Networks Copyright 2016- Robot Framework Foundation Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0 Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License for the specific language governing permissions and limitations under the License.
These instructions cover installing Robot Framework and its preconditions on different operating systems. If you already have Python installed, you can install Robot Framework using the standard package manager pip:
pip install robotframework
Robot Framework is implemented using Python, and a precondition to install it is having Python or its alternative implementation PyPy installed. Another recommended precondition is having the pip package manager available.
Robot Framework requires Python 3.6 or newer. If you need to use Python 2, Jython or IronPython, you can use Robot Framework 4.1.3.
On Linux you should have suitable Python installation with pip available by default. If not, you need to consult your distributions documentation to learn how to install them. This is also true if you want to use some other Python version than the one provided by your distribution by default.
To check what Python version you have installed, you can run python --version
command in a terminal:
$ python --version
Python 3.8.10
Notice that if your distribution provides also older Python 2, running python
may use that. To use Python 3, you can use python3
command or even more version
specific command like python3.8
. You need to use these version specific variants
also if you have multiple Python 3 versions installed and need to pinpoint which
one to use:
$ python3.9 --version
Python 3.9.10
$ python3.10 --version
Python 3.10.2
Installing Robot Framework directly under the system provided Python has a risk that possible problems can affect the whole Python installation used also by the operating system itself. Nowadays Linux distributions typically use user installs by default to avoid such problems, but users can also themselves decide to use virtual environments.
On Windows Python is not available by default, but it is easy to install. The recommended way to install it is using the official Windows installers available at http://python.org. For other alternatives, such as installing from the Microsoft Store, see the official Python documentation.
When installing Python on Windows, it is recommended to add Python to PATH
to make it and tools like pip and Robot Framework easier to execute from
the command line. When using the official installer, you just need
to select the Add Python 3.x to PATH
checkbox on the first dialog.
To make sure Python installation has been successful and Python has been
added to PATH
, you can open the command prompt and execute python --version
:
C:\>python --version
Python 3.9.4
If you install multiple Python versions on Windows, the Python that is used
when you execute python
is the one first in PATH
. If you need to use others,
the easiest way is using the py launcher:
C:\>py --version
Python 3.9.4
C:\>py -3.10 --version
Python 3.10.2
MacOS does not provide Python 3 compatible Python version by default, so it needs to be installed separately. The recommended approach is using the official macOS installers available at http://python.org. If you are using a package manager like Homebrew, installing Python via it is possible as well.
You can validate Python installation on macOS using python --version
like on
other operating systems.
PyPy is an alternative Python implementation. Its main advantage over the standard Python implementation is that it can be faster and use less memory, but this depends on the context where and how it is used. If execution speed is important, at least testing PyPy is probably a good idea.
Installing PyPy is a straightforward procedure and you can find both installers
and installation instructions at http://pypy.org. To validate that PyPy installation
was successful, run pypy --version
or pypy3 --version
.
Note
Using Robot Framework with PyPy is officially supported only on Linux.
PATH
The PATH environment variable lists directories where commands executed in
a system are searched from. To make using Python, pip and Robot Framework easier
from the command line, it is recommended to add the Python installation directory
as well as the directory where commands like pip
and robot
are installed
into PATH
.
When using Python on Linux or macOS, Python and tools installed with it should be
automatically in PATH
. If you nevertheless need to update PATH
, you
typically need to edit some system wide or user specific configuration file.
Which file to edit and how depends on the operating system and you need to
consult its documentation for more details.
On Windows the easiest way to make sure PATH
is configured correctly is
setting the Add Python 3.x to PATH
checkbox when running the installer.
To manually modify PATH
on Windows, follow these steps:
Environment Variables
under Settings
. There are variables affecting
the whole system and variables affecting only the current user. Modifying
the former will require admin rights, but modifying the latter is typically
enough.PATH
(often written like Path
) and click Edit
. If you are
editing user variables and PATH
does not exist, click New
instead.PATH
.Ok
to save the changes.These instructions cover installing Robot Framework using pip, the standard Python package manager. If you are using some other package manager like Conda, you can use it instead but need to study its documentation for instructions.
When installing Python, you typically get pip installed automatically. If that is not the case, you need to check the documentation of that Python installation for instructions how to install it separately.
pip
commandTypically you use pip by running the pip
command, but on Linux you may need
to use pip3
or even more Python version specific variant like pip3.8
instead. When running pip
or any of its variants, the pip version that is
found first in PATH will be used. If you have multiple Python versions
installed, you may need to pinpoint which exact version you want to use.
This is typically easiest done by running python -m pip
and substituting
python
with the Python version you want to use.
To make sure you have pip available, you can run pip --version
or equivalent.
Examples on Linux:
$ pip --version
pip 20.2 from ... (python 3.8)
$ python3.10 -m pip --version
pip 20.2 from ... (python 3.10)
Examples on Windows:
C:\> pip --version
pip 20.2.2 from ... (python 3.9)
C:\> py -m 3.10 -m pip --version
pip 20.2.1 from ... (python 3.10)
In the subsequent sections pip is always run using the pip
command. You may
need to use some of the other approaches explained above in your environment.
The easiest way to use pip is by letting it find and download packages it installs from the Python Package Index (PyPI), but it can also install packages downloaded from the PyPI separately. The most common usages are shown below and pip documentation has more information and examples.
# Install the latest version (does not upgrade)
pip install robotframework
# Upgrade to the latest stable version
pip install --upgrade robotframework
# Upgrade to the latest version even if it is a pre-release
pip install --upgrade --pre robotframework
# Install a specific version
pip install robotframework==5.0
# Install separately downloaded package (no network connection needed)
pip install robotframework-5.0-py3-none-any.whl
# Install latest (possibly unreleased) code directly from GitHub
pip install https://github.com/robotframework/robotframework/archive/master.zip
# Uninstall
pip uninstall robotframework
Another installation alternative is getting Robot Framework source code
and installing it using the provided setup.py
script. This approach is
recommended only if you do not have pip available for some reason.
You can get the source code by downloading a source distribution as a zip package from PyPI and extracting it. An alternative is cloning the GitHub repository and checking out the needed release tag.
Once you have the source code, you can install it with the following command:
python setup.py install
The setup.py
script accepts several arguments allowing, for example,
installation into a non-default location that does not require administrative
rights. It is also used for creating different distribution packages. Run
python setup.py --help
for more details.
To make sure that the correct Robot Framework version has been installed, run the following command:
$ robot --version
Robot Framework 5.0 (Python 3.8.10 on linux)
If running these commands fails with a message saying that the command is not found or recognized, a good first step is double-checking the PATH configuration.
If you have installed Robot Framework under multiple Python versions,
running robot
will execute the one first in PATH. To select explicitly,
you can run python -m robot
and substitute python
with the right Python
version.
$ python3.10 -m robot --version
Robot Framework 5.0 (Python 3.10.2 on linux)
C:\>py -3.10 -m robot --version
Robot Framework 5.0 (Python 3.10.3 on win32)
Python virtual environments allow Python packages to be installed in an isolated location for a particular system or application, rather than installing all packages into the same global location. They have two main use cases:
There are several demo projects that introduce Robot Framework and help getting started with it.
This section covers Robot Framework's overall test data syntax. The following sections will explain how to actually create test cases, test suites and so on. Although this section mostly uses term test, the same rules apply also when creating tasks.
The hierarchical structure for arranging test cases is built as follows:
In addition to this, there are:
Test case files, test suite initialization files and resource files are all created using Robot Framework test data syntax. Test libraries and variable files are created using "real" programming languages, most often Python.
Robot Framework data is defined in different sections, often also called tables, listed below:
Section | Used for |
---|---|
Settings | 2) Defining metadata for test suites
and test cases.
|
Variables | Defining variables that can be used elsewhere in the test data. |
Test Cases | Creating test cases from available keywords. |
Tasks | Creating tasks using available keywords. Single file can only contain either tests or tasks. |
Keywords | Creating user keywords from existing lower-level keywords |
Comments | Additional comments or data. Ignored by Robot Framework. |
Different sections are recognized by their header row. The recommended
header format is *** Settings ***
, but the header is case-insensitive,
surrounding spaces are optional, and the number of asterisk characters can
vary as long as there is one asterisk in the beginning. In addition to using
the plural format, also singular variants like Setting
and Test Case
are
accepted. In other words, also *setting
would be recognized as a section
header.
The header row can contain also other data than the actual section header. The extra data must be separated from the section header using the data format dependent separator, typically two or more spaces. These extra headers are ignored at parsing time, but they can be used for documenting purposes. This is especially useful when creating test cases using the data-driven style.
Possible data before the first section is ignored.
Note
Section names used to be space-insensitive, but that was deprecated
in Robot Framework 3.1 and trying to use something like TestCases
or S e t t i n g s
causes an error in Robot Framework 3.2.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, all unrecognized sections were silently
ignored but nowadays they cause an error. Comments
sections can
be used if sections not containing actual test data are needed.
The most common approach to create Robot Framework data is using the space separated format where pieces of the data, such as keywords and their arguments, are separated from each others with two or more spaces. An alternative is using the pipe separated format where the separator is the pipe character surrounded with spaces (|).
Executed files typically use the .robot extension, but that can be configured with the --extension option. Resource files can use the .robot extension as well, but using the dedicated .resource extension is recommended. Files containing non-ASCII characters must be saved using the UTF-8 encoding.
Robot Framework also supports reStructuredText files so that normal Robot Framework data is embedded into code blocks. It is possible to use either .rst or .rest extension with reStructuredText files, but the aforementioned --extension option must be used to enable parsing them when executing a directory.
Earlier Robot Framework versions supported data also in HTML and TSV formats. The TSV format still works if the data is compatible with the space separated format, but the support for the HTML format has been removed altogether. If you encounter such data files, you need to convert them to the plain text format to be able to use them with Robot Framework 3.2 or newer. The easiest way to do that is using the Tidy tool, but you must use the version included with Robot Framework 3.1 because newer versions do not understand the HTML format at all.
When Robot Framework parses data, it first splits the data to lines and then lines to tokens such as keywords and arguments. When using the space separated format, the separator between tokens is two or more spaces or alternatively one or more tab characters. In addition to the normal ASCII space, any Unicode character considered to be a space (e.g. no-break space) works as a separator. The number of spaces used as separator can vary, as long as there are at least two, making it possible to align the data nicely in settings and elsewhere when it makes the data easier to understand.
*** Settings ***
Documentation Example using the space separated format.
Library OperatingSystem
*** Variables ***
${MESSAGE} Hello, world!
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
[Documentation] Example test.
Log ${MESSAGE}
My Keyword ${CURDIR}
Another Test
Should Be Equal ${MESSAGE} Hello, world!
*** Keywords ***
My Keyword
[Arguments] ${path}
Directory Should Exist ${path}
Because tabs and consecutive spaces are considered separators, they must
be escaped if they are needed in keyword arguments or elsewhere
in the actual data. It is possible to use special escape syntax like
\t
for tab and \xA0
for no-break space as well as built-in variables
${SPACE}
and ${EMPTY}
. See the Escaping section for details.
Tip
Although using two spaces as a separator is enough, it is recommended to use four spaces to make the separator easier to recognize.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2, non-ASCII spaces used in the data were converted to ASCII spaces during parsing. Nowadays all data is preserved as-is.
The biggest problem of the space delimited format is that visually separating keywords from arguments can be tricky. This is a problem especially if keywords take a lot of arguments and/or arguments contain spaces. In such cases the pipe delimited variant can work better because it makes the separator more visible.
One file can contain both space separated and pipe separated lines. Pipe separated lines are recognized by the mandatory leading pipe character, but the pipe at the end of the line is optional. There must always be at least one space or tab on both sides of the pipe except at the beginning and at the end of the line. There is no need to align the pipes, but that often makes the data easier to read.
| *** Settings *** |
| Documentation | Example using the pipe separated format.
| Library | OperatingSystem
| *** Variables *** |
| ${MESSAGE} | Hello, world!
| *** Test Cases *** | | |
| My Test | [Documentation] | Example test. |
| | Log | ${MESSAGE} |
| | My Keyword | ${CURDIR} |
| Another Test | Should Be Equal | ${MESSAGE} | Hello, world!
| *** Keywords *** | | |
| My Keyword | [Arguments] | ${path} |
| | Directory Should Exist | ${path} |
When using the pipe separated format, consecutive spaces or tabs inside arguments do not need to be escaped. Similarly empty columns do not need to be escaped except if they are at the end. Possible pipes surrounded by spaces in the actual test data must be escaped with a backslash, though:
| *** Test Cases *** | | | |
| Escaping Pipe | ${file count} = | Execute Command | ls -1 *.txt \| wc -l |
| | Should Be Equal | ${file count} | 42 |
Note
Preserving consecutive spaces and tabs in arguments is new in Robot Framework 3.2. Prior to it non-ASCII spaces used in the data were also converted to ASCII spaces.
reStructuredText (reST) is an easy-to-read plain text markup syntax that is commonly used for documentation of Python projects, including Python itself as well as this User Guide. reST documents are most often compiled to HTML, but also other output formats are supported. Using reST with Robot Framework allows you to mix richly formatted documents and test data in a concise text format that is easy to work with using simple text editors, diff tools, and source control systems.
Note
Using reStructuredText files with Robot Framework requires the Python docutils module to be installed.
When using Robot Framework with reStructuredText files, normal Robot Framework
data is embedded to so called code blocks. In standard reST code blocks are
marked using the code
directive, but Robot Framework supports also
code-block
or sourcecode
directives used by the Sphinx tool.
reStructuredText example
------------------------
This text is outside code blocks and thus ignored.
.. code:: robotframework
*** Settings ***
Documentation Example using the reStructuredText format.
Library OperatingSystem
*** Variables ***
${MESSAGE} Hello, world!
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
[Documentation] Example test.
Log ${MESSAGE}
My Keyword ${CURDIR}
Another Test
Should Be Equal ${MESSAGE} Hello, world!
Also this text is outside code blocks and ignored. Code blocks not
containing Robot Framework data are ignored as well.
.. code:: robotframework
# Both space and pipe separated formats are supported.
| *** Keyword *** | | |
| My Keyword | [Arguments] | ${path} |
| | Directory Should Exist | ${path} |
.. code:: python
# This code block is ignored.
def example():
print('Hello, world!')
Robot Framework supports reStructuredText files using both .rst and .rest extension. When executing a directory containing reStucturedText files, the --extension option must be used to explicitly tell that these files should be parsed.
When Robot Framework parses reStructuredText files, errors below level
SEVERE
are ignored to avoid noise about possible non-standard directives
and other such markup. This may hide also real errors, but they can be seen
when processing files using reStructuredText tooling normally.
When Robot Framework parses the test data files, it ignores:
#
), when it is the first
character of a cell. This means that hash marks can be used to enter
comments in the test data.When Robot Framework ignores some data, this data is not available in any resulting reports and, additionally, most tools used with Robot Framework also ignore them. To add information that is visible in Robot Framework outputs, place it to the documentation or other metadata of test cases or suites, or log it with the BuiltIn keywords Log or Comment.
The escape character in Robot Framework test data is the backslash
(\) and additionally built-in variables ${EMPTY}
and ${SPACE}
can often be used for escaping. Different escaping mechanisms are
discussed in the sections below.
The backslash character can be used to escape special characters so that their literal values are used.
Character | Meaning | Examples |
---|---|---|
\$ |
Dollar sign, never starts a scalar variable. | \${notvar} |
\@ |
At sign, never starts a list variable. | \@{notvar} |
\& |
Ampersand, never starts a dictionary variable. | \&{notvar} |
\% |
Percent sign, never starts an environment variable. | \%{notvar} |
\# |
Hash sign, never starts a comment. | \# not comment |
\= |
Equal sign, never part of named argument syntax. | not\=named |
\| |
Pipe character, not a separator in the pipe separated format. | ls -1 *.txt \| wc -l |
\\ |
Backslash character, never escapes anything. | c:\\temp, \\${var} |
The backslash character also allows creating special escape sequences that are recognized as characters that would otherwise be hard or impossible to create in the test data.
Sequence | Meaning | Examples |
---|---|---|
\n |
Newline character. | first line\n2nd line |
\r |
Carriage return character | text\rmore text |
\t |
Tab character. | text\tmore text |
\xhh |
Character with hex value hh . |
null byte: \x00, ä: \xE4 |
\uhhhh |
Character with hex value hhhh . |
snowman: \u2603 |
\Uhhhhhhhh |
Character with hex value hhhhhhhh . |
love hotel: \U0001f3e9 |
Note
All strings created in the test data, including characters like
\x02
, are Unicode and must be explicitly converted to
byte strings if needed. This can be done, for example, using
Convert To Bytes or Encode String To Bytes keywords
in BuiltIn and String libraries, respectively, or with
something like value.encode('UTF-8')
in Python code.
Note
If invalid hexadecimal values are used with \x
, \u
or \U
escapes, the end result is the original value without
the backslash character. For example, \xAX
(not hex) and
\U00110000
(too large value) result with xAX
and U00110000
, respectively. This behavior may change in
the future, though.
Note
Built-in variable ${\n}
can be used if operating system
dependent line terminator is needed (\r\n
on Windows and
\n
elsewhere).
When using the space separated format, the number of spaces used as
a separator can vary and thus empty values cannot be recognized unless they
are escaped. Empty cells can be escaped either with the backslash character
or with built-in variable ${EMPTY}
. The latter is typically recommended
as it is easier to understand.
*** Test Cases ***
Using backslash
Do Something first arg \
Do Something \ second arg
Using ${EMPTY}
Do Something first arg ${EMPTY}
Do Something ${EMPTY} second arg
When using the pipe separated format, empty values need to be escaped only when they are at the end of the row:
| *** Test Cases *** | | | |
| Using backslash | Do Something | first arg | \ |
| | Do Something | | second arg |
| | | | |
| Using ${EMPTY} | Do Something | first arg | ${EMPTY} |
| | Do Something | | second arg |
Spaces, especially consecutive spaces, as part of arguments for keywords or needed otherwise are problematic for two reasons:
In these cases spaces need to be escaped. Similarly as when escaping empty
values, it is possible to do that either by using the backslash character or
by using the built-in variable ${SPACE}
.
Escaping with backslash | Escaping with ${SPACE} |
Notes |
---|---|---|
\ leading space | ${SPACE}leading space |
|
trailing space \ | trailing space${SPACE} |
Backslash must be after the space. |
\ \ | ${SPACE} |
Backslash needed on both sides. |
consecutive \ \ spaces | consecutive${SPACE * 3}spaces |
Using extended variable syntax. |
As the above examples show, using the ${SPACE}
variable often makes the
test data easier to understand. It is especially handy in combination with
the extended variable syntax when more than one space is needed.
If there is more data than readily fits a row, it is possible to split it
and start continuing rows with ellipsis (...
). Ellipses can be indented
to match the indentation of the starting row and they must always be followed
by the normal test data separator.
In most places split lines have exact same semantics as lines that are not split. Exceptions to this rule are suite, test and keyword documentation as well suite metadata. With them split values are automatically joined together with the newline character to ease creating multiline values.
The ...
syntax allows also splitting variables in the Variable section.
When long scalar variables (e.g. ${STRING}
) are split to multiple rows,
the final value is got by concatenating the rows together. The separator is
a space by default, but that can be changed by starting the value with
SEPARATOR=<sep>
.
Splitting lines is illustrated in the following two examples containing exactly same data without and with splitting.
*** Settings ***
Documentation Here we have documentation for this suite.\nDocumentation is often quite long.\n\nIt can also contain multiple paragraphs.
Default Tags default tag 1 default tag 2 default tag 3 default tag 4 default tag 5
*** Variable ***
${STRING} This is a long string. It has multiple sentences. It does not have newlines.
${MULTILINE} This is a long multiline string.\nThis is the second line.\nThis is the third and the last line.
@{LIST} this list is quite long and items in it can also be long
&{DICT} first=This value is pretty long. second=This value is even longer. It has two sentences.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
[Tags] you probably do not have this many tags in real life
Do X first argument second argument third argument fourth argument fifth argument sixth argument
${var} = Get X first argument passed to this keyword is pretty long second argument passed to this keyword is long too
*** Settings ***
Documentation Here we have documentation for this suite.
... Documentation is often quite long.
...
... It can also contain multiple paragraphs.
Default Tags default tag 1 default tag 2 default tag 3
... default tag 4 default tag 5
*** Variable ***
${STRING} This is a long string.
... It has multiple sentences.
... It does not have newlines.
${MULTILINE} SEPARATOR=\n
... This is a long multiline string.
... This is the second line.
... This is the third and the last line.
@{LIST} this list is quite long and
... items in it can also be long
&{DICT} first=This value is pretty long.
... second=This value is even longer. It has two sentences.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
[Tags] you probably do not have this many
... tags in real life
Do X first argument second argument third argument
... fourth argument fifth argument sixth argument
${var} = Get X
... first argument passed to this keyword is pretty long
... second argument passed to this keyword is long too
This section describes the overall test case syntax. Organizing test cases into test suites using test case files and test suite directories is discussed in the next section.
When using Robot Framework for other automation purposes than test automation, it is recommended to create tasks instead of tests. The task syntax is for most parts identical to the test syntax, and the differences are explained in the Creating tasks section.
Test cases are constructed in test case sections from the available keywords. Keywords can be imported from test libraries or resource files, or created in the keyword section of the test case file itself.
The first column in the test case section contains test case names. A test case starts from the row with something in this column and continues to the next test case name or to the end of the section. It is an error to have something between the section headers and the first test.
The second column normally has keyword names. An exception to this rule is setting variables from keyword return values, when the second and possibly also the subsequent columns contain variable names and a keyword name is located after them. In either case, columns after the keyword name contain possible arguments to the specified keyword.
*** Test Cases ***
Valid Login
Open Login Page
Input Username demo
Input Password mode
Submit Credentials
Welcome Page Should Be Open
Setting Variables
Do Something first argument second argument
${value} = Get Some Value
Should Be Equal ${value} Expected value
Note
Although test case names can contain any character, using ?
and
especially *
is not generally recommended because they are
considered to be wildcards when selecting test cases.
For example, trying to run only a test with name Example *
like --test 'Example *'
will actually run any test starting with
Example.
Test cases can also have their own settings. Setting names are always in the second column, where keywords normally are, and their values are in the subsequent columns. Setting names have square brackets around them to distinguish them from keywords. The available settings are listed below and explained later in this section.
Note
Setting names are case-insensitive, but the format used above is
recommended. Settings used to be also space-insensitive, but that was
deprecated in Robot Framework 3.1 and trying to use something like
[T a g s]
causes an error in Robot Framework 3.2. Possible spaces
between brackets and the name (e.g. [ Tags ]
) are still allowed.
Example test case with settings:
*** Test Cases ***
Test With Settings
[Documentation] Another dummy test
[Tags] dummy owner-johndoe
Log Hello, world!
The earlier examples have already demonstrated keywords taking different arguments, and this section discusses this important functionality more thoroughly. How to actually implement user keywords and library keywords with different arguments is discussed in separate sections.
Keywords can accept zero or more arguments, and some arguments may have default values. What arguments a keyword accepts depends on its implementation, and typically the best place to search this information is keyword's documentation. In the examples in this section the documentation is expected to be generated using the Libdoc tool, but the same information is available on documentation generated by generic documentation tools such as pydoc.
Most keywords have a certain number of arguments that must always be
given. In the keyword documentation this is denoted by specifying the
argument names separated with a comma like first, second,
third
. The argument names actually do not matter in this case, except
that they should explain what the argument does, but it is important
to have exactly the same number of arguments as specified in the
documentation. Using too few or too many arguments will result in an
error.
The test below uses keywords Create Directory and Copy
File from the OperatingSystem library. Their arguments are
specified as path
and source, destination
, which means
that they take one and two arguments, respectively. The last keyword,
No Operation from BuiltIn, takes no arguments.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Create Directory ${TEMPDIR}/stuff
Copy File ${CURDIR}/file.txt ${TEMPDIR}/stuff
No Operation
Arguments often have default values which can either be given or
not. In the documentation the default value is typically separated
from the argument name with an equal sign like name=default
value
. It is possible that all the arguments have default
values, but there cannot be any positional arguments after arguments
with default values.
Using default values is illustrated by the example below that uses
Create File keyword which has arguments path, content=,
encoding=UTF-8
. Trying to use it without any arguments or more than
three arguments would not work.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Create File ${TEMPDIR}/empty.txt
Create File ${TEMPDIR}/utf-8.txt Hyvä esimerkki
Create File ${TEMPDIR}/iso-8859-1.txt Hyvä esimerkki ISO-8859-1
It is also possible that a keyword accepts any number of arguments.
These so called varargs can be combined with mandatory arguments
and arguments with default values, but they are always given after
them. In the documentation they have an asterisk before the argument
name like *varargs
.
For example, Remove Files and Join Paths keywords from
the OperatingSystem library have arguments *paths
and base, *parts
,
respectively. The former can be used with any number of arguments, but
the latter requires at least one argument.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Remove Files ${TEMPDIR}/f1.txt ${TEMPDIR}/f2.txt ${TEMPDIR}/f3.txt
@{paths} = Join Paths ${TEMPDIR} f1.txt f2.txt f3.txt f4.txt
The named argument syntax makes using arguments with default values more flexible, and allows explicitly labeling what a certain argument value means. Technically named arguments work exactly like keyword arguments in Python.
It is possible to name an argument given to a keyword by prefixing the value
with the name of the argument like arg=value
. This is especially
useful when multiple arguments have default values, as it is
possible to name only some the arguments and let others use their defaults.
For example, if a keyword accepts arguments arg1=a, arg2=b, arg3=c
,
and it is called with one argument arg3=override
, arguments
arg1
and arg2
get their default values, but arg3
gets value override
. If this sounds complicated, the named arguments
example below hopefully makes it more clear.
The named argument syntax is both case and space sensitive. The former
means that if you have an argument arg
, you must use it like
arg=value
, and neither Arg=value
nor ARG=value
works. The latter means that spaces are not allowed before the =
sign, and possible spaces after it are considered part of the given value.
When the named argument syntax is used with user keywords, the argument
names must be given without the ${}
decoration. For example, user
keyword with arguments ${arg1}=first, ${arg2}=second
must be used
like arg2=override
.
Using normal positional arguments after named arguments like, for example,
| Keyword | arg=value | positional |
, does not work.
The relative order of the named arguments does not matter.
It is possible to use variables in both named argument names and values.
If the value is a single scalar variable, it is passed to the keyword as-is.
This allows using any objects, not only strings, as values also when using
the named argument syntax. For example, calling a keyword like arg=${object}
will pass the variable ${object}
to the keyword without converting it to
a string.
If variables are used in named argument names, variables are resolved before matching them against argument names.
The named argument syntax requires the equal sign to be written literally
in the keyword call. This means that variable alone can never trigger the
named argument syntax, not even if it has a value like foo=bar
. This is
important to remember especially when wrapping keywords into other keywords.
If, for example, a keyword takes a variable number of arguments like
@{args}
and passes all of them to another keyword using the same @{args}
syntax, possible named=arg
syntax used in the calling side is not recognized.
This is illustrated by the example below.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Run Program shell=True # This will not come as a named argument to Run Process
*** Keywords ***
Run Program
[Arguments] @{args}
Run Process program.py @{args} # Named arguments are not recognized from inside @{args}
If keyword needs to accept and pass forward any named arguments, it must be changed to accept free named arguments. See free named argument examples for a wrapper keyword version that can pass both positional and named arguments forward.
The named argument syntax is used only when the part of the argument
before the equal sign matches one of the keyword's arguments. It is possible
that there is a positional argument with a literal value like foo=quux
,
and also an unrelated argument with name foo
. In this case the argument
foo
either incorrectly gets the value quux
or, more likely,
there is a syntax error.
In these rare cases where there are accidental matches, it is possible to
use the backslash character to escape the syntax like foo\=quux
.
Now the argument will get a literal value foo=quux
. Note that escaping
is not needed if there are no arguments with name foo
, but because it
makes the situation more explicit, it may nevertheless be a good idea.
As already explained, the named argument syntax works with keywords. In addition to that, it also works when importing libraries.
Naming arguments is supported by user keywords and by most test libraries. The only exceptions are Python keywords explicitly using positional-only arguments.
The following example demonstrates using the named arguments syntax with library keywords, user keywords, and when importing the Telnet test library.
*** Settings ***
Library Telnet prompt=$ default_log_level=DEBUG
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Open connection 10.0.0.42 port=${PORT} alias=example
List files options=-lh
List files path=/tmp options=-l
*** Keywords ***
List files
[Arguments] ${path}=. ${options}=
Execute command ls ${options} ${path}
Robot Framework supports free named arguments, often also called free
keyword arguments or kwargs, similarly as Python supports **kwargs.
What this means is that a keyword can receive all arguments that use
the named argument syntax (name=value
) and do not match any arguments
specified in the signature of the keyword.
Free named arguments are supported by same keyword types than normal named
arguments. How keywords specify that they accept free named arguments
depends on the keyword type. For example, Python based keywords simply use
**kwargs
and user keywords use &{kwargs}
.
Free named arguments support variables similarly as named arguments. In practice that means that variables
can be used both in names and values, but the escape sign must always be
visible literally. For example, both foo=${bar}
and ${foo}=${bar}
are
valid, as long as the variables that are used exist. An extra limitation is
that free argument names must always be strings.
As the first example of using free named arguments, let's take a look at
Run Process keyword in the Process library. It has a signature
command, *arguments, **configuration
, which means that it takes the command
to execute (command
), its arguments as variable number of arguments
(*arguments
) and finally optional configuration parameters as free named
arguments (**configuration
). The example below also shows that variables
work with free keyword arguments exactly like when using the named argument
syntax.
*** Test Cases ***
Free Named Arguments
Run Process program.py arg1 arg2 cwd=/home/user
Run Process program.py argument shell=True env=${ENVIRON}
See Free keyword arguments (**kwargs) section under Creating test libraries for more information about using the free named arguments syntax in your custom test libraries.
As the second example, let's create a wrapper user keyword for running the
program.py
in the above example. The wrapper keyword Run Program
accepts all positional and named arguments and passes them forward to
Run Process along with the name of the command to execute.
*** Test Cases ***
Free Named Arguments
Run Program arg1 arg2 cwd=/home/user
Run Program argument shell=True env=${ENVIRON}
*** Keywords ***
Run Program
[Arguments] @{args} &{config}
Run Process program.py @{args} &{config}
Starting from Robot Framework 3.1, keywords can accept argument that must
always be named using the named argument syntax. If, for example,
a keyword would accept a single named-only argument example
, it would
always need to be used like example=value
and using just value
would
not work. This syntax is inspired by the keyword-only arguments
syntax supported by Python 3.
For most parts named-only arguments work the same way as named arguments. The main difference is that libraries implemented with Python 2 using the static library API do not support this syntax.
As an example of using the named-only arguments with user keywords, here
is a variation of the Run Program in the above free named argument
examples that only supports configuring shell
:
*** Test Cases ***
Named-only Arguments
Run Program arg1 arg2 # 'shell' is False (default)
Run Program argument shell=True # 'shell' is True
*** Keywords ***
Run Program
[Arguments] @{args} ${shell}=False
Run Process program.py @{args} shell=${shell}
A totally different approach to specify arguments is embedding them into keyword names. This syntax is supported by both test library keywords and user keywords.
A test case fails if any of the keyword it uses fails. Normally this means that execution of that test case is stopped, possible test teardown is executed, and then execution continues from the next test case. It is also possible to use special continuable failures if stopping test execution is not desired.
The error message assigned to a failed test case is got directly from the failed keyword. Often the error message is created by the keyword itself, but some keywords allow configuring them.
In some circumstances, for example when continuable failures are used, a test case can fail multiple times. In that case the final error message is got by combining the individual errors. Very long error messages are automatically cut from the middle to keep reports easier to read, but full error messages are always visible in log files as messages of the failed keywords.
By default error messages are normal text, but
they can contain HTML formatting. This
is enabled by starting the error message with marker string *HTML*
.
This marker will be removed from the final error message shown in reports
and logs. Using HTML in a custom message is shown in the second example below.
*** Test Cases ***
Normal Error
Fail This is a rather boring example...
HTML Error
${number} = Get Number
Should Be Equal ${number} 42 *HTML* Number is not my <b>MAGIC</b> number.
The test case name comes directly from the Test Case section: it is
exactly what is entered into the test case column. Test cases in one
test suite should have unique names. Pertaining to this, you can also
use the automatic variable ${TEST_NAME}
within the test
itself to refer to the test name. It is available whenever a test is
being executed, including all user keywords, as well as the test setup
and the test teardown.
Starting from Robot Framework 3.2, possible variables in the test case name are resolved so that the final name will contain the variable value. If the variable does not exist, its name is left unchanged.
*** Variables ***
${MAX AMOUNT} ${5000000}
*** Test Cases ***
Amount cannot be larger than ${MAX AMOUNT}
# ...
The [Documentation] setting allows you to set a free documentation for a test case. That text is shown in the command line output, as well as the resulting test logs and test reports. It is possible to use simple HTML formatting in documentation and variables can be used to make the documentation dynamic. Possible non-existing variables are left unchanged.
If documentation is split into multiple columns, cells in one row are concatenated together with spaces. If documentation is split into multiple rows, the created documentation lines themselves are concatenated using newlines. Newlines are not added if a line already ends with a newline or an escaping backslash.
*** Test Cases ***
Simple
[Documentation] Simple documentation
No Operation
Formatting
[Documentation] *This is bold*, _this is italic_ and here is a link: http://robotframework.org
No Operation
Variables
[Documentation] Executed at ${HOST} by ${USER}
No Operation
Splitting
[Documentation] This documentation is split into multiple columns
No Operation
Many lines
[Documentation] Here we have
... an automatic newline
No Operation
It is important that test cases have clear and descriptive names, and in that case they normally do not need any documentation. If the logic of the test case needs documenting, it is often a sign that keywords in the test case need better names and they are to be enhanced, instead of adding extra documentation. Finally, metadata, such as the environment and user information in the last example above, is often better specified using tags.
Using tags in Robot Framework is a simple, yet powerful mechanism for classifying test cases. Tags are free text and they can be used at least for the following purposes:
In this section it is only explained how to set tags for test cases, and different ways to do it are listed below. These approaches can naturally be used together.
test suite initialization file
,
all test cases in sub test suites get these tags.NONE
to override default tags.Tags are free text, but they are normalized so that they are converted to lowercase and all spaces are removed. If a test case gets the same tag several times, other occurrences than the first one are removed. Tags can be created using variables, assuming that those variables exist.
*** Settings ***
Force Tags req-42
Default Tags owner-john smoke
*** Variables ***
${HOST} 10.0.1.42
*** Test Cases ***
No own tags
[Documentation] This test has tags owner-john, smoke and req-42.
No Operation
With own tags
[Documentation] This test has tags not_ready, owner-mrx and req-42.
[Tags] owner-mrx not_ready
No Operation
Own tags with variables
[Documentation] This test has tags host-10.0.1.42 and req-42.
[Tags] host-${HOST}
No Operation
Empty own tags
[Documentation] This test has only tag req-42.
[Tags]
No Operation
Set Tags and Remove Tags Keywords
[Documentation] This test has tags mytag and owner-john.
Set Tags mytag
Remove Tags smoke req-*
Users are generally free to use whatever tags that work in their context.
There are, however, certain tags that have a predefined meaning for Robot
Framework itself, and using them for other purposes can have unexpected
results. All special tags Robot Framework has and will have in the future
have the robot:
prefix. To avoid problems, users should thus not use any
tag with this prefixes unless actually activating the special functionality.
At the time of writing, the only special tags are robot:exit
, that is
automatically added to tests when stopping test execution gracefully,
and robot:no-dry-run
, that can be used to disable the dry run mode as
well as robot:continue-on-failure
which controls continuable execution.
More usages are likely to be added in the future.
As of RobotFramework 4.1, reserved tags are suppressed by default in the
test suite's tag statistics. They will be shown when they are explicitly
included via the --tagstatinclude 'robot:*'
command line option.
As of RobotFramework 5.0, new reserved tags include robot:skip
,
robot:skip-on-failure
and robot:exclude
.
Robot Framework has similar test setup and teardown functionality as many other test automation frameworks. In short, a test setup is something that is executed before a test case, and a test teardown is executed after a test case. In Robot Framework setups and teardowns are just normal keywords with possible arguments.
Setup and teardown are always a single keyword. If they need to take care of multiple separate tasks, it is possible to create higher-level user keywords for that purpose. An alternative solution is executing multiple keywords using the BuiltIn keyword Run Keywords.
The test teardown is special in two ways. First of all, it is executed also when a test case fails, so it can be used for clean-up activities that must be done regardless of the test case status. In addition, all the keywords in the teardown are also executed even if one of them fails. This continue on failure functionality can be used also with normal keywords, but inside teardowns it is on by default.
The easiest way to specify a setup or a teardown for test cases in a
test case file is using the Test Setup and Test
Teardown settings in the Setting section. Individual test cases can
also have their own setup or teardown. They are defined with the
[Setup] or [Teardown] settings in the test case
section and they override possible Test Setup and
Test Teardown settings. Having no keyword after a
[Setup] or [Teardown] setting means having no
setup or teardown. It is also possible to use value NONE
to indicate that
a test has no setup/teardown.
*** Settings ***
Test Setup Open Application App A
Test Teardown Close Application
*** Test Cases ***
Default values
[Documentation] Setup and teardown from setting section
Do Something
Overridden setup
[Documentation] Own setup, teardown from setting section
[Setup] Open Application App B
Do Something
No teardown
[Documentation] Default setup, no teardown at all
Do Something
[Teardown]
No teardown 2
[Documentation] Setup and teardown can be disabled also with special value NONE
Do Something
[Teardown] NONE
Using variables
[Documentation] Setup and teardown specified using variables
[Setup] ${SETUP}
Do Something
[Teardown] ${TEARDOWN}
The name of the keyword to be executed as a setup or a teardown can be a variable. This facilitates having different setups or teardowns in different environments by giving the keyword name as a variable from the command line.
Note
Test suites can have a setup and teardown of their own. A suite setup is executed before any test cases or sub test suites in that test suite, and similarly a suite teardown is executed after them.
Test templates convert normal keyword-driven test cases into data-driven tests. Whereas the body of a keyword-driven test case is constructed from keywords and their possible arguments, test cases with template contain only the arguments for the template keyword. Instead of repeating the same keyword multiple times per test and/or with all tests in a file, it is possible to use it only per test or just once per file.
Template keywords can accept both normal positional and named arguments, as well as arguments embedded to the keyword name. Unlike with other settings, it is not possible to define a template using a variable.
How a keyword accepting normal positional arguments can be used as a template is illustrated by the following example test cases. These two tests are functionally fully identical.
*** Test Cases **
Normal test case
Example keyword first argument second argument
Templated test case
[Template] Example keyword
first argument second argument
As the example illustrates, it is possible to specify the
template for an individual test case using the [Template]
setting. An alternative approach is using the Test Template
setting in the Setting section, in which case the template is applied
for all test cases in that test case file. The [Template]
setting overrides the possible template set in the Setting section, and
an empty value for [Template] means that the test has no
template even when Test Template is used. It is also possible
to use value NONE
to indicate that a test has no template.
If a templated test case has multiple data rows in its body, the template is applied for all the rows one by one. This means that the same keyword is executed multiple times, once with data on each row. Templated tests are also special so that all the rounds are executed even if one or more of them fails. It is possible to use this kind of continue on failure mode with normal tests too, but with the templated tests the mode is on automatically.
*** Settings ***
Test Template Example keyword
*** Test Cases ***
Templated test case
first round 1 first round 2
second round 1 second round 2
third round 1 third round 2
Using keywords with default values or accepting variable number of arguments, as well as using named arguments and free named arguments, work with templates exactly like they work otherwise. Using variables in arguments is also supported normally.
Templates support a variation of the embedded argument syntax. With templates this syntax works so that if the template keyword has variables in its name, they are considered placeholders for arguments and replaced with the actual arguments used with the template. The resulting keyword is then used without positional arguments. This is best illustrated with an example:
*** Test Cases ***
Normal test case with embedded arguments
The result of 1 + 1 should be 2
The result of 1 + 2 should be 3
Template with embedded arguments
[Template] The result of ${calculation} should be ${expected}
1 + 1 2
1 + 2 3
*** Keywords ***
The result of ${calculation} should be ${expected}
${result} = Calculate ${calculation}
Should Be Equal ${result} ${expected}
When embedded arguments are used with templates, the number of arguments in the template keyword name must match the number of arguments it is used with. The argument names do not need to match the arguments of the original keyword, though, and it is also possible to use different arguments altogether:
*** Test Cases ***
Different argument names
[Template] The result of ${foo} should be ${bar}
1 + 1 2
1 + 2 3
Only some arguments
[Template] The result of ${calculation} should be 3
1 + 2
4 - 1
New arguments
[Template] The ${meaning} of ${life} should be 42
result 21 * 2
The main benefit of using embedded arguments with templates is that argument names are specified explicitly. When using normal arguments, the same effect can be achieved by naming the columns that contain arguments. This is illustrated by the data-driven style example in the next section.
FOR
loopsIf templates are used with FOR loops, the template is applied for all the steps inside the loop. The continue on failure mode is in use also in this case, which means that all the steps are executed with all the looped elements even if there are failures.
*** Test Cases ***
Template with FOR loop
[Template] Example keyword
FOR ${item} IN @{ITEMS}
${item} 2nd arg
END
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 42
1st arg ${index}
END
IF/ELSE
structuresIF/ELSE structures can be also used together with templates. This can be useful, for example, when used together with FOR loops to filter executed arguments.
*** Test Cases ***
Template with FOR and IF
[Template] Example keyword
FOR ${item} IN @{ITEMS}
IF ${item} < 5
${item} 2nd arg
END
END
There are several different ways in which test cases may be written. Test cases that describe some kind of workflow may be written either in keyword-driven or behavior-driven style. Data-driven style can be used to test the same workflow with varying input data.
Workflow tests, such as the Valid Login test described earlier, are constructed from several keywords and their possible arguments. Their normal structure is that first the system is taken into the initial state (Open Login Page in the Valid Login example), then something is done to the system (Input Name, Input Password, Submit Credentials), and finally it is verified that the system behaved as expected (Welcome Page Should Be Open).
Another style to write test cases is the data-driven approach where test cases use only one higher-level keyword, often created as a user keyword, that hides the actual test workflow. These tests are very useful when there is a need to test the same scenario with different input and/or output data. It would be possible to repeat the same keyword with every test, but the test template functionality allows specifying the keyword to use only once.
*** Settings ***
Test Template Login with invalid credentials should fail
*** Test Cases *** USERNAME PASSWORD
Invalid User Name invalid ${VALID PASSWORD}
Invalid Password ${VALID USER} invalid
Invalid User Name and Password invalid invalid
Empty User Name ${EMPTY} ${VALID PASSWORD}
Empty Password ${VALID USER} ${EMPTY}
Empty User Name and Password ${EMPTY} ${EMPTY}
Tip
Naming columns like in the example above makes tests easier to understand. This is possible because on the header row other cells except the first one are ignored.
The above example has six separate tests, one for each invalid user/password combination, and the example below illustrates how to have only one test with all the combinations. When using test templates, all the rounds in a test are executed even if there are failures, so there is no real functional difference between these two styles. In the above example separate combinations are named so it is easier to see what they test, but having potentially large number of these tests may mess-up statistics. Which style to use depends on the context and personal preferences.
*** Test Cases ***
Invalid Password
[Template] Login with invalid credentials should fail
invalid ${VALID PASSWORD}
${VALID USER} invalid
invalid whatever
${EMPTY} ${VALID PASSWORD}
${VALID USER} ${EMPTY}
${EMPTY} ${EMPTY}
It is also possible to write test cases as requirements that also non-technical project stakeholders must understand. These executable requirements are a corner stone of a process commonly called Acceptance Test Driven Development (ATDD) or Specification by Example.
One way to write these requirements/tests is Given-When-Then style popularized by Behavior Driven Development (BDD). When writing test cases in this style, the initial state is usually expressed with a keyword starting with word Given, the actions are described with keyword starting with When and the expectations with a keyword starting with Then. Keyword starting with And or But may be used if a step has more than one action.
*** Test Cases ***
Valid Login
Given login page is open
When valid username and password are inserted
and credentials are submitted
Then welcome page should be open
Prefixes Given, When, Then, And and But are dropped when matching keywords are searched, if no match with the full name is found. This works for both user keywords and library keywords. For example, Given login page is open in the above example can be implemented as user keyword either with or without the word Given. Ignoring prefixes also allows using the same keyword with different prefixes. For example Welcome page should be open could also used as And welcome page should be open.
When writing concrete examples it is useful to be able to pass actual data to keyword implementations. User keywords support this by allowing embedding arguments into keyword name.
In addition to test automation, Robot Framework can be used for other automation purposes, including robotic process automation (RPA). It has always been possible, but Robot Framework 3.1 added official support for automating tasks, not only tests. For most parts creating tasks works the same way as creating tests and the only real difference is in terminology. Tasks can also be organized into suites exactly like test cases.
Tasks are created based on the available keywords exactly like test cases, and the task syntax is in general identical to the test case syntax. The main difference is that tasks are created in Task sections instead of Test Case sections:
*** Tasks ***
Process invoice
Read information from PDF
Validate information
Submit information to backend system
Validate information is visible in web UI
It is an error to have both tests and tasks in same file.
Robot Framework test cases are created in test case files, which can be organized into directories. These files and directories create a hierarchical test suite structure. Same concepts apply also when creating tasks, but the terminology differs.
Robot Framework test cases are created using test case sections in test case files. Such a file automatically creates a test suite from all the test cases it contains. There is no upper limit for how many test cases there can be, but it is recommended to have less than ten, unless the data-driven approach is used, where one test case consists of only one high-level keyword.
The following settings in the Setting section can be used to customize the test suite:
Note
Setting names are case-insensitive, but the format used above is recommended.
Test case files can be organized into directories, and these directories create higher-level test suites. A test suite created from a directory cannot have any test cases directly, but it contains other test suites with test cases, instead. These directories can then be placed into other directories creating an even higher-level suite. There are no limits for the structure, so test cases can be organized as needed.
When a test directory is executed, the files and directories it contains are processed recursively as follows:
If a file or directory that is processed does not contain any test cases, it is silently ignored (a message is written to the syslog) and the processing continues.
A test suite created from a directory can have similar settings as a suite created from a test case file. Because a directory alone cannot have that kind of information, it must be placed into a special test suite initialization file. An initialization file name must always be of the format __init__.ext, where the extension must be one of the supported file formats (typically __init__.robot). The name format is borrowed from Python, where files named in this manner denote that a directory is a module.
Initialization files have the same structure and syntax as test case files, except that they cannot have test case sections and not all settings are supported. Variables and keywords created or imported in initialization files are not available in the lower level test suites. If you need to share variables or keywords, you can put them into resource files that can be imported both by initialization and test case files.
The main usage for initialization files is specifying test suite related settings similarly as in test case files, but setting some test case related settings is also possible. How to use different settings in the initialization files is explained below.
*** Settings ***
Documentation Example suite
Suite Setup Do Something ${MESSAGE}
Force Tags example
Library SomeLibrary
*** Variables ***
${MESSAGE} Hello, world!
*** Keywords ***
Do Something
[Arguments] ${args}
Some Keyword ${arg}
Another Keyword
The test suite name is constructed from the file or directory name. The name is created so that the extension is ignored, possible underscores are replaced with spaces, and names fully in lower case are title cased. For example, some_tests.robot becomes Some Tests and My_test_directory becomes My test directory.
The file or directory name can contain a prefix to control the execution order of the suites. The prefix is separated from the base name by two underscores and, when constructing the actual test suite name, both the prefix and underscores are removed. For example files 01__some_tests.robot and 02__more_tests.robot create test suites Some Tests and More Tests, respectively, and the former is executed before the latter.
The documentation for a test suite is set using the Documentation setting in the Setting section. It can be used in test case files or, with higher-level suites, in test suite initialization files. Test suite documentation has exactly the same characteristics regarding to where it is shown and how it can be created as test case documentation.
*** Settings ***
Documentation An example test suite documentation with *some* _formatting_.
... See test documentation for more documentation examples.
Both the name and documentation of the top-level test suite can be overridden in test execution. This can be done with the command line options --name and --doc, respectively, as explained in section Setting metadata.
Test suites can also have other metadata than the documentation. This metadata is defined in the Setting section using the Metadata setting. Metadata set in this manner is shown in test reports and logs.
The name and value for the metadata are located in the columns following Metadata. The value is handled similarly as documentation, which means that it can be split into several cells (joined together with spaces) or into several rows (joined together with newlines), simple HTML formatting works and even variables can be used.
*** Settings ***
Metadata Version 2.0
Metadata More Info For more information about *Robot Framework* see http://robotframework.org
Metadata Executed At ${HOST}
For top-level test suites, it is possible to set metadata also with the --metadata command line option. This is discussed in more detail in section Setting metadata.
Not only test cases but also test suites can have a setup and a teardown. A suite setup is executed before running any of the suite's test cases or child test suites, and a test teardown is executed after them. All test suites can have a setup and a teardown; with suites created from a directory they must be specified in a test suite initialization file.
Similarly as with test cases, a suite setup and teardown are keywords that may take arguments. They are defined in the Setting section with Suite Setup and Suite Teardown settings, respectively. Keyword names and possible arguments are located in the columns after the setting name.
If a suite setup fails, all test cases in it and its child test suites are immediately assigned a fail status and they are not actually executed. This makes suite setups ideal for checking preconditions that must be met before running test cases is possible.
A suite teardown is normally used for cleaning up after all the test cases have been executed. It is executed even if the setup of the same suite fails. If the suite teardown fails, all test cases in the suite are marked failed, regardless of their original execution status. Note that all the keywords in suite teardowns are executed even if one of them fails.
The name of the keyword to be executed as a setup or a teardown can be a variable. This facilitates having different setups or teardowns in different environments by giving the keyword name as a variable from the command line.
Test libraries contain those lowest-level keywords, often called library keywords, which actually interact with the system under test. All test cases always use keywords from some library, often through higher-level user keywords. This section explains how to take test libraries into use and how to use the keywords they provide. Creating test libraries is described in a separate section.
Test libraries are typically imported using the Library setting, but it is also possible to use the Import Library keyword.
Library
settingTest libraries are normally imported using the Library setting in the Setting section and having the library name in the subsequent column. Unlike most of the other data, the library name is both case- and space-sensitive. If a library is in a package, the full name including the package name must be used.
In those cases where the library needs arguments, they are listed in the columns after the library name. It is possible to use default values, variable number of arguments, and named arguments in test library imports similarly as with arguments to keywords. Both the library name and arguments can be set using variables.
*** Settings ***
Library OperatingSystem
Library my.package.TestLibrary
Library MyLibrary arg1 arg2
Library ${LIBRARY}
It is possible to import test libraries in test case files, resource files and test suite initialization files. In all these cases, all the keywords in the imported library are available in that file. With resource files, those keywords are also available in other files using them.
Import Library
keywordAnother possibility to take a test library into use is using the keyword Import Library from the BuiltIn library. This keyword takes the library name and possible arguments similarly as the Library setting. Keywords from the imported library are available in the test suite where the Import Library keyword was used. This approach is useful in cases where the library is not available when the test execution starts and only some other keywords make it available.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Do Something
Import Library MyLibrary arg1 arg2
KW From MyLibrary
Libraries to import can be specified either by using the library name or the path to the library. These approaches work the same way regardless if the library is imported using the Library setting or the Import Library keyword.
The most common way to specify a test library to import is using its name, like it has been done in all the examples in this section. In these cases Robot Framework tries to find the class or module implementing the library from the module search path. Libraries that are installed somehow ought to be in the module search path automatically, but with other libraries the search path may need to be configured separately.
The biggest benefit of this approach is that when the module search path has been configured, often using a custom start-up script, normal users do not need to think where libraries actually are installed. The drawback is that getting your own, possible very simple, libraries into the search path may require some additional configuration.
Another mechanism for specifying the library to import is using a path to it in the file system. This path is considered relative to the directory where current test data file is situated similarly as paths to resource and variable files. The main benefit of this approach is that there is no need to configure the module search path.
If the library is a file, the path to it must contain extension,
i.e. .py. If a library is implemented
as a directory, the path to it must have a trailing forward slash (/
)
if the path is relative. With absolute paths the trailing slash is optional.
Following examples demonstrate these different usages.
*** Settings ***
Library PythonLibrary.py
Library relative/path/PythonDirLib/ possible arguments
Library ${RESOURCES}/Example.class
A limitation of this approach is that libraries implemented as Python classes must be in a module with the same name as the class.
The library name is shown in test logs before keyword names, and if multiple keywords have the same name, they must be used so that the keyword name is prefixed with the library name. The library name is got normally from the module or class name implementing it, but there are some situations where changing it is desirable:
The basic syntax for specifying the new name is having the text
WITH NAME
(case-sensitive) after the library name and then
having the new name in the next cell. The specified name is shown in
logs and must be used in the test data when using keywords' full name
(LibraryName.Keyword Name).
*** Settings ***
Library com.company.TestLib WITH NAME TestLib
Library ${LIBRARY} WITH NAME MyName
Possible arguments to the library are placed into cells between the
original library name and the WITH NAME
text. The following example
illustrates how the same library can be imported several times with
different arguments:
*** Settings ***
Library SomeLibrary localhost 1234 WITH NAME LocalLib
Library SomeLibrary server.domain 8080 WITH NAME RemoteLib
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
LocalLib.Some Keyword some arg second arg
RemoteLib.Some Keyword another arg whatever
LocalLib.Another Keyword
Setting a custom name to a test library works both when importing a library in the Setting section and when using the Import Library keyword.
Some test libraries are distributed with Robot Framework and these libraries are called standard libraries. The BuiltIn library is special, because it is taken into use automatically and thus its keywords are always available. Other standard libraries need to be imported in the same way as any other libraries, but there is no need to install them.
The available normal standard libraries are listed below with links to their documentations:
In addition to the normal standard libraries listed above, there is also Remote library that is totally different than the other standard libraries. It does not have any keywords of its own but it works as a proxy between Robot Framework and actual test library implementations. These libraries can be running on other machines than the core framework and can even be implemented using languages not supported by Robot Framework natively.
See separate Remote library interface section for more information about this concept.
Any test library that is not one of the standard libraries is, by definition, an external library. The Robot Framework open source community has implemented several generic libraries, such as SeleniumLibrary and SwingLibrary, which are not packaged with the core framework. A list of publicly available libraries can be found from http://robotframework.org.
Generic and custom libraries can obviously also be implemented by teams using Robot Framework. See Creating test libraries section for more information about that topic.
Different external libraries can have a totally different mechanism for installing them and taking them into use. Sometimes they may also require some other dependencies to be installed separately. All libraries should have clear installation and usage documentation and they should preferably automate the installation process.
Variables are an integral feature of Robot Framework, and they can be used in most places in test data. Most commonly, they are used in arguments for keywords in Test Case and Keyword sections, but also all settings allow variables in their values. A normal keyword name cannot be specified with a variable, but the BuiltIn keyword Run Keyword can be used to get the same effect.
Robot Framework has its own variables that can be used as scalars, lists
or dictionaries using syntax ${SCALAR}
, @{LIST}
and &{DICT}
,
respectively. In addition to this, environment variables can be used
directly with syntax %{ENV_VAR}
.
Variables are useful, for example, in these cases:
${RESOURCES}
instead of c:\resources
, or ${HOST}
instead of 10.0.0.1:8080
). Because variables can be set from the
command line when tests are started, changing system-specific
variables is easy (for example, --variable HOST:10.0.0.2:1234
--variable RESOURCES:/opt/resources
). This also facilitates
localization testing, which often involves running the same tests
with different strings.${URL}
is shorter than
http://long.domain.name:8080/path/to/service?foo=1&bar=2&zap=42
.If a non-existent variable is used in the test data, the keyword using
it fails. If the same syntax that is used for variables is needed as a
literal string, it must be escaped with a backslash as in \${NAME}
.
This section explains how to use variables, including the normal scalar
variable syntax ${var}
, how to use variables in list and dictionary
contexts like @{var}
and &{var}
, respectively, and how to use environment
variables like %{var}
. Different ways how to create variables are discussed
in the subsequent sections.
Robot Framework variables, similarly as keywords, are
case-insensitive, and also spaces and underscores are
ignored. However, it is recommended to use capital letters with
global variables (for example, ${PATH}
or ${TWO WORDS}
)
and small letters with local variables that are only available in certain
test cases or user keywords (for example, ${my var}
). Much more
importantly, though, case should be used consistently.
Variable name consists of the variable type identifier ($
, @
, &
, %
),
curly braces ({
, }
) and the actual variable name between the braces.
Unlike in some programming languages where similar variable syntax is
used, curly braces are always mandatory. Variable names can basically have
any characters between the curly braces. However, using only alphabetic
characters from a to z, numbers, underscore and space is recommended, and
it is even a requirement for using the extended variable syntax.
The most common way to use variables in Robot Framework test data is using
the scalar variable syntax like ${var}
. When this syntax is used, the
variable name is replaced with its value as-is. Most of the time variable
values are strings, but variables can contain any object, including numbers,
lists, dictionaries, or even custom objects.
The example below illustrates the usage of scalar variables. Assuming
that the variables ${GREET}
and ${NAME}
are available
and assigned to strings Hello
and world
, respectively,
both the example test cases are equivalent.
*** Test Cases ***
Constants
Log Hello
Log Hello, world!!
Variables
Log ${GREET}
Log ${GREET}, ${NAME}!!
When a scalar variable is used alone without any text or other variables
around it, like in ${GREET}
above, the variable is replaced with
its value as-is and the value can be any object. If the variable is not used
alone, like ${GREER}, ${NAME}!!
above, its value is first converted into
a string and then concatenated with the other data.
Note
Variable values are used as-is without conversions also when
passing arguments to keywords using the named arguments
syntax like argname=${var}
.
The example below demonstrates the difference between having a
variable in alone or with other content. First, let us assume
that we have a variable ${STR}
set to a string Hello,
world!
and ${OBJ}
set to an instance of the following Python
object:
class MyObj:
def __str__():
return "Hi, terra!"
With these two variables set, we then have the following test data:
*** Test Cases ***
Objects
KW 1 ${STR}
KW 2 ${OBJ}
KW 3 I said "${STR}"
KW 4 You said "${OBJ}"
Finally, when this test data is executed, different keywords receive the arguments as explained below:
Hello, world!
${OBJ}
I said "Hello, world!"
You said "Hi, terra!"
Note
Converting variables to Unicode obviously fails if the variable
cannot be represented as Unicode. This can happen, for example,
if you try to use byte sequences as arguments to keywords so that
you catenate the values together like ${byte1}${byte2}
.
A workaround is creating a variable that contains the whole value
and using it alone in the cell (e.g. ${bytes}
) because then
the value is used as-is.
When a variable is used as a scalar like ${EXAMPLE}
, its value is be
used as-is. If a variable value is a list or list-like, it is also possible
to use it as a list variable like @{EXAMPLE}
. In this case the list is expanded
and individual items are passed in as separate arguments. This is easiest to explain
with an example. Assuming that a variable @{USER}
has value ['robot', 'secret']
,
the following two test cases are equivalent:
*** Test Cases ***
Constants
Login robot secret
List Variable
Login @{USER}
Robot Framework stores its own variables in one internal storage and allows using them as scalars, lists or dictionaries. Using a variable as a list requires its value to be a Python list or list-like object. Robot Framework does not allow strings to be used as lists, but other iterable objects such as tuples or dictionaries are accepted.
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, list expansion can be used in combination with list item access making these usages possible:
*** Test Cases ***
Nested container
${nested} = Evaluate [['a', 'b', 'c'], {'key': ['x', 'y']}]
Log Many @{nested}[0] # Logs 'a', 'b' and 'c'.
Log Many @{nested}[1][key] # Logs 'x' and 'y'.
Slice
${items} = Create List first second third
Log Many @{items}[1:] # Logs 'second' and 'third'.
It is possible to use list variables with other arguments, including other list variables.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Keyword @{LIST} more args
Keyword ${SCALAR} @{LIST} constant
Keyword @{LIST} @{ANOTHER} @{ONE MORE}
List variables can be used only with some of the settings. They can be used in arguments to imported libraries and variable files, but library and variable file names themselves cannot be list variables. Also with setups and teardowns list variable can not be used as the name of the keyword, but can be used in arguments. With tag related settings they can be used freely. Using scalar variables is possible in those places where list variables are not supported.
*** Settings ***
Library ExampleLibrary @{LIB ARGS} # This works
Library ${LIBRARY} @{LIB ARGS} # This works
Library @{LIBRARY AND ARGS} # This does not work
Suite Setup Some Keyword @{KW ARGS} # This works
Suite Setup ${KEYWORD} @{KW ARGS} # This works
Suite Setup @{KEYWORD AND ARGS} # This does not work
Default Tags @{TAGS} # This works
As discussed above, a variable containing a list can be used as a list
variable to pass list items to a keyword as individual arguments.
Similarly a variable containing a Python dictionary or a dictionary-like
object can be used as a dictionary variable like &{EXAMPLE}
. In practice
this means that the dictionary is expanded and individual items are passed as
named arguments to the keyword. Assuming that a variable &{USER}
has
value {'name': 'robot', 'password': 'secret'}
, the following two test cases
are equivalent.
*** Test Cases ***
Constants
Login name=robot password=secret
Dict Variable
Login &{USER}
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, dictionary expansion can be used in combination with
dictionary item access making usages like &{nested}[key]
possible.
It is possible to use dictionary variables with other arguments, including other dictionary variables. Because named argument syntax requires positional arguments to be before named argument, dictionaries can only be followed by named arguments or other dictionaries.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Keyword &{DICT} named=arg
Keyword positional @{LIST} &{DICT}
Keyword &{DICT} &{ANOTHER} &{ONE MORE}
Dictionary variables cannot generally be used with settings. The only exception are imports, setups and teardowns where dictionaries can be used as arguments.
*** Settings ***
Library ExampleLibrary &{LIB ARGS}
Suite Setup Some Keyword &{KW ARGS} named=arg
It is possible to access items of subscriptable variables, e.g. lists and dictionaries,
using special syntax like ${var}[item]
or ${var}[nested][item]
.
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, it is also possible to use item access together with
list expansion and dictionary expansion by using syntax @{var}[item]
and
&{var}[item]
, respectively.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1 the normal item access syntax was @{var}[item]
with lists and &{var}[item]
with dictionaries. Robot Framework 3.1 introduced
the generic ${var}[item]
syntax along with some other nice enhancements and
the old item access syntax was deprecated in Robot Framework 3.2.
It is possible to access a certain item of a variable containing a sequence
(e.g. list, string or bytes) with the syntax ${var}[index]
, where index
is the index of the selected value. Indices start from zero, negative indices
can be used to access items from the end, and trying to access an item with
too large an index causes an error. Indices are automatically converted to
integers, and it is also possible to use variables as indices.
*** Test Cases ***
Positive index
Login ${USER}[0] ${USER}[1]
Title Should Be Welcome ${USER}[0]!
Negative index
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[-1]
Index defined as variable
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[${INDEX}]
Sequence item access supports also the same "slice" functionality as Python
with syntax like ${var}[1:]
. With this syntax you do not get a single
item but a slice of the original sequence. Same way as with Python you can
specify the start index, the end index, and the step:
*** Test Cases ***
Start index
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[1:]
End index
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[:4]
Start and end
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[2:-1]
Step
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[::2]
Keyword ${SEQUENCE}[1:-1:10]
Note
The slice syntax is new in Robot Framework 3.1. It was extended to work
with list expansion like @{var}[1:]
in Robot Framework 4.0.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2, item and slice access was only supported with variables containing lists, tuples, or other objects considered list-like. Nowadays all sequences, including strings and bytes, are supported.
It is possible to access a certain value of a dictionary variable
with the syntax ${NAME}[key]
, where key
is the name of the
selected value. Keys are considered to be strings, but non-strings
keys can be used as variables. Dictionary values accessed in this
manner can be used similarly as scalar variables.
If a key is a string, it is possible to access its value also using
attribute access syntax ${NAME.key}
. See Creating dictionary variables
for more details about this syntax.
*** Test Cases ***
Dictionary variable item
Login ${USER}[name] ${USER}[password]
Title Should Be Welcome ${USER}[name]!
Key defined as variable
Log Many ${DICT}[${KEY}] ${DICT}[${42}]
Attribute access
Login ${USER.name} ${USER.password}
Title Should Be Welcome ${USER.name}!
Also nested subscriptable variables can be accessed using the same
item access syntax like ${var}[item1][item2]
. This is especially useful
when working with JSON data often returned by REST services. For example,
if a variable ${DATA}
contains [{'id': 1, 'name': 'Robot'},
{'id': 2, 'name': 'Mr. X'}]
, this tests would pass:
*** Test Cases ***
Nested item access
Should Be Equal ${DATA}[0][name] Robot
Should Be Equal ${DATA}[1][id] ${2}
Robot Framework allows using environment variables in the test data using
the syntax %{ENV_VAR_NAME}
. They are limited to string values. It is
possible to specify a default value, that is used if the environment
variable does not exists, by separating the variable name and the default
value with an equal sign like %{ENV_VAR_NAME=default value}
.
Environment variables set in the operating system before the test execution are available during it, and it is possible to create new ones with the keyword Set Environment Variable or delete existing ones with the keyword Delete Environment Variable, both available in the OperatingSystem library. Because environment variables are global, environment variables set in one test case can be used in other test cases executed after it. However, changes to environment variables are not effective after the test execution.
*** Test Cases ***
Environment variables
Log Current user: %{USER}
Run %{JAVA_HOME}${/}javac
Environment variables with defaults
Set port %{APPLICATION_PORT=8080}
Note
Support for specifying the default value is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Variables can spring into existence from different sources.
The most common source for variables are Variable sections in test case files and resource files. Variable sections are convenient, because they allow creating variables in the same place as the rest of the test data, and the needed syntax is very simple. Their main disadvantages are that values are always strings and they cannot be created dynamically. If either of these is a problem, variable files can be used instead.
The simplest possible variable assignment is setting a string into a
scalar variable. This is done by giving the variable name (including
${}
) in the first column of the Variable section and the value in
the second one. If the second column is empty, an empty string is set
as a value. Also an already defined variable can be used in the value.
*** Variables ***
${NAME} Robot Framework
${VERSION} 2.0
${ROBOT} ${NAME} ${VERSION}
It is also possible, but not obligatory,
to use the equals sign =
after the variable name to make assigning
variables slightly more explicit.
*** Variables ***
${NAME} = Robot Framework
${VERSION} = 2.0
If a scalar variable has a long value, it can be split into multiple rows
by using the ...
syntax. By default rows are concatenated together using
a space, but this can be changed by having SEPARATOR=<sep>
as the first item.
*** Variables ***
${EXAMPLE} This value is joined
... together with a space.
${MULTILINE} SEPARATOR=\n
... First line.
... Second line.
... Third line.
Creating list variables is as easy as creating scalar variables. Again, the variable name is in the first column of the Variable section and values in the subsequent columns. A list variable can have any number of values, starting from zero, and if many values are needed, they can be split into several rows.
*** Variables ***
@{NAMES} Matti Teppo
@{NAMES2} @{NAMES} Seppo
@{NOTHING}
@{MANY} one two three four
... five six seven
Dictionary variables can be created in the Variable section similarly as
list variables. The difference is that items need to be created using
name=value
syntax or existing dictionary variables. If there are multiple
items with same name, the last value has precedence. If a name contains
a literal equal sign, it can be escaped with a backslash like \=
.
*** Variables ***
&{USER 1} name=Matti address=xxx phone=123
&{USER 2} name=Teppo address=yyy phone=456
&{MANY} first=1 second=${2} ${3}=third
&{EVEN MORE} &{MANY} first=override empty=
... =empty key\=here=value
Dictionary variables have two extra properties
compared to normal Python dictionaries. First of all, values of these
dictionaries can be accessed like attributes, which means that it is possible
to use extended variable syntax like ${VAR.key}
. This only works if the
key is a valid attribute name and does not match any normal attribute
Python dictionaries have. For example, individual value &{USER}[name]
can
also be accessed like ${USER.name}
(notice that $
is needed in this
context), but using ${MANY.3}
is not possible.
Tip
With nested dictionary variables keys are accessible like
${VAR.nested.key}
. This eases working with nested data structures.
Another special property of dictionary variables is
that they are ordered. This means that if these dictionaries are iterated,
their items always come in the order they are defined. This can be useful
if dictionaries are used as list variables with FOR loops or otherwise.
When a dictionary is used as a list variable, the actual value contains
dictionary keys. For example, @{MANY}
variable would have value ['first',
'second', 3]
.
Variable files are the most powerful mechanism for creating different kind of variables. It is possible to assign variables to any object using them, and they also enable creating variables dynamically. The variable file syntax and taking variable files into use is explained in section Resource and variable files.
Variables can be set from the command line either individually with the --variable (-v) option or using a variable file with the --variablefile (-V) option. Variables set from the command line are globally available for all executed test data files, and they also override possible variables with the same names in the Variable section and in variable files imported in the test data.
The syntax for setting individual variables is --variable
name:value, where name
is the name of the variable without
${}
and value
is its value. Several variables can be
set by using this option several times. Only scalar variables can be
set using this syntax and they can only get string values.
--variable EXAMPLE:value
--variable HOST:localhost:7272 --variable USER:robot
In the examples above, variables are set so that
${EXAMPLE}
gets the value value
${HOST}
and ${USER}
get the values
localhost:7272
and robot
The basic syntax for taking variable files into use from the command line is --variablefile path/to/variables.py, and Taking variable files into use section has more details. What variables actually are created depends on what variables there are in the referenced variable file.
If both variable files and individual variables are given from the command line, the latter have higher priority.
Return values from keywords can also be set into variables. This allows communication between different keywords even in different test libraries.
Variables set in this manner are otherwise similar to any other variables, but they are available only in the local scope where they are created. Thus it is not possible, for example, to set a variable like this in one test case and use it in another. This is because, in general, automated test cases should not depend on each other, and accidentally setting a variable that is used elsewhere could cause hard-to-debug errors. If there is a genuine need for setting a variable in one test case and using it in another, it is possible to use BuiltIn keywords as explained in the next section.
Any value returned by a keyword can be assigned to a scalar variable. As illustrated by the example below, the required syntax is very simple:
*** Test Cases ***
Returning
${x} = Get X an argument
Log We got ${x}!
In the above example the value returned by the Get X keyword
is first set into the variable ${x}
and then used by the Log
keyword. Having the equals sign =
after the variable name is
not obligatory, but it makes the assignment more explicit. Creating
local variables like this works both in test case and user keyword level.
Notice that although a value is assigned to a scalar variable, it can be used as a list variable if it has a list-like value and as a dictionary variable if it has a dictionary-like value.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
${list} = Create List first second third
Length Should Be ${list} 3
Log Many @{list}
If a keyword returns a list or any list-like object, it is possible to assign it to a list variable:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
@{list} = Create List first second third
Length Should Be ${list} 3
Log Many @{list}
Because all Robot Framework variables are stored in the same namespace, there is not much difference between assigning a value to a scalar variable or a list variable. This can be seen by comparing the last two examples above. The main differences are that when creating a list variable, Robot Framework automatically verifies that the value is a list or list-like, and the stored variable value will be a new list created from the return value. When assigning to a scalar variable, the return value is not verified and the stored value will be the exact same object that was returned.
If a keyword returns a dictionary or any dictionary-like object, it is possible to assign it to a dictionary variable:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
&{dict} = Create Dictionary first=1 second=${2} ${3}=third
Length Should Be ${dict} 3
Do Something &{dict}
Log ${dict.first}
Because all Robot Framework variables are stored in the same namespace, it would also be possible to assign a dictionary into a scalar variable and use it later as a dictionary when needed. There are, however, some actual benefits in creating a dictionary variable explicitly. First of all, Robot Framework verifies that the returned value is a dictionary or dictionary-like similarly as it verifies that list variables can only get a list-like value.
A bigger benefit is that the value is converted into a special dictionary
that it uses also when creating dictionary variables in the Variable section.
Values in these dictionaries can be accessed using attribute access like
${dict.first}
in the above example. These dictionaries are also ordered, but
if the original dictionary was not ordered, the resulting order is arbitrary.
If a keyword returns a list or a list-like object, it is possible to assign individual values into multiple scalar variables or into scalar variables and a list variable.
*** Test Cases ***
Assign multiple
${a} ${b} ${c} = Get Three
${first} @{rest} = Get Three
@{before} ${last} = Get Three
${begin} @{middle} ${end} = Get Three
Assuming that the keyword Get Three returns a list [1, 2, 3]
,
the following variables are created:
${a}
, ${b}
and ${c}
with values 1
, 2
, and 3
, respectively.${first}
with value 1
, and @{rest}
with value [2, 3]
.@{before}
with value [1, 2]
and ${last}
with value 3
.${begin}
with value 1
, @{middle}
with value [2]
and ${end} with
value 3
.It is an error if the returned list has more or less values than there are scalar variables to assign. Additionally, only one list variable is allowed and dictionary variables can only be assigned alone.
To make it easier to understand what happens during execution, the beginning of value that is assigned is automatically logged. The default is to show 200 first characters, but this can be changed by using the --maxassignlength command line option when running tests. If the value is zero or negative, the whole assigned value is hidden.
--maxassignlength 1000
--maxassignlength 0
The reason the value is not logged fully is that it could be really big. If you always want to see a certain value fully, it is possible to use the BuiltIn Log keyword to log it after the assignment.
Note
The --maxassignlength option is new in Robot Framework 5.0.
The BuiltIn library has keywords Set Test Variable, Set Suite Variable and Set Global Variable which can be used for setting variables dynamically during the test execution. If a variable already exists within the new scope, its value will be overwritten, and otherwise a new variable is created.
Variables set with Set Test Variable keyword are available everywhere within the scope of the currently executed test case. For example, if you set a variable in a user keyword, it is available both in the test case level and also in all other user keywords used in the current test. Other test cases will not see variables set with this keyword. It is an error to call Set Test Variable outside the scope of a test (e.g. in a Suite Setup or Teardown).
Variables set with Set Suite Variable keyword are available everywhere within the scope of the currently executed test suite. Setting variables with this keyword thus has the same effect as creating them using the Variable section in the test data file or importing them from variable files. Other test suites, including possible child test suites, will not see variables set with this keyword.
Variables set with Set Global Variable keyword are globally available in all test cases and suites executed after setting them. Setting variables with this keyword thus has the same effect as creating from the command line using the options --variable or --variablefile. Because this keyword can change variables everywhere, it should be used with care.
Note
Set Test/Suite/Global Variable keywords set named variables directly into test, suite or global variable scope and return nothing. On the other hand, another BuiltIn keyword Set Variable sets local variables using return values.
Robot Framework provides some built-in variables that are available automatically.
Built-in variables related to the operating system ease making the test data operating-system-agnostic.
Variable | Explanation |
---|---|
${CURDIR} | An absolute path to the directory where the test data file is located. This variable is case-sensitive. |
${TEMPDIR} | An absolute path to the system temporary directory. In UNIX-like systems this is typically /tmp, and in Windows c:\Documents and Settings\<user>\Local Settings\Temp. |
${EXECDIR} | An absolute path to the directory where test execution was started from. |
${/} | The system directory path separator. / in UNIX-like
systems and \ in Windows. |
${:} | The system path element separator. : in UNIX-like
systems and ; in Windows. |
${\n} | The system line separator. \n in UNIX-like systems and \r\n in Windows. |
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Create Binary File ${CURDIR}${/}input.data Some text here${\n}on two lines
Set Environment Variable CLASSPATH ${TEMPDIR}${:}${CURDIR}${/}foo.jar
The variable syntax can be used for creating both integers and floating point numbers, as illustrated in the example below. This is useful when a keyword expects to get an actual number, and not a string that just looks like a number, as an argument.
*** Test Cases ***
Example 1A
Connect example.com 80 # Connect gets two strings as arguments
Example 1B
Connect example.com ${80} # Connect gets a string and an integer
Example 2
Do X ${3.14} ${-1e-4} # Do X gets floating point numbers 3.14 and -0.0001
It is possible to create integers also from binary, octal, and
hexadecimal values using 0b
, 0o
and 0x
prefixes, respectively.
The syntax is case insensitive.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Should Be Equal ${0b1011} ${11}
Should Be Equal ${0o10} ${8}
Should Be Equal ${0xff} ${255}
Should Be Equal ${0B1010} ${0XA}
Also Boolean values and Python None
can
be created using the variable syntax similarly as numbers.
*** Test Cases ***
Boolean
Set Status ${true} # Set Status gets Boolean true as an argument
Create Y something ${false} # Create Y gets a string and Boolean false
None
Do XYZ ${None} # Do XYZ gets Python None as an argument
These variables are case-insensitive, so for example ${True}
and
${true}
are equivalent.
It is possible to create spaces and empty strings using variables
${SPACE}
and ${EMPTY}
, respectively. These variables are
useful, for example, when there would otherwise be a need to escape
spaces or empty cells with a backslash. If more than one space is
needed, it is possible to use the extended variable syntax like
${SPACE * 5}
. In the following example, Should Be
Equal keyword gets identical arguments but those using variables are
easier to understand than those using backslashes.
*** Test Cases ***
One space
Should Be Equal ${SPACE} \ \
Four spaces
Should Be Equal ${SPACE * 4} \ \ \ \ \
Ten spaces
Should Be Equal ${SPACE * 10} \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \
Quoted space
Should Be Equal "${SPACE}" " "
Quoted spaces
Should Be Equal "${SPACE * 2}" " \ "
Empty
Should Be Equal ${EMPTY} \
There is also an empty list variable @{EMPTY}
and an empty dictionary
variable &{EMPTY}
. Because they have no content, they basically
vanish when used somewhere in the test data. They are useful, for example,
with test templates when the template keyword is used without
arguments or when overriding list or dictionary variables in different
scopes. Modifying the value of @{EMPTY}
or &{EMPTY}
is not possible.
*** Test Cases ***
Template
[Template] Some keyword
@{EMPTY}
Override
Set Global Variable @{LIST} @{EMPTY}
Set Suite Variable &{DICT} &{EMPTY}
Note
${SPACE}
represents the ASCII space (\x20
) and other spaces
should be specified using the escape sequences like \xA0
(NO-BREAK SPACE) and \u3000
(IDEOGRAPHIC SPACE).
Some automatic variables can also be used in the test data. These variables can have different values during the test execution and some of them are not even available all the time. Altering the value of these variables does not affect the original values, but some values can be changed dynamically using keywords from the BuiltIn library.
Variable | Explanation | Available |
---|---|---|
${TEST NAME} | The name of the current test case. | Test case |
@{TEST TAGS} | Contains the tags of the current test case in alphabetical order. Can be modified dynamically using Set Tags and Remove Tags keywords. | Test case |
${TEST DOCUMENTATION} | The documentation of the current test case. Can be set dynamically using using Set Test Documentation keyword. | Test case |
${TEST STATUS} | The status of the current test case, either PASS or FAIL. | Test teardown |
${TEST MESSAGE} | The message of the current test case. | Test teardown |
${PREV TEST NAME} | The name of the previous test case, or an empty string if no tests have been executed yet. | Everywhere |
${PREV TEST STATUS} | The status of the previous test case: either PASS, FAIL, or an empty string when no tests have been executed. | Everywhere |
${PREV TEST MESSAGE} | The possible error message of the previous test case. | Everywhere |
${SUITE NAME} | The full name of the current test suite. | Everywhere |
${SUITE SOURCE} | An absolute path to the suite file or directory. | Everywhere |
${SUITE DOCUMENTATION} | The documentation of the current test suite. Can be set dynamically using using Set Suite Documentation keyword. | Everywhere |
&{SUITE METADATA} | The free metadata of the current test suite. Can be set using Set Suite Metadata keyword. | Everywhere |
${SUITE STATUS} | The status of the current test suite, either PASS or FAIL. | Suite teardown |
${SUITE MESSAGE} | The full message of the current test suite, including statistics. | Suite teardown |
${KEYWORD STATUS} | The status of the current keyword, either PASS or FAIL. | User keyword teardown |
${KEYWORD MESSAGE} | The possible error message of the current keyword. | User keyword teardown |
${LOG LEVEL} | Current log level. | Everywhere |
${OUTPUT FILE} | An absolute path to the output file. | Everywhere |
${LOG FILE} | An absolute path to the log file or string NONE when no log file is created. | Everywhere |
${REPORT FILE} | An absolute path to the report file or string NONE when no report is created. | Everywhere |
${DEBUG FILE} | An absolute path to the debug file or string NONE when no debug file is created. | Everywhere |
${OUTPUT DIR} | An absolute path to the output directory. | Everywhere |
&{OPTIONS} | A dictionary exposing command line options. The
dictionary keys match the command line options and
can be accessed both like
New in RF 5.0. More options can be exposed later. |
Everywhere |
Suite related variables ${SUITE SOURCE}
, ${SUITE NAME}
, ${SUITE DOCUMENTATION}
and &{SUITE METADATA}
as well as options related to command line options like
${LOG FILE}
and &{OPTIONS}
are available already when libraries and variable
files are imported. Possible variables in these automatic variables are not yet
resolved at the import time, though.
Variables coming from different sources have different priorities and are available in different scopes.
Variables from the command line
Variables set in the command line have the highest priority of all variables that can be set before the actual test execution starts. They override possible variables created in Variable sections in test case files, as well as in resource and variable files imported in the test data.
Individually set variables (--variable option) override the variables set using variable files (--variablefile option). If you specify same individual variable multiple times, the one specified last will override earlier ones. This allows setting default values for variables in a start-up script and overriding them from the command line. Notice, though, that if multiple variable files have same variables, the ones in the file specified first have the highest priority.
Variable section in a test case file
Variables created using the Variable section in a test case file are available for all the test cases in that file. These variables override possible variables with same names in imported resource and variable files.
Variables created in the Variable sections are available in all other sections in the file where they are created. This means that they can be used also in the Setting section, for example, for importing more variables from resource and variable files.
Imported resource and variable files
Variables imported from the resource and variable files have the lowest priority of all variables created in the test data. Variables from resource files and variable files have the same priority. If several resource and/or variable file have same variables, the ones in the file imported first are taken into use.
If a resource file imports resource files or variable files, variables in its own Variable section have a higher priority than variables it imports. All these variables are available for files that import this resource file.
Note that variables imported from resource and variable files are not available in the Variable section of the file that imports them. This is due to the Variable section being processed before the Setting section where the resource files and variable files are imported.
Variables set during test execution
Variables set during the test execution either using return values from keywords or using Set Test/Suite/Global Variable keywords always override possible existing variables in the scope where they are set. In a sense they thus have the highest priority, but on the other hand they do not affect variables outside the scope they are defined.
Built-in variables
Built-in variables like${TEMPDIR}
and${TEST_NAME}
have the highest priority of all variables. They cannot be overridden using Variable section or from command line, but even they can be reset during the test execution. An exception to this rule are number variables, which are resolved dynamically if no variable is found otherwise. They can thus be overridden, but that is generally a bad idea. Additionally${CURDIR}
is special because it is replaced already during the test data processing time.
Depending on where and how they are created, variables can have a global, test suite, test case or local scope.
Global variables are available everywhere in the test data. These variables are normally set from the command line with the --variable and --variablefile options, but it is also possible to create new global variables or change the existing ones with the BuiltIn keyword Set Global Variable anywhere in the test data. Additionally also built-in variables are global.
It is recommended to use capital letters with all global variables.
Variables with the test suite scope are available anywhere in the test suite where they are defined or imported. They can be created in Variable sections, imported from resource and variable files, or set during the test execution using the BuiltIn keyword Set Suite Variable.
The test suite scope is not recursive, which means that variables available in a higher-level test suite are not available in lower-level suites. If necessary, resource and variable files can be used for sharing variables.
Since these variables can be considered global in the test suite where they are used, it is recommended to use capital letters also with them.
Variables with the test case scope are visible in a test case and in all user keywords the test uses. Initially there are no variables in this scope, but it is possible to create them by using the BuiltIn keyword Set Test Variable anywhere in a test case. It is an error to call Set Test Variable outside the scope of a test (e.g. in a Suite Setup or Teardown).
Also variables in the test case scope are to some extend global. It is thus generally recommended to use capital letters with them too.
Test cases and user keywords have a local variable scope that is not seen by other tests or keywords. Local variables can be created using return values from executed keywords and user keywords also get them as arguments.
It is recommended to use lower-case letters with local variables.
Extended variable syntax allows accessing attributes of an object assigned
to a variable (for example, ${object.attribute}
) and even calling
its methods (for example, ${obj.getName()}
). It works both with
scalar and list variables, but is mainly useful with the former
Extended variable syntax is a powerful feature, but it should be used with care. Accessing attributes is normally not a problem, on the contrary, because one variable containing an object with several attributes is often better than having several variables. On the other hand, calling methods, especially when they are used with arguments, can make the test data pretty complicated to understand. If that happens, it is recommended to move the code into a test library.
The most common usages of extended variable syntax are illustrated in the example below. First assume that we have the following variable file and test case:
class MyObject:
def __init__(self, name):
self.name = name
def eat(self, what):
return '%s eats %s' % (self.name, what)
def __str__(self):
return self.name
OBJECT = MyObject('Robot')
DICTIONARY = {1: 'one', 2: 'two', 3: 'three'}
*** Test Cases ***
Example
KW 1 ${OBJECT.name}
KW 2 ${OBJECT.eat('Cucumber')}
KW 3 ${DICTIONARY[2]}
When this test data is executed, the keywords get the arguments as explained below:
Robot
Robot eats Cucumber
two
The extended variable syntax is evaluated in the following order:
{
until
the first occurrence of a character that is not an alphanumeric character
or a space. For example, base variables of ${OBJECT.name}
and ${DICTIONARY[2]}
) are OBJECT
and DICTIONARY
,
respectively.Many standard Python objects, including strings and numbers, have methods that can be used with the extended variable syntax either explicitly or implicitly. Sometimes this can be really useful and reduce the need for setting temporary variables, but it is also easy to overuse it and create really cryptic test data. Following examples show few pretty good usages.
*** Test Cases ***
String
${string} = Set Variable abc
Log ${string.upper()} # Logs 'ABC'
Log ${string * 2} # Logs 'abcabc'
Number
${number} = Set Variable ${-2}
Log ${number * 10} # Logs -20
Log ${number.__abs__()} # Logs 2
Note that even though abs(number)
is recommended over
number.__abs__()
in normal Python code, using
${abs(number)}
does not work. This is because the variable name
must be in the beginning of the extended syntax. Using __xxx__
methods in the test data like this is already a bit questionable, and
it is normally better to move this kind of logic into test libraries.
Extended variable syntax works also in list variable context.
If, for example, an object assigned to a variable ${EXTENDED}
has
an attribute attribute
that contains a list as a value, it can be
used as a list variable @{EXTENDED.attribute}
.
It is possible to set attributes of
objects stored to scalar variables using keyword return values and
a variation of the extended variable syntax. Assuming we have
variable ${OBJECT}
from the previous examples, attributes could
be set to it like in the example below.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
${OBJECT.name} = Set Variable New name
${OBJECT.new_attr} = Set Variable New attribute
The extended variable assignment syntax is evaluated using the following rules:
${OBJECT.name}
in the example above) that variable
will be assigned a new value and the extended syntax is not used.${
and
the last dot, for example, OBJECT
in ${OBJECT.name}
and foo.bar
in ${foo.bar.zap}
. As the second example
illustrates, the base name may contain normal extended variable
syntax.}
, for
example, name
in ${OBJECT.name}
. If the name does not
start with a letter or underscore and contain only these characters
and numbers, the attribute is considered invalid and the extended
syntax is not used. A new variable with the full name is created
instead.Note
Unlike when assigning variables normally using return values from keywords, changes to variables done using the extended assign syntax are not limited to the current scope. Because no new variable is created but instead the state of an existing variable is changed, all tests and keywords that see that variable will also see the changes.
Variables are allowed also inside variables, and when this syntax is
used, variables are resolved from the inside out. For example, if you
have a variable ${var${x}}
, then ${x}
is resolved
first. If it has the value name
, the final value is then the
value of the variable ${varname}
. There can be several nested
variables, but resolving the outermost fails, if any of them does not
exist.
In the example below, Do X gets the value ${JOHN HOME}
or ${JANE HOME}
, depending on if Get Name returns
john
or jane
. If it returns something else, resolving
${${name} HOME}
fails.
*** Variables ***
${JOHN HOME} /home/john
${JANE HOME} /home/jane
*** Test Cases ***
Example
${name} = Get Name
Do X ${${name} HOME}
Variable syntax can also be used for evaluating Python expressions. The
basic syntax is ${{expression}}
i.e. there are double curly braces around
the expression. The expression
can be any valid Python expression such as
${{1 + 2}}
or ${{['a', 'list']}}
. Spaces around the expression are allowed,
so also ${{ 1 + 2 }}
and ${{ ['a', 'list'] }}
are valid. In addition to
using normal scalar variables, also list variables and
dictionary variables support @{{expression}}
and &{{expression}}
syntax,
respectively.
Main usages for this pretty advanced functionality are:
${{len('${var}') > 3}}
, ${{$var[0] if $var is not None else None}}
).${{decimal.Decimal('0.11')}}
, ${{datetime.date(2019, 11, 5)}}
).${{random.randint(0, 100)}}
,
${{datetime.date.today()}}
).${{[1, 2, 3, 4]}}
,
${{ {'id': 1, 'name': 'Example', 'children': [7, 9]} }}
).${{math.pi}}
, ${{platform.system()}}
).This is somewhat similar functionality than the extended variable syntax
discussed earlier. As the examples above illustrate, this syntax is even more
powerful as it provides access to Python built-ins like len()
and modules
like math
. In addition to being able to use variables like ${var}
in
the expressions (they are replaced before evaluation), variables are also
available using the special $var
syntax during evaluation. The whole expression
syntax is explained in the Evaluating expressions appendix.
Tip
Instead of creating complicated expressions, it is often better to move the logic into a custom library. That eases maintenance, makes test data easier to understand and can also enhance execution speed.
Note
The inline Python evaluation syntax is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Keyword sections are used to create new higher-level keywords by combining existing keywords together. These keywords are called user keywords to differentiate them from lowest level library keywords that are implemented in test libraries. The syntax for creating user keywords is very close to the syntax for creating test cases, which makes it easy to learn.
In many ways, the overall user keyword syntax is identical to the test case syntax. User keywords are created in Keyword sections which differ from Test Case sections only by the name that is used to identify them. User keyword names are in the first column similarly as test cases names. Also user keywords are created from keywords, either from keywords in test libraries or other user keywords. Keyword names are normally in the second column, but when setting variables from keyword return values, they are in the subsequent columns.
*** Keywords ***
Open Login Page
Open Browser http://host/login.html
Title Should Be Login Page
Title Should Start With
[Arguments] ${expected}
${title} = Get Title
Should Start With ${title} ${expected}
Most user keywords take some arguments. This important feature is used already in the second example above, and it is explained in detail later in this section, similarly as user keyword return values.
User keywords can be created in test case files, resource files, and test suite initialization files. Keywords created in resource files are available for files using them, whereas other keywords are only available in the files where they are created.
User keywords can have similar settings as test cases, and they have the same square bracket syntax separating them from keyword names. All available settings are listed below and explained later in this section.
RETURN
statement (new in RF 5.0)
should be used instead.Note
The format used above is recommended, but setting names are
case-insensitive and spaces are allowed between brackets and the name.
For example, [ TAGS ]
:setting is valid.
The user keyword name is defined in the first column of the Keyword section. Of course, the name should be descriptive, and it is acceptable to have quite long keyword names. Actually, when creating use-case-like test cases, the highest-level keywords are often formulated as sentences or even paragraphs.
User keywords can have a documentation that is set with the [Documentation] setting. It supports same formatting, splitting to multiple lines, and other features as test case documentation. This setting documents the user keyword in the test data. It is also shown in a more formal keyword documentation, which the Libdoc tool can create from resource files. Finally, the first logical row of the documentation, until the first empty row, is shown as a keyword documentation in test logs.
*** Keywords ***
One line documentation
[Documentation] One line documentation.
No Operation
Multiline documentation
[Documentation] The first line creates the short doc.
...
... This is the body of the documentation.
... It is not shown in Libdoc outputs but only
... the short doc is shown in logs.
No Operation
Short documentation in multiple lines
[Documentation] If the short doc gets longer, it can span
... multiple physical lines.
...
... The body is separated from the short doc with
... an empty line.
No Operation
Sometimes keywords need to be removed, replaced with new ones, or
deprecated for other reasons. User keywords can be marked deprecated
by starting the documentation with *DEPRECATED*
, which will
cause a warning when the keyword is used. For more information, see
the Deprecating keywords section.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, the short documentation contained only the first physical line of the keyword documentation.
Both user keywords and library keywords can have tags. User keyword
tags can be set with [Tags] setting similarly as test case tags,
but possible Force Tags and Default Tags setting do not
affect them. Additionally keyword tags can be specified on the last line of
the documentation with Tags:
prefix and separated by a comma. For example,
following two keywords would both get same three tags.
*** Keywords ***
Settings tags using separate setting
[Tags] my fine tags
No Operation
Settings tags using documentation
[Documentation] I have documentation. And my documentation has tags.
... Tags: my, fine, tags
No Operation
Keyword tags are shown in logs and in documentation generated by Libdoc, where the keywords can also be searched based on tags. The --removekeywords and --flattenkeywords commandline options also support selecting keywords by tag, and new usages for keywords tags are possibly added in later releases.
Similarly as with test case tags, user keyword tags with robot-
and
robot:
prefixes are reserved for special features by Robot Framework
itself. Users should thus not use any tag with these prefixes unless actually
activating the special functionality.
Most user keywords need to take some arguments. The syntax for
specifying them is probably the most complicated feature normally
needed with Robot Framework, but even that is relatively easy,
particularly in most common cases. Arguments are normally specified with
the [Arguments] setting, and argument names use the same
syntax as variables, for example ${arg}
.
The simplest way to specify arguments (apart from not having them at all) is using only positional arguments. In most cases, this is all that is needed.
The syntax is such that first the [Arguments] setting is
given and then argument names are defined in the subsequent
cells. Each argument is in its own cell, using the same syntax as with
variables. The keyword must be used with as many arguments as there
are argument names in its signature. The actual argument names do not
matter to the framework, but from users' perspective they should
be as descriptive as possible. It is recommended
to use lower-case letters in variable names, either as
${my_arg}
, ${my arg}
or ${myArg}
.
*** Keywords ***
One Argument
[Arguments] ${arg_name}
Log Got argument ${arg_name}
Three Arguments
[Arguments] ${arg1} ${arg2} ${arg3}
Log 1st argument: ${arg1}
Log 2nd argument: ${arg2}
Log 3rd argument: ${arg3}
When creating user keywords, positional arguments are sufficient in most situations. It is, however, sometimes useful that keywords have default values for some or all of their arguments. Also user keywords support default values, and the needed new syntax does not add very much to the already discussed basic syntax.
In short, default values are added to arguments, so that first there is
the equals sign (=
) and then the value, for example ${arg}=default
.
There can be many arguments with defaults, but they all must be given after
the normal positional arguments. The default value can contain a variable
created on test, suite or global scope, but local variables of the keyword
executor cannot be used. Default value can
also be defined based on earlier arguments accepted by the keyword.
Note
The syntax for default values is space sensitive. Spaces
before the =
sign are not allowed, and possible spaces
after it are considered part of the default value itself.
*** Keywords ***
One Argument With Default Value
[Arguments] ${arg}=default value
[Documentation] This keyword takes 0-1 arguments
Log Got argument ${arg}
Two Arguments With Defaults
[Arguments] ${arg1}=default 1 ${arg2}=${VARIABLE}
[Documentation] This keyword takes 0-2 arguments
Log 1st argument ${arg1}
Log 2nd argument ${arg2}
One Required And One With Default
[Arguments] ${required} ${optional}=default
[Documentation] This keyword takes 1-2 arguments
Log Required: ${required}
Log Optional: ${optional}
Default Based On Earlier Argument
[Arguments] ${a} ${b}=${a} ${c}=${a} and ${b}
Should Be Equal ${a} ${b}
Should Be Equal ${c} ${a} and ${b}
When a keyword accepts several arguments with default values and only
some of them needs to be overridden, it is often handy to use the
named arguments syntax. When this syntax is used with user
keywords, the arguments are specified without the ${}
decoration. For example, the second keyword above could be used like
below and ${arg1}
would still get its default value.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Two Arguments With Defaults arg2=new value
As all Pythonistas must have already noticed, the syntax for specifying default arguments is heavily inspired by Python syntax for function default values.
Sometimes even default values are not enough and there is a need
for a keyword accepting variable number of arguments. User keywords
support also this feature. All that is needed is having list variable such
as @{varargs}
after possible positional arguments in the keyword signature.
This syntax can be combined with the previously described default values, and
at the end the list variable gets all the leftover arguments that do not match
other arguments. The list variable can thus have any number of items, even zero.
*** Keywords ***
Any Number Of Arguments
[Arguments] @{varargs}
Log Many @{varargs}
One Or More Arguments
[Arguments] ${required} @{rest}
Log Many ${required} @{rest}
Required, Default, Varargs
[Arguments] ${req} ${opt}=42 @{others}
Log Required: ${req}
Log Optional: ${opt}
Log Others:
FOR ${item} IN @{others}
Log ${item}
END
Notice that if the last keyword above is used with more than one
argument, the second argument ${opt}
always gets the given
value instead of the default value. This happens even if the given
value is empty. The last example also illustrates how a variable
number of arguments accepted by a user keyword can be used in a for
loop. This combination of two rather advanced functions can
sometimes be very useful.
The keywords in the examples above could be used, for example, like this:
*** Test Cases ***
Varargs with user keywords
Any Number Of Arguments
Any Number Of Arguments arg
Any Number Of Arguments arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4
One Or More Arguments required
One Or More Arguments arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4
Required, Default, Varargs required
Required, Default, Varargs required optional
Required, Default, Varargs arg1 arg2 arg3 arg4 arg5
Again, Pythonistas probably notice that the variable number of arguments syntax is very close to the one in Python.
User keywords can also accept free named arguments by having a dictionary
variable like &{named}
as the absolutely last argument. When the keyword
is called, this variable will get all named arguments that do not match
any positional argument or named-only argument in the keyword
signature.
*** Keywords ***
Free Named Only
[Arguments] &{named}
Log Many &{named}
Positional And Free Named
[Arguments] ${required} &{extra}
Log Many ${required} &{extra}
Run Program
[Arguments] @{args} &{config}
Run Process program.py @{args} &{config}
The last example above shows how to create a wrapper keyword that accepts any positional or named argument and passes them forward. See free named argument examples for a full example with same keyword.
Free named arguments support with user keywords works similarly as kwargs
work in Python. In the signature and also when passing arguments forward,
&{kwargs}
is pretty much the same as Python's **kwargs
.
Starting from Robot Framework 3.1, user keywords support named-only
arguments that are inspired by Python 3 keyword-only arguments.
This syntax is typically used by having normal arguments after
variable number of arguments (@{varargs}
). If the keywords does not
use varargs, it is possible to use just @{}
to denote that the subsequent
arguments are named-only:
*** Keywords ***
With Varargs
[Arguments] @{varargs} ${named}
Log Many @{varargs} ${named}
Without Varargs
[Arguments] @{} ${first} ${second}
Log Many ${first} ${second}
Named-only arguments can be used together with positional arguments as well as with free named arguments. When using free named arguments, they must be last:
*** Keywords ***
With Positional
[Arguments] ${positional} @{} ${named}
Log Many ${positional} ${named}
With Free Named
[Arguments] @{varargs} ${named only} &{free named}
Log Many @{varargs} ${named only} &{free named}
When passing named-only arguments to keywords, their order does not matter other than they must follow possible positional arguments. The keywords above could be used, for example, like this:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
With Varargs named=value
With Varargs positional second positional named=foobar
Without Varargs first=1 second=2
Without Varargs second=toka first=eka
With Positional foo named=bar
With Positional named=2 positional=1
With Free Named positional named only=value x=1 y=2
With Free Named foo=a bar=b named only=c quux=d
Named-only arguments can have default values similarly as normal user keyword arguments. A minor difference is that the order of arguments with and without default values is not important.
*** Keywords ***
With Default
[Arguments] @{} ${named}=default
Log Many ${named}
With And Without Defaults
[Arguments] @{} ${optional}=default ${mandatory} ${mandatory 2} ${optional 2}=default 2 ${mandatory 3}
Log Many ${optional} ${mandatory} ${mandatory 2} ${optional 2} ${mandatory 3}
Robot Framework has also another approach to pass arguments to user keywords than specifying them in cells after the keyword name as explained in the previous section. This method is based on embedding the arguments directly into the keyword name, and its main benefit is making it easier to use real and clear sentences as keywords.
It has always been possible to use keywords like Select dog from list and Selects cat from list, but all such keywords must have been implemented separately. The idea of embedding arguments into the keyword name is that all you need is a keyword with name like Select ${animal} from list.
*** Keywords ***
Select ${animal} from list
Open Page Pet Selection
Select Item From List animal_list ${animal}
Keywords using embedded arguments cannot take any "normal" arguments
(specified with [Arguments] setting) but otherwise they are
created just like other user keywords. The arguments used in the name
will naturally be available inside the keyword and they have different
value depending on how the keyword is called. For example,
${animal}
in the previous has value dog
if the keyword
is used like Select dog from list. Obviously it is not
mandatory to use all these arguments inside the keyword, and they can
thus be used as wildcards.
These kind of keywords are also used the same way as other keywords except that spaces and underscores are not ignored in their names. They are, however, case-insensitive like other keywords. For example, the keyword in the example above could be used like select x from list, but not like Select x fromlist.
Embedded arguments do not support default values or variable number of arguments like normal arguments do. Using variables when calling these keywords is possible but that can reduce readability. Notice also that embedded arguments only work with user keywords.
One tricky part in using embedded arguments is making sure that the values used when calling the keyword match the correct arguments. This is a problem especially if there are multiple arguments and characters separating them may also appear in the given values. For example, keyword Select ${city} ${team} does not work correctly if used with city containing two parts like Select Los Angeles Lakers.
An easy solution to this problem is quoting the arguments (e.g. Select "${city}" "${team}") and using the keyword in quoted format (e.g. Select "Los Angeles" "Lakers"). This approach is not enough to resolve all this kind of conflicts, though, but it is still highly recommended because it makes arguments stand out from rest of the keyword. A more powerful but also more complicated solution, using custom regular expressions when defining variables, is explained in the next section. Finally, if things get complicated, it might be a better idea to use normal positional arguments instead.
The problem of arguments matching too much occurs often when creating
keywords that ignore given/when/then/and/but prefixes . For example,
${name} goes home matches Given Janne goes home so
that ${name}
gets value Given Janne
. Quotes around the
argument, like in "${name}" goes home, resolve this problem
easily.
When keywords with embedded arguments are called, the values are
matched internally using regular expressions
(regexps for short). The default logic goes so that every argument in
the name is replaced with a pattern .*?
that basically matches
any string. This logic works fairly well normally, but as just
discussed above, sometimes keywords match more than
intended. Quoting or otherwise separating arguments from the other
text can help but, for example, the test below fails because keyword
I execute "ls" with "-lh" matches both of the defined
keywords.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
I execute "ls"
I execute "ls" with "-lh"
*** Keywords ***
I execute "${cmd}"
Run Process ${cmd} shell=True
I execute "${cmd}" with "${opts}"
Run Process ${cmd} ${opts} shell=True
A solution to this problem is using a custom regular expression that makes sure that the keyword matches only what it should in that particular context. To be able to use this feature, and to fully understand the examples in this section, you need to understand at least the basics of the regular expression syntax.
A custom embedded argument regular expression is defined after the
base name of the argument so that the argument and the regexp are
separated with a colon. For example, an argument that should match
only numbers can be defined like ${arg:\d+}
. Using custom
regular expressions is illustrated by the examples below.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
I execute "ls"
I execute "ls" with "-lh"
I type 1 + 2
I type 53 - 11
Today is 2011-06-27
*** Keywords ***
I execute "${cmd:[^"]+}"
Run Process ${cmd} shell=True
I execute "${cmd}" with "${opts}"
Run Process ${cmd} ${opts} shell=True
I type ${num1:\d+} ${operator:[+-]} ${num2:\d+}
Calculate ${num1} ${operator} ${num2}
Today is ${date:\d{4}-\d{2}-\d{2}}
Log ${date}
In the above example keyword I execute "ls" with "-lh" matches
only I execute "${cmd}" with "${opts}". That is guaranteed
because the custom regular expression [^"]+
in I execute
"${cmd:[^"]}" means that a matching argument cannot contain any
quotes. In this case there is no need to add custom regexps to the
other I execute variant.
Tip
If you quote arguments, using regular expression [^"]+
guarantees that the argument matches only until the first
closing quote.
Being implemented with Python, Robot Framework naturally uses Python's
re module that has pretty standard regular expressions
syntax. This syntax is otherwise fully supported with embedded
arguments, but regexp extensions in format (?...)
cannot be
used. Notice also that matching embedded arguments is done
case-insensitively. If the regular expression syntax is invalid,
creating the keyword fails with an error visible in test execution
errors.
Regular expressions use the backslash character (\) heavily both
to escape characters that have a special meaning in regexps (e.g. \$
) and
to form special sequences (e.g. \d
). Typically in Robot Framework data
backslash characters need to be escaped with another backslash, but
that is not required in this context. If there is a need to have a literal
backslash in the pattern, then the backslash must be escaped.
Possible lone opening and closing curly braces in the pattern must be escaped
like ${open:\}}
and ${close:\{}
. If there are matching braces like
${two digits:\d{2}}
, escaping is not needed. Escaping only opening or
closing brace is not allowed.
Warning
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2 it was mandatory to escape all
closing curly braces in the pattern like ${two digits:\d{2\}}
.
This syntax is unfortunately not supported by Robot Framework 3.2
or newer and keywords using it must be updated when upgrading.
Whenever custom embedded argument regular expressions are used, Robot Framework automatically enhances the specified regexps so that they match variables in addition to the text matching the pattern. This means that it is always possible to use variables with keywords having embedded arguments. For example, the following test case would pass using the keywords from the earlier example.
*** Variables ***
${DATE} 2011-06-27
*** Test Cases ***
Example
I type ${1} + ${2}
Today is ${DATE}
A drawback of variables automatically matching custom regular
expressions is that it is possible that the value the keyword gets
does not actually match the specified regexp. For example, variable
${DATE}
in the above example could contain any value and
Today is ${DATE} would still match the same keyword.
The biggest benefit of having arguments as part of the keyword name is that it makes it easier to use higher-level sentence-like keywords when writing test cases in behavior-driven style. The example below illustrates this. Notice also that prefixes Given, When and Then are left out of the keyword definitions.
*** Test Cases ***
Add two numbers
Given I have Calculator open
When I add 2 and 40
Then result should be 42
Add negative numbers
Given I have Calculator open
When I add 1 and -2
Then result should be -1
*** Keywords ***
I have ${program} open
Start Program ${program}
I add ${number 1} and ${number 2}
Input Number ${number 1}
Push Button +
Input Number ${number 2}
Push Button =
Result should be ${expected}
${result} = Get Result
Should Be Equal ${result} ${expected}
Note
Embedded arguments feature in Robot Framework is inspired by how step definitions are created in a popular BDD tool Cucumber.
Similarly as library keywords, also user keywords can return values.
When using Robot Framework 5.0 or newer, the recommended approach is
using the native RETURN
statement. Old [Return]
setting and BuiltIn keywords Return From Keyword and
Return From Keyword If still work but they will be deprecated
and removed in the future.
Regardless how values are returned, they can be assigned to variables in test cases and in other user keywords.
RETURN
statementThe recommended approach to return values is using the RETURN
statement.
It accepts optional return values and can be used with IF and inline IF
structures. Its usage is easiest explained with examples:
*** Keywords ***
Return One Value
[Arguments] ${arg}
[Documentation] Return a value unconditionally.
... Notice that keywords after RETURN are not executed.
${value} = Convert To Upper Case ${arg}
RETURN ${value}
Fail Not executed
Return Three Values
[Documentation] Return multiple values.
RETURN a b c
Conditional Return
[Arguments] ${arg}
[Documentation] Return conditionally.
Log Before
IF ${arg} == 1
Log Returning!
RETURN
END
Log After
Find Index
[Arguments] ${test} ${items}
[Documentation] Advanced example involving FOR loop, inline IF and @{list} variable syntax.
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{items}
IF $item == $test RETURN ${index}
END
RETURN ${-1}
If you want to test the above examples yourself, you can use them with these test cases:
*** Settings ***
Library String
*** Test Cases ***
One return value
${ret} = Return One Value argument
Should Be Equal ${ret} ARGUMENT
Multiple return values
${a} ${b} ${c} = Return Three Values
Should Be Equal ${a}, ${b}, ${c} a, b, c
Conditional return
Conditional Return 1
Conditional Return 2
Advanced
@{list} = Create List foo bar baz
${index} = Find Index bar ${list}
Should Be Equal ${index} ${1}
${index} = Find Index non existing ${list}
Should Be Equal ${index} ${-1}
Note
RETURN
is new in Robot Framework 5.0. Use approaches explained
below if you need to support older versions.
The [Return] setting defines what the keyword should return after it has been executed. Although it is recommended to have it at the end of keyword where it logically belongs, its position does not affect how it is used.
An inherent limitation of the [Return] setting is that cannot be used
conditionally. Thus only the first two earlier RETURN
statement examples
can be created using it.
*** Keywords ***
Return One Value
[Arguments] ${arg}
${value} = Convert To Upper Case ${arg}
[Return] ${value}
Return Three Values
[Return] a b c
Note
The [Return] setting is effectively deprecated and the RETURN
statement should be used unless there is a need to support also older
versions than Robot Framework 5.0. There is no visible deprecation warning
when using the setting yet, but it will be loudly deprecated and eventually
removed in the future.
BuiltIn keywords Return From Keyword and Return From Keyword If
allow returning from a user keyword conditionally in the middle of the keyword.
Both of them also accept optional return values that are handled exactly like
with the RETURN
statement and the [Return] setting discussed above.
The introduction of the RETURN
statement makes these keywords redundant.
Examples below contain same keywords as earlier RETURN
examples but these
ones are more verbose:
*** Keywords ***
Return One Value
[Arguments] ${arg}
${value} = Convert To Upper Case ${arg}
Return From Keyword ${value}
Fail Not executed
Return Three Values
Return From Keyword a b c
Conditional Return
[Arguments] ${arg}
Log Before
IF ${arg} == 1
Log Returning!
Return From Keyword
END
Log After
Find Index
[Arguments] ${test} ${items}
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{items}
Return From Keyword If $item == $test ${index}
END
Return From Keyword ${-1}
Note
These keywords are effectively deprecated and the RETURN
statement should be
used unless there is a need to support also older versions than Robot Framework
5.0. There is no visible deprecation warning when using these keywords yet, but
they will be loudly deprecated and eventually removed in the future.
User keywords may have a teardown defined using [Teardown] setting.
Keyword teardown works much in the same way as a test case teardown. Most importantly, the teardown is always a single keyword, although it can be another user keyword, and it gets executed also when the user keyword fails. In addition, all steps of the teardown are executed even if one of them fails. However, a failure in keyword teardown will fail the test case and subsequent steps in the test are not run. The name of the keyword to be executed as a teardown can also be a variable.
*** Keywords ***
With Teardown
Do Something
[Teardown] Log keyword teardown
Using variables
[Documentation] Teardown given as variable
Do Something
[Teardown] ${TEARDOWN}
User keywords and variables in test case files and test suite initialization files can only be used in files where they are created, but resource files provide a mechanism for sharing them. The high level syntax for creating resource files is exactly the same as when creating test case files and supported file formats are the same as well. The main difference is that resource files cannot have tests.
Variable files provide a powerful mechanism for creating and sharing variables. For example, they allow values other than strings and enable creating variables dynamically. Their flexibility comes from the fact that they are created using Python or YAML, which also makes them somewhat more complicated than Variable sections.
Resource files are imported using the Resource setting in the Settings section. The path to the resource file is given as an argument to the setting. When using the plain text format for creating resource files, it is possible to use the normal .robot extension but the dedicated .resource extension is recommended to separate resource files from test case files.
If the path is given in an absolute format, it is used directly. In other
cases, the resource file is first searched relatively to the directory
where the importing file is located. If the file is not found there,
it is then searched from the directories in Python's module search path.
The path can contain variables, and it is recommended to use them to make paths
system-independent (for example, ${RESOURCES}/login.resource or
${RESOURCE_PATH}). Additionally, forward slashes (/
) in the path
are automatically changed to backslashes (\) on Windows.
*** Settings ***
Resource example.resource
Resource ../data/resources.robot
Resource ${RESOURCES}/common.resource
The user keywords and variables defined in a resource file are available in the file that takes that resource file into use. Similarly available are also all keywords and variables from the libraries, resource files and variable files imported by the said resource file.
Note
The .resource extension is new in Robot Framework 3.1.
The higher-level structure of resource files is the same as that of test case files otherwise, but, of course, they cannot contain Test Case sections. Additionally, the Setting section in resource files can contain only import settings (Library, Resource, Variables) and Documentation. The Variable section and Keyword section are used exactly the same way as in test case files.
If several resource files have a user keyword with the same name, they must be used so that the keyword name is prefixed with the resource file name without the extension (for example, myresources.Some Keyword and common.Some Keyword). Moreover, if several resource files contain the same variable, the one that is imported first is taken into use.
Keywords created in a resource file can be documented using [Documentation] setting. The resource file itself can have Documentation in the Setting section similarly as test suites.
Both Libdoc and RIDE use these documentations, and they are naturally available for anyone opening resource files. The first logical line of the documentation of a keyword, until the first empty line, is logged when the keyword is run, but otherwise resource file documentation is ignored during the test execution.
*** Settings ***
Documentation An example resource file
Library SeleniumLibrary
Resource ${RESOURCES}/common.resource
*** Variables ***
${HOST} localhost:7272
${LOGIN URL} http://${HOST}/
${WELCOME URL} http://${HOST}/welcome.html
${BROWSER} Firefox
*** Keywords ***
Open Login Page
[Documentation] Opens browser to login page
Open Browser ${LOGIN URL} ${BROWSER}
Title Should Be Login Page
Input Name
[Arguments] ${name}
Input Text username_field ${name}
Input Password
[Arguments] ${password}
Input Text password_field ${password}
Variable files contain variables that can be used in the test data. Variables can also be created using Variable sections or set from the command line, but variable files allow creating them dynamically and also make it easy to create other variable values than strings.
Variable files are typically implemented as modules and there are two different approaches for creating variables:
MY_VAR = 'my value'
creates a variable ${MY_VAR}
with the specified
text as its value. One limitation of this approach is that it does
not allow using arguments.get_variables
(or getVariables
) method that returns variables as a mapping.
Because the method can take arguments this approach is very flexible.Alternatively variable files can be implemented as classes
that the framework will instantiate. Also in this case it is possible to create
variables as attributes or get them dynamically from the get_variables
method. Variable files can also be created as YAML files.
All test data files can import variable files using the Variables setting in the Setting section. Variable files are typically imported using a path to the file same way as resource files are imported using the Resource setting. Similarly to resource files, the path to the imported variable file is considered relative to the directory where the importing file is, and if not found, it is searched from directories in the module search path. The path can also contain variables, and slashes are converted to backslashes on Windows.
Examples:
*** Settings ***
Variables myvariables.py
Variables ../data/variables.py
Variables ${RESOURCES}/common.yaml
Starting from Robot Framework 5.0, variable files implemented using Python can also be imported using the module name similarly as libraries. When using this approach, the module needs to be in the module search path.
Examples:
*** Settings ***
Variables myvariables
Variables rootmodule.Variables
If a variable file accepts arguments, they are specified after the path or name of the variable file to import:
*** Settings ***
Variables arguments.py arg1 ${ARG2}
Variables arguments argument
All variables from a variable file are available in the test data file that imports it. If several variable files are imported and they contain a variable with the same name, the one in the earliest imported file is taken into use. Additionally, variables created in Variable sections and set from the command line override variables from variable files.
Another way to take variable files into use is using the command line option
--variablefile. Variable files are referenced using a path or
module name similarly as when importing them using the Variables
setting. Possible arguments are joined to the path with a colon (:
):
--variablefile myvariables.py --variablefile path/variables.py --variablefile /absolute/path/common.py --variablefile variablemodule --variablefile arguments.py:arg1:arg2 --variablefile rootmodule.Variables:arg1:arg2
Variable files taken into use from the command line are also searched from the module search path similarly as variable files imported in the Setting section. Relative paths are considered relative to the directory where execution is started from.
If a variable file is given as an absolute Windows path, the colon after the drive letter is not considered a separator:
--variablefile C:\path\variables.py
It is also possible to use a semicolon
(;
) as an argument separator. This is useful if variable file arguments
themselves contain colons, but requires surrounding the whole value with
quotes on UNIX-like operating systems:
--variablefile C:\path\variables.py;D:\data.xls --variablefile "myvariables.py;argument:with:colons"
Variables in variable files taken use on the command line are globally available in all test data files, similarly as individual variables set with the --variable option. If both --variablefile and --variable options are used and there are variables with same names, those that are set individually with --variable option take precedence.
When variable files are taken into use, they are imported as Python
modules and all their module level attributes that do not start with
an underscore (_
) are, by default, considered to be variables. Because
variable names are case-insensitive, both lower- and upper-case names are
possible, but in general, capital letters are recommended for global
variables and attributes.
VARIABLE = "An example string"
ANOTHER_VARIABLE = "This is pretty easy!"
INTEGER = 42
STRINGS = ["one", "two", "kolme", "four"]
NUMBERS = [1, INTEGER, 3.14]
MAPPING = {"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3}
In the example above, variables ${VARIABLE}
, ${ANOTHER VARIABLE}
, and
so on, are created. The first two variables are strings, the third one is
an integer, then there are two lists, and the final value is a dictionary.
All these variables can be used as a scalar variable, lists and the
dictionary also a list variable like @{STRINGS}
(in the dictionary's case
that variable would only contain keys), and the dictionary also as a
dictionary variable like &{MAPPING}
.
To make creating a list variable or a dictionary variable more explicit,
it is possible to prefix the variable name with LIST__
or DICT__
,
respectively:
from collections import OrderedDict
LIST__ANIMALS = ["cat", "dog"]
DICT__FINNISH = OrderedDict([("cat", "kissa"), ("dog", "koira")])
These prefixes will not be part of the final variable name, but they cause
Robot Framework to validate that the value actually is list-like or
dictionary-like. With dictionaries the actual stored value is also turned
into a special dictionary that is used also when creating dictionary
variables in the Variable section. Values of these dictionaries are accessible
as attributes like ${FINNISH.cat}
. These dictionaries are also ordered, but
preserving the source order requires also the original dictionary to be
ordered.
The variables in both the examples above could be created also using the Variable section below.
*** Variables ***
${VARIABLE} An example string
${ANOTHER VARIABLE} This is pretty easy!
${INTEGER} ${42}
@{STRINGS} one two kolme four
@{NUMBERS} ${1} ${INTEGER} ${3.14}
&{MAPPING} one=${1} two=${2} three=${3}
@{ANIMALS} cat dog
&{FINNISH} cat=kissa dog=koira
Note
Variables are not replaced in strings got from variable files.
For example, VAR = "an ${example}"
would create
variable ${VAR}
with a literal string value
an ${example}
regardless would variable ${example}
exist or not.
Variables in variable files are not limited to having only strings or
other base types as values like Variable sections. Instead, their
variables can contain any objects. In the example below, the variable
${MAPPING}
contains a Python dictionary and also has two variables
created from a custom object implemented in the same file.
MAPPING = {'one': 1, 'two': 2}
class MyObject:
def __init__(self, name):
self.name = name
OBJ1 = MyObject('John')
OBJ2 = MyObject('Jane')
Because variable files are created using a real programming language, they can have dynamic logic for setting variables.
import os
import random
import time
USER = os.getlogin() # current login name
RANDOM_INT = random.randint(0, 10) # random integer in range [0,10]
CURRENT_TIME = time.asctime() # timestamp like 'Thu Apr 6 12:45:21 2006'
if time.localtime()[3] > 12:
AFTERNOON = True
else:
AFTERNOON = False
The example above uses standard Python libraries to set different variables, but you can use your own code to construct the values. The example below illustrates the concept, but similarly, your code could read the data from a database, from an external file or even ask it from the user.
import math
def get_area(diameter):
radius = diameter / 2
area = math.pi * radius * radius
return area
AREA1 = get_area(1)
AREA2 = get_area(2)
When Robot Framework processes variable files, all their attributes
that do not start with an underscore are expected to be
variables. This means that even functions or classes created in the
variable file or imported from elsewhere are considered variables. For
example, the last example would contain the variables ${math}
and ${get_area}
in addition to ${AREA1}
and
${AREA2}
.
Normally the extra variables do not cause problems, but they could override some other variables and cause hard-to-debug errors. One possibility to ignore other attributes is prefixing them with an underscore:
import math as _math
def _get_area(diameter):
radius = diameter / 2.0
area = _math.pi * radius * radius
return area
AREA1 = _get_area(1)
AREA2 = _get_area(2)
If there is a large number of other attributes, instead of prefixing
them all, it is often easier to use a special attribute
__all__
and give it a list of attribute names to be processed
as variables.
import math
__all__ = ['AREA1', 'AREA2']
def get_area(diameter):
radius = diameter / 2.0
area = math.pi * radius * radius
return area
AREA1 = get_area(1)
AREA2 = get_area(2)
Note
The __all__
attribute is also, and originally, used
by Python to decide which attributes to import
when using the syntax from modulename import *
.
The third option to select what variables are actually created is using
a special get_variables
function discussed below.
An alternative approach for getting variables is having a special
get_variables
function (also camelCase syntax getVariables
is possible)
in a variable file. If such a function exists, Robot Framework calls it and
expects to receive variables as a Python dictionary with variable names as keys
and variable values as values. Created variables can
be used as scalars, lists, and dictionaries exactly like when getting
variables directly from a module, and it is possible to use LIST__
and
DICT__
prefixes to make creating list and dictionary variables more explicit.
The example below is functionally identical to the first example related to
getting variables directly from a module.
def get_variables():
variables = {"VARIABLE ": "An example string",
"ANOTHER VARIABLE": "This is pretty easy!",
"INTEGER": 42,
"STRINGS": ["one", "two", "kolme", "four"],
"NUMBERS": [1, 42, 3.14],
"MAPPING": {"one": 1, "two": 2, "three": 3}}
return variables
get_variables
can also take arguments, which facilitates changing
what variables actually are created. Arguments to the function are set just
as any other arguments for a Python function. When taking variable files
into use in the test data, arguments are specified in cells after the path
to the variable file, and in the command line they are separated from the
path with a colon or a semicolon.
The dummy example below shows how to use arguments with variable files. In a more realistic example, the argument could be a path to an external text file or database where to read variables from.
variables1 = {'scalar': 'Scalar variable',
'LIST__list': ['List','variable']}
variables2 = {'scalar' : 'Some other value',
'LIST__list': ['Some','other','value'],
'extra': 'variables1 does not have this at all'}
def get_variables(arg):
if arg == 'one':
return variables1
else:
return variables2
It is possible to implement variables files also as a class.
Because variable files are always imported using a file system path, the class must have the same name as the module it is located in.
The framework will create an instance of the class using no arguments and
variables will be gotten from the instance. Similarly as with modules,
variables can be defined as attributes directly
in the instance or gotten from a special get_variables
method.
When variables are defined directly in an instance, all attributes containing callable values are ignored to avoid creating variables from possible methods the instance has. If you would actually need callable variables, you need to use other approaches to create variable files.
The first examples create variables from attributes.
It creates variables ${VARIABLE}
and @{LIST}
from class
attributes and ${ANOTHER VARIABLE}
from an instance attribute.
class StaticExample:
variable = 'value'
LIST__list = [1, 2, 3]
_not_variable = 'starts with an underscore'
def __init__(self):
self.another_variable = 'another value'
The second examples utilizes dynamic approach for getting variables. It
creates only one variable ${DYNAMIC VARIABLE}
.
class DynamicExample:
def get_variables(self, *args):
return {'dynamic variable': ' '.join(args)}
Variable files can also be implemented as YAML files. YAML is a data serialization language with a simple and human-friendly syntax. The following example demonstrates a simple YAML file:
string: Hello, world!
integer: 42
list:
- one
- two
dict:
one: yksi
two: kaksi
with spaces: kolme
Note
Using YAML files with Robot Framework requires PyYAML module to be installed. If you have
pip installed, you can install it simply by running
pip install pyyaml
.
YAML variable files must have either .yaml or .yml extension. Support for the .yml extension is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
YAML variable files can be used exactly like normal variable files from the command line using --variablefile option, in the Settings section using Variables setting, and dynamically using the Import Variables keyword.
If the above YAML file is imported, it will create exactly the same variables as this Variable section:
*** Variables ***
${STRING} Hello, world!
${INTEGER} ${42}
@{LIST} one two
&{DICT} one=yksi two=kaksi
YAML files used as variable files must always be mappings in the top level. As the above example demonstrates, keys and values in the mapping become variable names and values, respectively. Variable values can be any data types supported by YAML syntax. If names or values contain non-ASCII characters, YAML variables files must be UTF-8 encoded.
Mappings used as values are automatically converted to special dictionaries
that are used also when creating dictionary variables in the Variable section.
Most importantly, values of these dictionaries are accessible as attributes
like ${DICT.one}
, assuming their names are valid as Python attribute names.
If the name contains spaces or is otherwise not a valid attribute name, it is
always possible to access dictionary values using syntax like
${DICT}[with spaces]
syntax. The created dictionaries are also ordered, but
unfortunately the original source order of in the YAML file is not preserved.
This section describes various structures that can be used to control the test execution flow. These structures are familiar from most programming languages and they allow conditional execution, repeatedly executing a block of keywords and fine-grained error handling. For readability reasons these structures should be used judiciously, and more complex use cases should be preferably implemented in test libraries.
FOR
loopsRepeating same actions several times is quite a common need in test
automation. With Robot Framework, test libraries can have any kind of
loop constructs, and most of the time loops should be implemented in
them. Robot Framework also has its own FOR
loop syntax, which is
useful, for example, when there is a need to repeat keywords from
different libraries.
FOR
loops can be used with both test cases and user keywords. Except for
really simple cases, user keywords are better, because they hide the
complexity introduced by FOR
loops. The basic FOR
loop syntax,
FOR item IN sequence
, is derived from Python, but similar
syntax is supported also by various other programming languages.
FOR
loopIn a normal FOR
loop, one variable is assigned based on a list of values,
one value per iteration. The syntax starts with FOR
(case-sensitive) as
a marker, then the loop variable, then a mandatory IN
(case-sensitive) as
a separator, and finally the values to iterate. These values can contain
variables, including list variables.
The keywords used in the FOR
loop are on the following rows and the loop
ends with END
(case-sensitive) on its own row. Keywords inside the loop
do not need to be indented, but that is highly recommended to make the syntax
easier to read.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
FOR ${animal} IN cat dog
Log ${animal}
Log 2nd keyword
END
Log Outside loop
Second Example
FOR ${var} IN one two ${3} four ${five}
... kuusi 7 eight nine ${last}
Log ${var}
END
The FOR
loop in Example above is executed twice, so that first
the loop variable ${animal}
has the value cat
and then
dog
. The loop consists of two Log keywords. In the
second example, loop values are split into two rows and the
loop is run altogether ten times.
It is often convenient to use FOR
loops with list variables. This is
illustrated by the example below, where @{ELEMENTS}
contains
an arbitrarily long list of elements and keyword Start Element is
used with all of them one by one.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
FOR ${element} IN @{ELEMENTS}
Start Element ${element}
END
FOR
loop syntaxPrior to Robot Framework 3.1, the FOR
loop syntax was different than nowadays.
The marker to start the loop was :FOR
instead of FOR
and loop contents needed
to be explicitly marked with a backslash instead of using the END
marker to end
the loop. The first example above would look like this using the old syntax:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
:FOR ${animal} IN cat dog
\ Log ${animal}
\ Log 2nd keyword
Log Outside loop
The old syntax was deprecated in Robot Framework 3.2 and the support for it was removed altogether in Robot Framework 4.0.
FOR
loopsStarting from Robot Framework 4.0, it is possible to use nested FOR
loops
simply by adding a loop inside another loop:
*** Keywords ***
Handle Table
[Arguments] @{table}
FOR ${row} IN @{table}
FOR ${cell} IN @{row}
Handle Cell ${cell}
END
END
There can be multiple nesting levels and loops can also be combined with other control structures:
*** Test Cases ***
Multiple nesting levels
FOR ${root} IN r1 r2
FOR ${child} IN c1 c2 c3
FOR ${grandchild} IN g1 g2
Log Many ${root} ${child} ${grandchild}
END
END
FOR ${sibling} IN s1 s2 s3
IF '${sibling}' != 's2'
Log Many ${root} ${sibling}
END
END
END
It is possible to iterate over multiple values in one iteration by using
multiple loop variables between the FOR
and IN
markers. There can be
any number of loop variables, but the number of values must be evenly
dividable by the number of variables. Each iteration consumes as many
values as there are variables.
If there are lot of values to iterate, it is often convenient to organize them below the loop variables, as in the first loop of the example below:
*** Test Cases ***
Multiple loop variables
FOR ${index} ${english} ${finnish} IN
... 1 cat kissa
... 2 dog koira
... 3 horse hevonen
Add Translation ${english} ${finnish} ${index}
END
FOR ${name} ${id} IN @{EMPLOYERS}
Create ${name} ${id}
END
FOR-IN-RANGE
loopAll FOR
loops in the previous section iterated over a sequence. That is the most
common use case, but sometimes it is convenient to have a loop that is executed
a certain number of times. For this purpose Robot Framework has a special
FOR index IN RANGE limit
loop syntax that is derived from the similar Python
idiom using the built-in range() function.
Similarly as other FOR
loops, the FOR-IN-RANGE
loop starts with
FOR
that is followed by a loop variable. In this format
there can be only one loop variable and it contains the current loop
index. After the variable there must be IN RANGE
marker (case-sensitive)
that is followed by loop limits.
In the simplest case, only the upper limit of the loop is specified. In this case, loop indices start from zero and increase by one until, but excluding, the limit. It is also possible to give both the start and end limits. Then indices start from the start limit, but increase similarly as in the simple case. Finally, it is possible to give also the step value that specifies the increment to use. If the step is negative, it is used as decrement.
It is possible to use simple arithmetic such as addition and subtraction with the range limits. This is especially useful when the limits are specified with variables. Start, end and step are typically given as integers, but using float values is possible as well.
*** Test Cases ***
Only upper limit
[Documentation] Loops over values from 0 to 9.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 10
Log ${index}
END
Start and end
[Documentation] Loops over values from 1 to 10.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 1 11
Log ${index}
END
Also step given
[Documentation] Loops over values 5, 15, and 25.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 5 26 10
Log ${index}
END
Negative step
[Documentation] Loops over values 13, 3, and -7.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 13 -13 -10
Log ${index}
END
Arithmetic
[Documentation] Arithmetic with variable.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE ${var} + 1
Log ${index}
END
Float parameters
[Documentation] Loops over values 3.14, 4.34, and 5.54.
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 3.14 6.09 1.2
Log ${index}
END
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loopSometimes it is useful to loop over a list and also keep track of your location
inside the list. Robot Framework has a special
FOR index ... IN ENUMERATE ...
syntax for this situation.
This syntax is derived from the Python built-in enumerate() function.
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops syntax is just like the regular FOR
loop syntax,
except that the separator between variables and values is IN ENUMERATE
(case-sensitive). Typically they are used so that there is an additional index
variable before any other loop-variables. By default the index has a value 0
on the first iteration, 1
on the second, and so on.
For example, the following two test cases do the same thing:
*** Variables ***
@{LIST} a b c
*** Test Cases ***
Manage index manually
${index} = Set Variable -1
FOR ${item} IN @{LIST}
${index} = Evaluate ${index} + 1
My Keyword ${index} ${item}
END
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{LIST}
My Keyword ${index} ${item}
END
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, it is possible to specify a custom start index
by using start=<index>
syntax as the last item of the FOR ... IN ENUMERATE ...
header:
*** Variables ***
@{LIST} a b c
${START} 10
*** Test Cases ***
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE with start
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{LIST} start=1
My Keyword ${index} ${item}
END
Start as variable
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{LIST} start=${start}
My Keyword ${index} ${item}
END
The start=<index>
syntax must be explicitly used in the FOR
header and it cannot
itself come from a variable. If the last actual item to enumerate would start with
start=
, it needs to be escaped like start\=
.
Just like with regular FOR
loops, you can loop over multiple values per loop
iteration as long as the number of values in your list is evenly divisible by
the number of loop-variables (excluding the index variable):
*** Test Case ***
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE with two values per iteration
FOR ${index} ${en} ${fi} IN ENUMERATE
... cat kissa
... dog koira
... horse hevonen
Log "${en}" in English is "${fi}" in Finnish (index: ${index})
END
If you only use one loop variable with FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops, that variable
will become a Python tuple containing the index and the iterated value:
*** Test Case ***
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE with one loop variable
FOR ${x} IN ENUMERATE @{LIST}
Length Should Be ${x} 2
Log Index is ${x}[0] and item is ${x}[1].
END
Note
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops with only one loop variable is a new
feature in Robot Framework 3.2.
FOR-IN-ZIP
loopSome tests build up several related lists, then loop over them together.
Robot Framework has a shortcut for this case: FOR ... IN ZIP ...
, which
is derived from the Python built-in zip() function.
This may be easiest to show with an example:
*** Variables ***
@{NUMBERS} ${1} ${2} ${5}
@{NAMES} one two five
*** Test Cases ***
Iterate over two lists manually
${length}= Get Length ${NUMBERS}
FOR ${index} IN RANGE ${length}
Log Many ${NUMBERS}[${index}] ${NAMES}[${index}]
END
FOR-IN-ZIP
FOR ${number} ${name} IN ZIP ${NUMBERS} ${NAMES}
Log Many ${number} ${name}
END
As the example above illustrates, FOR-IN-ZIP
loops require their own custom
separator IN ZIP
(case-sensitive) between loop variables and values.
Values used with FOR-IN-ZIP
loops must be lists or list-like objects. Looping
will stop when the shortest list is exhausted.
Lists to iterate over must always be given either as scalar variables like
${items}
or as list variables like @{lists}
that yield the actual
iterated lists. The former approach is more common and it was already
demonstrated above. The latter approach works like this:
*** Variables ***
@{NUMBERS} ${1} ${2} ${5}
@{NAMES} one two five
@{LISTS} ${NUMBERS} ${NAMES}
*** Test Cases ***
FOR-IN-ZIP with lists from variable
FOR ${number} ${name} IN ZIP @{LISTS}
Log Many ${number} ${name}
END
The number of lists to iterate over is not limited, but it must match the number of loop variables. Alternatively there can be just one loop variable that then becomes a Python tuple getting items from all lists.
*** Variables ***
@{ABC} a b c
@{XYZ} x y z
@{NUM} 1 2 3 4 5
*** Test Cases ***
FOR-IN-ZIP with multiple lists
FOR ${a} ${x} ${n} IN ZIP ${ABC} ${XYZ} ${NUM}
Log Many ${a} ${x} ${n}
END
FOR-IN-ZIP with one variable
FOR ${items} IN ZIP ${ABC} ${XYZ} ${NUM}
Length Should Be ${items} 3
Log Many ${items}[0] ${items}[1] ${items}[2]
END
If lists have an unequal number of items, the shortest list defines how
many iterations there are and values at the end of longer lists are ignored.
For example, the above examples loop only three times and values 4
and 5
in the ${NUM}
list are ignored.
Note
Getting lists to iterate over from list variables and using just one loop variable are new features in Robot Framework 3.2.
Normal FOR
loops and FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops support iterating over keys
and values in dictionaries. This syntax requires at least one of the loop
values to be a dictionary variable.
It is possible to use multiple dictionary variables and to give additional
items in key=value
syntax. Items are iterated in the order they are defined
and if same key gets multiple values the last value will be used.
*** Variables ***
&{DICT} a=1 b=2 c=3
*** Test Cases ***
Dictionary iteration with FOR loop
FOR ${key} ${value} IN &{DICT}
Log Key is '${key}' and value is '${value}'.
END
Dictionary iteration with FOR-IN-ENUMERATE loop
FOR ${index} ${key} ${value} IN ENUMERATE &{DICT}
Log On round ${index} key is '${key}' and value is '${value}'.
END
Multiple dictionaries and extra items in 'key=value' syntax
&{more} = Create Dictionary e=5 f=6
FOR ${key} ${value} IN &{DICT} d=4 &{more} g=7
Log Key is '${key}' and value is '${value}'.
END
Typically it is easiest to use the dictionary iteration syntax so that keys
and values get separate variables like in the above examples. With normal FOR
loops it is also possible to use just a single variable that will become
a tuple containing the key and the value. If only one variable is used with
FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops, it becomes a tuple containing the index, the key and
the value. Two variables with FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
loops means assigning the index
to the first variable and making the second variable a tuple containing the key
and the value.
*** Test Cases ***
One loop variable
FOR ${item} IN &{DICT}
Log Key is '${item}[0]' and value is '${item}[1]'.
END
One loop variable with FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
FOR ${item} IN ENUMERATE &{DICT}
Log On round ${item}[0] key is '${item}[1]' and value is '${item}[2]'.
END
Two loop variables with FOR-IN-ENUMERATE
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE &{DICT}
Log On round ${index} key is '${item}[0]' and value is '${item}[1]'.
END
In addition to iterating over names and values in dictionaries, it is possible to iterate over keys and then possibly fetch the value based on it. This syntax requires using dictionaries as list variables:
*** Test Cases ***
Iterate over keys
FOR ${key} IN @{DICT}
Log Key is '${key}' and value is '${DICT}[${key}]'.
END
Note
Iterating over keys and values in dictionaries is a new feature in Robot Framework 3.2. With earlier version it is possible to iterate over dictionary keys like the last example above demonstrates.
FOR
loops with multiple iterations often create lots of output and
considerably increase the size of the generated output and log files.
It is possible to remove or flatten unnecessary keywords using
--removekeywords and --flattenkeywords command line options.
FOR
loops can be excessive in situations where there is only a need to
repeat a single keyword. In these cases it is often easier to use
BuiltIn keyword Repeat Keyword. This keyword takes a
keyword and how many times to repeat it as arguments. The times to
repeat the keyword can have an optional postfix times
or x
to make the syntax easier to read.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Repeat Keyword 5 Some Keyword arg1 arg2
Repeat Keyword 42 times My Keyword
Repeat Keyword ${var} Another Keyword argument
WHILE loops
WHILE
loops combine features of FOR loops and IF/ELSE structures.
They specify a condition and repeat the loop body as long as the condition
remains true. This can be utilised, for example, to repeat a nondeterministic sequence
until the desired outcome happens, or in some cases they can be used as an
alternative to FOR loops.
Note
WHILE
loops are new in Robot Framework 5.0.
WHILE
syntax*** Test Cases ***
Example
${rc} = Set Variable 1
WHILE ${rc} != 0
${rc} = Keyword that returns zero on success
END
The WHILE
loop condition is evaluated in Python so that Python builtins like
len()
are available and modules are imported automatically to support usages
like math.pi * math.pow(${radius}, 2) < 10
.
Normal variables like ${rc}
in the above example are replaced before evaluation, but
variables are also available in the evaluation namespace using the special $rc
syntax.
The latter approach is handy when the string representation of the variable cannot be
used in the condition directly. For example, strings require quoting and multiline
strings and string themselves containing quotes cause additional problems. See the
Evaluating expressions appendix for more information and examples related to
the evaluation syntax
WHILE
loop iterationsWith WHILE
loops, there is always a possibility to achieve an infinite loop,
either by intention or by mistake. This happens when the loop condition never
becomes false. While infinite loops have some utility in application programming,
in automation an infinite loop is rarely a desired outcome. If such a loop occurs
with Robot Framework, the execution must be forcefully stopped and no log or report
can be created. For this reason, WHILE
loops in Robot Framework have a default
limit of 10 000 iterations. If the limit is exceeded, the loop fails.
The limit can be changed with the limit
configuration parameter. Valid values
are positive integers denoting iteration count and time strings like 10s
or
1 hour 10 minutes
denoting maximum iteration time. The limit can also be disabled
altogether by using NONE
(case-insensitive). All these options are illustrated
by the examples below.
*** Test Cases ***
Limit as iteration count
WHILE True limit=100
Log This is run 100 times.
END
Limit as time
WHILE True limit=10 seconds
Log This is run 10 seconds.
END
No limit
WHILE True limit=NONE
Log This must be forcefully stopped.
END
Keywords in a loop are not forcefully stopped if the limit is exceeded. Instead
the loop is exited similarly as if the loop condition would have become false.
A major difference is that the loop status will be FAIL
in this case.
WHILE
loopsWHILE
loops can be nested and also combined with other control structures:
*** Test Cases ***
Nesting WHILE
${x} = Set Variable 10
WHILE ${x} > 0
${y} = Set Variable ${x}
WHILE ${y} > 0
${y} = Evaluate ${y} - 1
END
IF ${x} > 5
${x} = Evaluate ${x} - 1
ELSE
${x} = Evaluate ${x} - 2
END
END
WHILE
loops with multiple iterations often create lots of output and
considerably increase the size of the generated output and log files.
It is possible to remove or flatten unnecessary keywords using
--removekeywords and --flattenkeywords command line options.
BREAK
and CONTINUE
Both FOR and WHILE loop execution can be controlled with BREAK
and CONTINUE
statements. The former exits the whole loop prematurely and the latter stops
executing the current loop iteration and continues to the next one. In practice
they have the same semantics as break
and continue
statements in Python, Java,
and many other programming languages.
Both BREAK
and CONTINUE
are typically used conditionally with IF/ELSE
or TRY/EXCEPT structures, and especially the inline IF syntax is often
convenient with them. These statements must be used in the loop body,
possibly inside the aforementioned control structures, and using them in
keyword called in the loop body is invalid.
*** Test Cases ***
BREAK with FOR
${text} = Set Variable zero
FOR ${var} IN one two three
IF '${var}' == 'two' BREAK
${text} = Set Variable ${text}-${var}
END
Should Be Equal ${text} zero-one
CONTINUE with FOR
${text} = Set Variable zero
FOR ${var} IN one two three
IF '${var}' == 'two' CONTINUE
${text} = Set Variable ${text}-${var}
END
Should Be Equal ${text} zero-one-three
CONTINUE and BREAK with WHILE
WHILE True
TRY
${value} = Do Something
EXCEPT
CONTINUE
Do something with value ${value}
BREAK
END
Invalid BREAK usage
[Documentation] BREAK and CONTINUE can only be used in the loop body,
... not in keywords used in the loop.
FOR ${var} IN one two three
Invalid BREAK
END
*** Keywords ***
Invalid BREAK
[Documentation] This keyword fails due to invalid syntax.
BREAK
Note
BREAK
and CONTINUE
statements are new in Robot Framework 5.0 similarly
as WHILE
. Earlier versions supported controlling FOR
loops using
BuiltIn keywords Exit For Loop, Exit For Loop If,
Continue For Loop and Continue For Loop If. These
keywords still continue to work, but they will be deprecated and removed
in the future.
Note
Also the RETURN statement can be used to a exit loop. It only works when loops are used inside a user keyword.
IF/ELSE
syntaxSometimes there is a need to execute some keywords conditionally. Starting
from Robot Framework 4.0 there is a separate IF/ELSE
syntax, but
there are also other ways to execute keywords conditionally. Notice that if
the logic gets complicated, it is typically better to move it into a test library.
IF
syntaxRobot Framework's native IF
syntax starts with IF
(case-sensitive) and
ends with END
(case-sensitive). The IF
marker requires exactly one value that is
the condition to evaluate. Keywords to execute if the condition is true are on their
own rows between the IF
and END
markers. Indenting keywords in the IF
block is
highly recommended but not mandatory.
In the following example keywords Some keyword and Another keyword
are executed if ${rc}
is greater than zero:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
IF ${rc} > 0
Some keyword
Another keyword
END
The condition is evaluated in Python so that Python builtins like
len()
are available and modules are imported automatically to support usages like
platform.system() == 'Linux'
and math.ceil(${x}) == 1
.
Normal variables like ${rc}
in the above example are replaced before evaluation, but
variables are also available in the evaluation namespace using the special $rc
syntax.
The latter approach is handy when the string representation of the variable cannot be
used in the condition directly. For example, strings require quoting and multiline
strings and string themselves containing quotes cause additional problems. For more
information and examples related the evaluation syntax see the Evaluating expressions
appendix.
ELSE
branchesLike most other languages supporting conditional execution, Robot Framework IF
syntax also supports ELSE
branches that are executed if the IF
condition is
not true.
In this example Some keyword is executed if ${rc}
is greater than
zero and Another keyword is executed otherwise:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
IF ${rc} > 0
Some keyword
ELSE
Another keyword
END
ELSE IF
branchesRobot Framework also supports ELSE IF
branches that have their own condition
that is evaluated if the initial condition is not true. There can be any number
of ELSE IF
branches and they are gone through in the order they are specified.
If one of the ELSE IF
conditions is true, the block following it is executed
and remaining ELSE IF
branches are ignored. An optional ELSE
branch can follow
ELSE IF
branches and it is executed if all conditions are false.
In the following example different keyword is executed depending on is ${rc}
positive,
negative, zero, or something else like a string or None
:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
IF $rc > 0
Positive keyword
ELSE IF $rc < 0
Negative keyword
ELSE IF $rc == 0
Zero keyword
ELSE
Fail Unexpected rc: ${rc}
END
Notice that this example uses the ${rc}
variable in the special $rc
format to
avoid evaluation failures if it is not a number. See the aforementioned
Evaluating expressions appendix for more information about this syntax.
IF
Normal IF/ELSE
structure is a bit verbose if there is a need to execute only
a single statement. An alternative to it is using inline IF
syntax where
the statement to execute follows the IF
marker and condition directly and
no END
marker is needed. For example, the following two keywords are
equivalent:
*** Keyword ***
Normal IF
IF $condition1
Keyword argument
END
IF $condition2
RETURN
END
Inline IF
IF $condition1 Keyword argument
IF $condition2 RETURN
The inline IF
syntax supports also ELSE
and ELSE IF
branches:
*** Keyword ***
Inline IF/ELSE
IF $condition Keyword argument ELSE Another Keyword
Inline IF/ELSE IF/ELSE
IF $cond1 Keyword 1 ELSE IF $cond2 Keyword 2 ELSE IF $cond3 Keyword 3 ELSE Keyword 4
As the latter example above demonstrates, inline IF
with several ELSE IF
and ELSE
branches starts to get hard to understand. Long inline IF
structures can be split into multiple lines using the common ...
continuation syntax, but using a normal IF/ELSE
structure or moving the logic
into a test library is probably a better idea. Each inline IF
branch can
contain only one statement. If more statements are needed, normal IF/ELSE
structure needs to be used instead.
If there is a need for an assignment with inline IF
, the variable or variables
to assign must be before the starting IF
. Otherwise the logic is exactly
the same as when assigning variables based on keyword return values. If
assignment is used and no branch is run, the variable gets value None
.
*** Keyword ***
Inline IF/ELSE with assignment
${var} = IF $condition Keyword argument ELSE Another Keyword
Inline IF/ELSE with assignment having multiple variables
${host} ${port} = IF $production Get Production Config ELSE Get Testing Config
Note
Inline IF
syntax is new in Robot Framework 5.0.
IF
structuresIF
structures can be nested with each others and with FOR loops.
This is illustrated by the following example using advanced features such
as FOR-IN-ENUMERATE loop, named-only arguments with user keywords and
inline Python evaluation syntax (${{len(${items})}}
):
*** Keyword ***
Log items
[Arguments] @{items} ${log_values}=True
IF not ${items}
Log to console No items.
ELSE IF len(${items}) == 1
IF ${log_values}
Log to console One item: ${items}[0]
ELSE
Log to console One item.
END
ELSE
Log to console ${{len(${items})}} items.
IF ${log_values}
FOR ${index} ${item} IN ENUMERATE @{items} start=1
Log to console Item ${index}: ${item}
END
END
END
*** Test Cases ***
No items
Log items
One item without logging value
Log items xxx log_values=False
Multiple items
Log items a b c
There are also other methods to execute keywords conditionally:
IF/ELSE
syntax explained above is generally recommended, though.TRY/EXCEPT
syntaxWhen a keyword fails, Robot Framework's default behavior is to stop the current
test and executes its possible teardown. There can, however, be needs to handle
these failures during execution as well. Robot Framework 5.0 introduces native
TRY/EXCEPT
syntax for this purpose, but there also other ways to handle errors.
Robot Framework's TRY/EXCEPT
syntax is inspired by Python's exception handling
syntax. It has same TRY
, EXCEPT
, ELSE
and FINALLY
branches as Python and
they also mostly work the same way. A difference is that Python uses lower case
try
, except
, etc. but with Robot Framework all this kind of syntax must use
upper case letters. A bigger difference is that with Python exceptions are objects
and with Robot Framework you are dealing with error messages as strings.
EXCEPT
The basic TRY/EXCEPT
syntax can be used to handle failures based on
error messages:
*** Test Cases ***
First example
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT Error message
Error Handler Keyword
END
Keyword Outside
In the above example, if Some Keyword
passes, the EXCEPT
branch is not run
and execution continues after the TRY/EXCEPT
structure. If the keyword fails
with a message Error message
(case-sensitive), the EXCEPT
branch is executed.
If the EXCEPT
branch succeeds, execution continues after the TRY/EXCEPT
structure. If it fails, the test fails and remaining keywords are not executed.
If Some Keyword
fails with any other exception, that failure is not handled
and the test fails without executing remaining keywords.
There can be more than one EXCEPT
branch. In that case they are matched one
by one and the first matching branch is executed. One EXCEPT
can also have
multiple messages to match, and such a branch is executed if any of its messages
match. In all these cases messages can be specified using variables in addition
to literal strings.
*** Test Cases ***
Multiple EXCEPT branches
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT Error message # Try matching this first.
Error Handler 1
EXCEPT Another error # Try this if above did not match.
Error Handler 2
EXCEPT ${message} # Last match attempt, this time using a variable.
Error Handler 3
END
Multiple messages with one EXCEPT
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT Error message Another error ${message} # Match any of these.
Error handler
END
It is also possible to have an EXCEPT
without messages, in which case it matches
any error. There can be only one such EXCEPT
and it must follow possible
other EXCEPT
branches:
*** Test Cases ***
Match any error
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT # Match any error.
Error Handler
END
Match any after testing more specific errors
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT Error message # Try matching this first
Error Handler 1
EXCEPT # Match any that did not match the above.
Error Handler 2
END
By default matching an error using EXCEPT
requires an exact match. That can be
changed using a configuration option type=
as an argument to the except clause.
Valid values for the option are GLOB
, REGEXP
or START
(case-insensitive)
to make the match a glob pattern match, a regular expression match, or
to match only the beginning of the error, respectively. Using value
LITERAL
has the same effect as the default behavior. If an EXCEPT
has multiple
messages, this option applies to all of them. The value of the option
can be defined with a variable as well.
*** Settings ***
${regexp} regexp
*** Test Cases ***
Glob pattern
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT ValueError: * type=GLOB
Error Handler 1
EXCEPT [Ee]rror ?? occurred ${pattern} type=glob
Error Handler 2
END
Regular expression
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT ValueError: .* type=${regexp}
Error Handler 1
EXCEPT [Ee]rror \\d+ occurred type=Regexp # Backslash needs to be escaped.
Error Handler 2
END
Match start
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT ValueError: ${beginning} type=start
Error Handler
END
Explicit exact match
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT ValueError: invalid literal for int() with base 10: 'ooops' type=LITERAL
Error Handler
EXCEPT Error 13 occurred type=LITERAL
Error Handler 2
END
Note
Remember that the backslash character often used with regular expressions is an escape character in Robot Framework data. It thus needs to be escaped with another backslash when using it in regular expressions.
When matching errors using patterns and when using EXCEPT
without any
messages to match any error, it is often useful to know the actual error that
occurred. Robot Framework supports that by making it possible to capture
the error message into a variable by adding AS ${var}
at the
end of the EXCEPT
statement:
*** Test Cases ***
Capture error
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT GLOB: ValueError: * AS ${error}
Error Handler 1 ${error}
EXCEPT REGEXP: [Ee]rror \\d+ GLOB: ${pattern} AS ${error}
Error Handler 2 ${error}
EXCEPT AS ${error}
Error Handler 3 ${error}
END
ELSE
to execute keywords when there are no errorsOptional ELSE
branches make it possible to execute keywords if there is no error.
There can be only one ELSE
branch and it is allowed only after one or more
EXCEPT
branches:
*** Test Cases ***
ELSE branch
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT X
Log Error 'X' occurred!
EXCEPT Y
Log Error 'Y' occurred!
ELSE
Log No error occurred!
END
Keyword Outside
In the above example, if Some Keyword
passes, the ELSE
branch is executed,
and if it fails with message X
or Y
, the appropriate EXCEPT
branch run.
In all these cases execution continues after the whole TRY/EXCEPT/ELSE
structure.
If Some Keyword
fail any other way, EXCEPT
and ELSE
branches are not run
and the TRY/EXCEPT/ELSE
structure fails.
To handle both the case when there is any error and when there is no error,
it is possible to use an EXCEPT
without any message in combination with an ELSE
:
*** Test Cases ***
Handle everything
TRY
Some Keyword
EXCEPT AS ${err}
Log Error occurred: ${err}
ELSE
Log No error occurred!
END
FINALLY
to execute keywords regardless are there errors or notOptional FINALLY
branches make it possible to execute keywords both when there
is an error and when there is not. They are thus suitable for cleaning up
after a keyword execution somewhat similarly as teardowns. There can be only one
FINALLY
branch and it must always be last. They can be used in combination with
EXCEPT
and ELSE
branches and having also TRY/FINALLY
structure is possible:
*** Test Cases ***
TRY/EXCEPT/ELSE/FINALLY
TRY
Some keyword
EXCEPT
Log Error occurred!
ELSE
Log No error occurred.
FINALLY
Log Always executed.
END
TRY/FINALLY
Open Connection
TRY
Use Connection
FINALLY
Close Connection
END
There are also other methods to execute keywords conditionally:
TRY/EXCEPT
with a specified message. The syntax to specify
the error message is also identical except that this keyword uses glob pattern
matching, not exact match, by default. Using the native TRY/EXCEPT
functionality
is generally recommended unless there is a need to support older Robot Framework
versions that do not support it.PASS
or FAIL
along with possible return value
or error message. It is basically the same as using TRY/EXCEPT/ELSE
so that
EXCEPT
catches all errors. Using the native syntax is recommended unless
old Robot Framework versions need to be supported.FINALLY
branches.Keywords that are used with Robot Framework are either library keywords or user keywords. The former come from standard libraries or external libraries, and the latter are either created in the same file where they are used or then imported from resource files. When many keywords are in use, it is quite common that some of them have the same name, and this section describes how to handle possible conflicts in these situations.
When only a keyword name is used and there are several keywords with that name, Robot Framework attempts to determine which keyword has the highest priority based on its scope. The keyword's scope is determined on the basis of how the keyword in question is created:
Scopes alone are not a sufficient solution, because there can be keywords with the same name in several libraries or resources, and thus, they provide a mechanism to use only the keyword of the highest priority. In such cases, it is possible to use the full name of the keyword, where the keyword name is prefixed with the name of the resource or library and a dot is a delimiter.
With library keywords, the long format means only using the format LibraryName.Keyword Name. For example, the keyword Run from the OperatingSystem library could be used as OperatingSystem.Run, even if there was another Run keyword somewhere else. If the library is in a module or package, the full module or package name must be used (for example, com.company.Library.Some Keyword). If a custom name is given to a library using the WITH NAME syntax, the specified name must be used also in the full keyword name.
Resource files are specified in the full keyword name, similarly as library names. The name of the resource is derived from the basename of the resource file without the file extension. For example, the keyword Example in a resource file myresources.html can be used as myresources.Example. Note that this syntax does not work, if several resource files have the same basename. In such cases, either the files or the keywords must be renamed. The full name of the keyword is case-, space- and underscore-insensitive, similarly as normal keyword names.
If there are multiple conflicts between keywords, specifying all the keywords in the long format can be quite a lot work. Using the long format also makes it impossible to create dynamic test cases or user keywords that work differently depending on which libraries or resources are available. A solution to both of these problems is specifying the keyword priorities explicitly using the keyword Set Library Search Order from the BuiltIn library.
Note
Although the keyword has the word library in its name, it works also with resource files. As discussed above, keywords in resources always have higher priority than keywords in libraries, though.
The Set Library Search Order accepts an ordered list or libraries and resources as arguments. When a keyword name in the test data matches multiple keywords, the first library or resource containing the keyword is selected and that keyword implementation used. If the keyword is not found from any of the specified libraries or resources, execution fails for conflict the same way as when the search order is not set.
For more information and examples, see the documentation of the keyword.
Sometimes keywords may take exceptionally long time to execute or just hang endlessly. Robot Framework allows you to set timeouts both for test cases and user keywords, and if a test or keyword is not finished within the specified time, the keyword that is currently being executed is forcefully stopped.
Stopping keywords in this manner may leave the library, the test environment or the system under test to an unstable state, and timeouts are recommended only when there is no safer option available. In general, libraries should be implemented so that keywords cannot hang or that they have their own timeout mechanism.
The test case timeout can be set either by using the Test Timeout setting in the Setting section or the [Timeout] setting with individual test cases. Test Timeout defines a default timeout for all the test cases in that suite, whereas [Timeout] applies a timeout to a particular test case and overrides the possible default value.
Using an empty [Timeout] means that the test has no timeout even
when Test Timeout is used. It is also possible to use explicit
NONE
value for this purpose. The timeout is effectively ignored also if
its value is zero or negative.
Regardless of where the test timeout is defined, the value given to it
contains the duration of the timeout. The duration must be given in Robot
Framework's time format, that is, either directly in seconds like 10
or in a format like 1 minute 30 seconds
. Timeouts can also be specified
as variables making it possible to give them, for example, from the command
line.
If there is a timeout and it expires, the keyword that is currently running is stopped and the test case fails. Keywords executed as part of test teardown are not interrupted if a test timeout occurs, though, but the test is nevertheless marked failed. If a keyword in teardown may hang, it can be stopped by using user keyword timeouts.
*** Settings ***
Test Timeout 2 minutes
*** Test Cases ***
Default timeout
[Documentation] Default timeout from Settings is used.
Some Keyword argument
Override
[Documentation] Override default, use 10 seconds timeout.
[Timeout] 10
Some Keyword argument
Variables
[Documentation] It is possible to use variables too.
[Timeout] ${TIMEOUT}
Some Keyword argument
No timeout
[Documentation] Empty timeout means no timeout even when Test Timeout has been used.
[Timeout]
Some Keyword argument
No timeout 2
[Documentation] Disabling timeout with NONE works too and is more explicit.
[Timeout] NONE
Some Keyword argument
Timeouts can be set for user keywords using the [Timeout] setting. The syntax is exactly the same as with test case timeout, but user keyword timeouts do not have any default value. If a user keyword timeout is specified using a variable, the value can be given also as a keyword argument.
*** Keywords ***
Hardcoded
[Arguments] ${arg}
[Timeout] 1 minute 42 seconds
Some Keyword ${arg}
Configurable
[Arguments] ${arg} ${timeout}
[Timeout] ${timeout}
Some Keyword ${arg}
Run Keyword with Timeout
[Arguments] ${keyword} @{args} &{kwargs} ${timeout}=1 minute
[Documentation] Wrapper that runs another keyword with a configurable timeout.
[Timeout] ${timeout}
Run Keyword ${keyword} @{args} &{kwargs}
A user keyword timeout is applicable during the execution of that user keyword. If the total time of the whole keyword is longer than the timeout value, the currently executed keyword is stopped. User keyword timeouts are applicable also during a test case teardown, whereas test timeouts are not.
If both the test case and some of its keywords (or several nested keywords) have a timeout, the active timeout is the one with the least time left.
Note
With earlier Robot Framework versions it was possible to specify a custom error message to use if a timeout expires. This functionality was deprecated in Robot Framework 3.0.1 and removed in Robot Framework 3.2.
When parallel execution is needed, it must be implemented in test library level so that the library executes the code on background. Typically this means that the library needs a keyword like Start Something that starts the execution and returns immediately, and another keyword like Get Results From Something that waits until the result is available and returns it. See Process library keywords Start Process and Wait For Process for an example.
Robot Framework test cases are executed from the command line, and the end result is, by default, an output file in XML format and an HTML report and log. After the execution, output files can be combined and otherwise post-processed with the Rebot tool.
robot [options] data python -m robot [options] data python path/to/robot/ [options] data
Execution is normally started using the robot command created as part of installation. Alternatively it is possible to execute the installed robot module using the selected Python interpreter. This is especially convenient if Robot Framework has been installed under multiple Python versions. Finally, if you know where the installed robot directory exists, it can be executed using Python as well.
Regardless of execution approach, the path (or paths) to the test data to be executed is given as an argument after the command. Additionally, different command line options can be used to alter the test execution or generated outputs in many ways.
Robot Framework test cases are created in files and directories, and they are executed by giving the path to the file or directory in question to the selected runner script. The path can be absolute or, more commonly, relative to the directory where tests are executed from. The given file or directory creates the top-level test suite, which gets its name, unless overridden with the --name option, from the file or directory name. Different execution possibilities are illustrated in the examples below. Note that in these examples, as well as in other examples in this section, only the robot script is used, but other execution approaches could be used similarly.
robot tests.robot robot path/to/my_tests/ robot c:\robot\tests.robot
Note
When executing a directory, all files and directories starting with a dot (.) or an underscore (_) are ignored and, by default, only files with the .robot extension executed. See the Selecting files to parse section for more details.
It is also possible to give paths to several test case files or directories at once, separated with spaces. In this case, Robot Framework creates the top-level test suite automatically, and the specified files and directories become its child test suites. The name of the created test suite is got from child suite names by catenating them together with an ampersand (&) and spaces. For example, the name of the top-level suite in the first example below is My Tests & Your Tests. These automatically created names are often quite long and complicated. In most cases, it is thus better to use the --name option for overriding it, as in the second example below:
robot my_tests.robot your_tests.robot robot --name Example path/to/tests/pattern_*.robot
Robot Framework provides a number of command line options that can be used to control how test cases are executed and what outputs are generated. This section explains the option syntax, and what options actually exist. How they can be used is discussed elsewhere in this chapter.
When options are used, they must always be given between the runner script and the data sources. For example:
robot -L debug my_tests.robot robot --include smoke --variable HOST:10.0.0.42 path/to/tests/
Options always have a long name, such as --name, and the
most frequently needed options also have a short name, such as
-N. In addition to that, long options can be shortened as
long as they are unique. For example, --logle DEBUG
works,
while --lo log.html
does not, because the former matches only
--loglevel, but the latter matches several options. Short
and shortened options are practical when executing test cases
manually, but long options are recommended in start-up scripts,
because they are easier to understand.
The long option format is case-insensitive, which facilitates writing option names in an easy-to-read format. For example, --SuiteStatLevel is equivalent to, but easier to read than --suitestatlevel.
Most of the options require a value, which is given after the option
name. Both short and long options accept the value separated
from the option name with a space, as in --include tag
or -i tag
. With long options, the separator can also be the
equals sign, for example --include=tag
, and with short options the
separator can be omitted, as in -itag
.
Some options can be specified several times. For example,
--variable VAR1:value --variable VAR2:another
sets two
variables. If the options that take only one value are used several
times, the value given last is effective.
Options accepting no values can be disabled by using the same option again
with no
prefix added or dropped. The last option has precedence regardless
of how many times options are used. For example, --dryrun --dryrun --nodryrun
--nostatusrc --statusrc
would not activate the dry-run mode and would return
normal status rc.
Many command line options take arguments as simple patterns. These glob-like patterns are matched according to the following rules:
*
matches any string, even an empty string.?
matches any single character.[abc]
matches one character in the bracket.[!abc]
matches one character not in the bracket.[a-z]
matches one character from the range in the bracket.[!a-z]
matches one character not from the range in the bracket./
and
\ and the newline character \n
are matches by the above
wildcards.Examples:
--test Example* # Matches tests with name starting 'Example'. --test Example[1-2] # Matches tests 'Example1' and 'Example2'. --include f?? # Matches tests with a tag that starts with 'f' is three characters long.
All matching in above examples is case, space and underscore insensitive.
For example, the second example would also match test named example 1
.
If the matched text happens to contain some of the wildcard characters and
they need to be matched literally, it is possible to do that by using
the [...]
syntax. The pattern [*]
matches the literal *
character,
[?]
matches ?
, and [[]
matches [
. Lone [
and ]
do not need to
be escaped.
Note
Support for brackets like [abc]
and [!a-z]
is new in
Robot Framework 3.1.
Most tag related options accept arguments as tag patterns. They support same
wildcards as simple patterns (e.g. examp??
, ex*le
), but they also support AND
,
OR
and NOT
operators explained below. These operators can be
used for combining two or more individual tags or patterns together.
AND
or &
The whole pattern matches if all individual patterns match. AND
and
&
are equivalent:
--include fooANDbar # Matches tests containing tags 'foo' and 'bar'. --exclude xx&yy&zz # Matches tests containing tags 'xx', 'yy', and 'zz'.
OR
The whole pattern matches if any individual pattern matches:
--include fooORbar # Matches tests containing either tag 'foo' or tag 'bar'. --exclude xxORyyORzz # Matches tests containing any of tags 'xx', 'yy', or 'zz'.
NOT
The whole pattern matches if the pattern on the left side matches but
the one on the right side does not. If used multiple times, none of
the patterns after the first NOT
must not match:
--include fooNOTbar # Matches tests containing tag 'foo' but not tag 'bar'. --exclude xxNOTyyNOTzz # Matches tests containing tag 'xx' but not tag 'yy' or tag 'zz'.
The pattern can also start with NOT
in which case the pattern matches if the pattern after NOT
does not match:
--include NOTfoo # Matches tests not containing tag 'foo' --include NOTfooANDbar # Matches tests not containing tags 'foo' and 'bar'
The above operators can also be used together. The operator precedence,
from highest to lowest, is AND
, OR
and NOT
:
--include xANDyORz # Matches tests containing either tags 'x' and 'y', or tag 'z'. --include xORyNOTz # Matches tests containing either tag 'x' or 'y', but not tag 'z'. --include xNOTyANDz # Matches tests containing tag 'x', but not tags 'y' and 'z'.
Although tag matching itself is case-insensitive, all operators are
case-sensitive and must be written with upper case letters. If tags themselves
happen to contain upper case AND
, OR
or NOT
, they need to specified
using lower case letters to avoid accidental operator usage:
--include port # Matches tests containing tag 'port', case-insensitively --include PORT # Matches tests containing tag 'P' or 'T', case-insensitively --exclude handoverORportNOTnotification
Environment variables ROBOT_OPTIONS and REBOT_OPTIONS can be used to specify default options for test execution and result post-processing, respectively. The options and their values must be defined as a space separated list and they are placed in front of any explicit options on the command line. The main use case for these environment variables is setting global default values for certain options to avoid the need to repeat them every time tests are run or Rebot used.
export ROBOT_OPTIONS="--outputdir results --tagdoc 'mytag:Example doc with spaces'"
robot tests.robot
export REBOT_OPTIONS="--reportbackground green:yellow:red"
rebot --name example output.xml
The most visible output from test execution is the output displayed in the command line. All executed test suites and test cases, as well as their statuses, are shown there in real time. The example below shows the output from executing a simple test suite with only two test cases:
============================================================================== Example test suite ============================================================================== First test :: Possible test documentation | PASS | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Second test | FAIL | Error message is displayed here ============================================================================== Example test suite | FAIL | 2 tests, 1 passed, 1 failed ============================================================================== Output: /path/to/output.xml Report: /path/to/report.html Log: /path/to/log.html
There is also a notification on the console whenever a top-level keyword in a test case ends. A green dot is used if a keyword passes and a red F if it fails. These markers are written to the end of line and they are overwritten by the test status when the test itself ends. Writing the markers is disabled if console output is redirected to a file.
The command line output is very limited, and separate output files are normally needed for investigating the test results. As the example above shows, three output files are generated by default. The first one is in XML format and contains all the information about test execution. The second is a higher-level report and the third is a more detailed log file. These files and other possible output files are discussed in more detail in the section Different output files.
Runner scripts communicate the overall test execution status to the system running them using return codes. When the execution starts successfully and no tests fail, the return code is zero. All possible return codes are explained in the table below.
RC | Explanation |
---|---|
0 | All tests passed. |
1-249 | Returned number of tests failed. |
250 | 250 or more failures. |
251 | Help or version information printed. |
252 | Invalid test data or command line options. |
253 | Test execution stopped by user. |
255 | Unexpected internal error. |
Return codes should always be easily available after the execution,
which makes it easy to automatically determine the overall execution
status. For example, in bash shell the return code is in special
variable $?
, and in Windows it is in %ERRORLEVEL%
variable. If you use some external tool for running tests, consult its
documentation for how to get the return code.
The return code can be set to 0 even if there are failures using the --NoStatusRC command line option. This might be useful, for example, in continuous integration servers where post-processing of results is needed before the overall status of test execution can be determined.
Note
Same return codes are also used with Rebot.
During the test execution there can be unexpected problems like failing to import a library or a resource file or a keyword being deprecated. Depending on the severity such problems are categorized as errors or warnings and they are written into the console (using the standard error stream), shown on a separate Test Execution Errors section in log files, and also written into Robot Framework's own system log. Normally these errors and warnings are generated by Robot Framework itself, but libraries can also log errors and warnings. Example below illustrates how errors and warnings look like in the log file.
Argument files allow placing all or some command line options and arguments into an external file where they will be read. This avoids the problems with characters that are problematic on the command line. If lot of options or arguments are needed, argument files also prevent the command that is used on the command line growing too long.
Argument files are taken into use with --argumentfile (-A) option along with possible other command line options.
Note
Unlike other long command line options, --argumentfile cannot be given in shortened format like --argumentf.
Argument files can contain both command line options and paths to the test data, one option or data source per line. Both short and long options are supported, but the latter are recommended because they are easier to understand. Argument files can contain any characters without escaping, but spaces in the beginning and end of lines are ignored. Additionally, empty lines and lines starting with a hash mark (#) are ignored:
--doc This is an example (where "special characters" are ok!) --metadata X:Value with spaces --variable VAR:Hello, world! # This is a comment path/to/my/tests
In the above example the separator between options and their values is a single space. It is possible to use either an equal sign (=) or any number of spaces. As an example, the following three lines are identical:
--name An Example --name=An Example --name An Example
If argument files contain non-ASCII characters, they must be saved using UTF-8 encoding.
Argument files can be used either alone so that they contain all the options and paths to the test data, or along with other options and paths. When an argument file is used with other arguments, its contents are placed into the original list of arguments to the same place where the argument file option was. This means that options in argument files can override options before it, and its options can be overridden by options after it. It is possible to use --argumentfile option multiple times or even recursively:
robot --argumentfile all_arguments.robot robot --name Example --argumentfile other_options_and_paths.robot robot --argumentfile default_options.txt --name Example my_tests.robot robot -A first.txt -A second.txt -A third.txt tests.robot
Special argument file name STDIN
can be used to read arguments from the
standard input stream instead of a file. This can be useful when generating
arguments with a script:
generate_arguments.sh | robot --argumentfile STDIN generate_arguments.sh | robot --name Example --argumentfile STDIN tests.robot
Both when executing test cases and when post-processing outputs, it is possible to get command line help with the option --help (-h). These help texts have a short general overview and briefly explain the available command line options.
All runner scripts also support getting the version information with the option --version. This information also contains Python version and the platform type:
$ robot --version Robot Framework 5.0 (Python 3.8.12 on darwin) C:\>rebot --version Rebot 5.0 (Python 3.7.0 on win32)
Test cases are often executed automatically by a continuous integration system or some other mechanism. In such cases, there is a need to have a script for starting the test execution, and possibly also for post-processing outputs somehow. Similar scripts are also useful when running tests manually, especially if a large number of command line options are needed or setting up the test environment is complicated.
In UNIX-like environments, shell scripts provide a simple but powerful mechanism for creating custom start-up scripts. Windows batch files can also be used, but they are more limited and often also more complicated. A platform-independent alternative is using Python or some other high-level programming language. Regardless of the language, it is recommended that long option names are used, because they are easier to understand than the short names.
In this example, the same web tests in the login directory are executed with different browsers and the results combined afterwards using Rebot. The script also accepts command line options itself and simply forwards them to the robot command using the handy $* variable:
#!/bin/bash
robot --name Firefox --variable BROWSER:Firefox --output out/fx.xml --log none --report none $* login
robot --name IE --variable BROWSER:IE --output out/ie.xml --log none --report none $* login
rebot --name Login --outputdir out --output login.xml out/fx.xml out/ie.xml
Implementing the above shell script example using batch files is not very complicated either. Notice that arguments to batch files can be forwarded to executed commands using %*:
@echo off
robot --name Firefox --variable BROWSER:Firefox --output out\fx.xml --log none --report none %* login
robot --name IE --variable BROWSER:IE --log none --output out\ie.xml --report none %* login
rebot --name Login --outputdir out --output login.xml out\fx.xml out\ie.xml
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1 robot and rebot commands were implemented as batch files on Windows and using them in another batch file required prefixing the whole command with call.
When start-up scripts gets more complicated, implementing them using shell scripts or batch files is not that convenient. This is especially true if both variants are needed and same logic needs to be implemented twice. In such situations it is often better to switch to Python. It is possible to execute Robot Framework from Python using the subprocess module, but often using Robot Framework's own programmatic API is more convenient. The easiest APIs to use are robot.run_cli and robot.rebot_cli that accept same command line arguments than the robot and rebot commands.
The following example implements the same logic as the earlier shell script and batch file examples. In Python arguments to the script itself are available in sys.argv:
#!/usr/bin/env python
import sys
from robot import run_cli, rebot_cli
common = ['--log', 'none', '--report', 'none'] + sys.argv[1:] + ['login']
run_cli(['--name', 'Firefox', '--variable', 'BROWSER:Firefox', '--output', 'out/fx.xml'] + common, exit=False)
run_cli(['--name', 'IE', '--variable', 'BROWSER:IE', '--output', 'out/ie.xml'] + common, exit=False)
rebot_cli(['--name', 'Login', '--outputdir', 'out', 'out/fx.xml', 'out/ie.xml'])
Note
exit=False is needed because by default run_cli exits to system with the correct return code. rebot_cli does that too, but in the above example that is fine.
On UNIX-like operating systems it is possible to make *.robot files executable by giving them execution permission and adding a shebang like in this example:
#!/usr/bin/env robot
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Log to console Executing!
If the above content would be in a file example.robot and that file would be executable, it could be executed from the command line like below. Starting from Robot Framework 3.2, individually executed files can have any extension, or no extension at all, so the same would work also if the file would be named just example.
./example.robot
This trick does not work when executing a directory but can be handy when executing a single file. It is probably more often useful when automating tasks than when automating tests.
A test case can fail because the system under test does not work correctly, in which case the test has found a bug, or because the test itself is buggy. The error message explaining the failure is shown on the command line output and in the report file, and sometimes the error message alone is enough to pinpoint the problem. More often that not, however, log files are needed because they have also other log messages and they show which keyword actually failed.
When a failure is caused by the tested application, the error message and log messages ought to be enough to understand what caused it. If that is not the case, the test library does not provide enough information and needs to be enhanced. In this situation running the same test manually, if possible, may also reveal more information about the issue.
Failures caused by test cases themselves or by keywords they use can sometimes be hard to debug. If the error message, for example, tells that a keyword is used with wrong number of arguments fixing the problem is obviously easy, but if a keyword is missing or fails in unexpected way finding the root cause can be harder. The first place to look for more information is the execution errors section in the log file. For example, an error about a failed test library import may well explain why a test has failed due to a missing keyword.
If the log file does not provide enough information by default, it is
possible to execute tests with a lower log level. For example
tracebacks showing where in the code the failure occurred are logged
using the DEBUG
level, and this information is invaluable when
the problem is in an individual library keyword.
Logged tracebacks do not contain information about methods inside Robot Framework itself. If you suspect an error is caused by a bug in the framework, you can enable showing internal traces by setting environment variable ROBOT_INTERNAL_TRACES to any non-empty value.
If the log file still does not have enough information, it is a good idea to enable the syslog and see what information it provides. It is also possible to add some keywords to the test cases to see what is going on. Especially BuiltIn keywords Log and Log Variables are useful. If nothing else works, it is always possible to search help from mailing lists or elsewhere.
It is also possible to use the pdb module from the Python standard library to set a break point and interactively debug a running test. The typical way of invoking pdb by inserting:
import pdb; pdb.set_trace()
at the location you want to break into debugger will not work correctly with Robot Framework, as the standard output stream is redirected during keyword execution. Instead, you can use the following:
import sys, pdb; pdb.Pdb(stdout=sys.__stdout__).set_trace()
from within a python library or alternatively:
Evaluate pdb.Pdb(stdout=sys.__stdout__).set_trace() modules=sys, pdb
can be used directly in a test case.
This section describes how the test suite structure created from the parsed test data is executed, how test status is determined, and how to continue executing a test case if there are failures, and how to stop the whole test execution gracefully.
Test cases are always executed within a test suite. A test suite created from a test case file has tests directly, whereas suites created from directories have child test suites which either have tests or their own child suites. By default all the tests in an executed suite are run, but it is possible to select tests using options --test, --suite, --include and --exclude. Suites containing no tests are ignored.
The execution starts from the top-level test suite. If the suite has tests they are executed one-by-one, and if it has suites they are executed recursively in depth-first order. When an individual test case is executed, the keywords it contains are run in a sequence. Normally the execution of the current test ends if any of the keywords fails, but it is also possible to continue after failures. The exact execution order and how possible setups and teardowns affect the execution are discussed in the following sections.
Setups and teardowns can be used on test suite, test case and user keyword levels.
If a test suite has a setup, it is executed before its tests and child suites. If the suite setup passes, test execution continues normally. If it fails, all the test cases the suite and its child suites contain are marked failed. The tests and possible suite setups and teardowns in the child test suites are not executed.
Suite setups are often used for setting up the test environment. Because tests are not run if the suite setup fails, it is easy to use suite setups for verifying that the environment is in state in which the tests can be executed.
If a test suite has a teardown, it is executed after all its test cases and child suites. Suite teardowns are executed regardless of the test status and even if the matching suite setup fails. If the suite teardown fails, all tests in the suite are marked failed afterwards in reports and logs.
Suite teardowns are mostly used for cleaning up the test environment after the execution. To ensure that all these tasks are done, all the keywords used in the teardown are executed even if some of them fail.
Possible test setup is executed before the keywords of the test case. If the setup fails, the keywords are not executed. The main use for test setups is setting up the environment for that particular test case.
Possible test teardown is executed after the test case has been executed. It is executed regardless of the test status and also if test setup has failed.
Similarly as suite teardown, test teardowns are used mainly for cleanup activities. Also they are executed fully even if some of their keywords fail.
User keywords cannot have setups, but they can have teardowns that work exactly like other teardowns. Keyword teardowns are run after the keyword is executed otherwise, regardless the status, and they are executed fully even if some of their keywords fail.
Test cases in a test suite are executed in the same order as they are defined in the test case file. Test suites inside a higher level test suite are executed in case-insensitive alphabetical order based on the file or directory name. If multiple files and/or directories are given from the command line, they are executed in the order they are given.
If there is a need to use certain test suite execution order inside a directory, it is possible to add prefixes like 01 and 02 into file and directory names. Such prefixes are not included in the generated test suite name if they are separated from the base name of the suite with two underscores:
01__my_suite.robot -> My Suite 02__another_suite.robot -> Another Suite
If the alphabetical ordering of test suites inside suites is problematic, a good workaround is giving them separately in the required order. This easily leads to overly long start-up commands, but argument files allow listing files nicely one file per line.
It is also possible to randomize the execution order using the --randomize option.
This section explains how tests can get PASS, FAIL or SKIP status and how the suite status is determined based on test statuses.
Note
The SKIP status is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
A test gets the PASS status if it is executed and none of the keywords it contains fails.
Normally all keywords are executed, but it is also possible to use BuiltIn keywords Pass Execution and Pass Execution If to stop execution with the PASS status and not run the remaining keywords.
How Pass Execution and Pass Execution If behave in different situations is explained below:
Passing execution in the middle of a test, setup or teardown should be used with care. In the worst case it leads to tests that skip all the parts that could actually uncover problems in the tested application. In cases where execution cannot continue do to external factors, it is often safer to skip the test.
The most common reason for a test to get the FAIL status is that one of the keywords it contains fails. The keyword itself can fail by raising an exception or the keyword can be called incorrectly. Other reasons for failures include syntax errors and the test being empty.
If a suite setup fails, tests in that suite are marked failed without running them. If a suite teardown fails, tests are marked failed retroactively.
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, tests can get also SKIP status in addition to PASS and FAIL. There are many different ways to get this status.
The command line option --skip can be used to skip specified tests without
running them at all. It works based on tags and supports tag patterns like
examp??
and tagANDanother
. If it is used multiple times, all tests matching any of
specified tags or tag patterns are skipped:
--skip require-network --skip windowsANDversion9? --skip python2.* --skip python3.[0-6]
Starting from RF 5.0, a test case can also be skipped by tagging the test with the
reserved tag robot:skip
:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
[Tags] robot:skip
Log This is not executed
The difference between --skip and --exclude is that with the latter tests are omitted from the execution altogether and they will not be shown in logs and reports. With the former they are included, but not actually executed, and they will be visible in logs and reports.
Tests can get the skip status during execution in various ways:
The command line option --skiponfailure can be used to automatically mark failed tests skipped. It works based on tags and supports tag patterns like the --skip option discussed above:
--skiponfailure not-ready --skiponfailure experimentalANDmobile
Starting from RF 5.0, the reserved tag robot:skip-on-failure
can alternatively be used to
achieve the same effect as above:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
[Tags] robot:skip-on-failure
Fail this test will be marked as skipped instead of failed
The motivation for this functionality is allowing execution of tests that are not yet ready or that are testing a functionality that is not yet ready. Instead of such tests failing, they will be marked skipped and their tags can be used to separate them from possible other skipped tests.
Earlier Robot Framework versions supported criticality concept that allowed marking tests critical or non-critical. By default all tests were critical, but the --critical and --noncritical options could be used to configure that. The difference between critical and non-critical tests was that non-critical tests were not included when determining the final status for an executed test suite or for the whole test run. In practice the test status was two dimensional having PASS and FAIL in one axis and criticality on the other.
Non-critical failed tests were in many ways similar to the current skipped tests. Because these features are similar and having both SKIP and criticality would have created strange test statuses like non-critical SKIP, the criticality concept was removed in Robot Framework 4.0 when the SKIP status was introduced. The problems with criticality are explained in more detail in the issue that proposed removing it.
The main use case for the criticality concept was being able to run tests that are not yet ready or that are testing a functionality that is not yet ready. This use case is nowadays covered by the skip-on-failure functionality discussed in the previous section.
To ease migrating from criticality to skipping, the old --noncritical option worked as an alias for the new --skiponfailure in Robot Framework 4.0 and also the old --critical option was preserved. Both old options were deprecated and they were removed in Robot Framework 5.0.
Suite status is determined solely based on statuses of the tests it contains:
Normally test cases are stopped immediately when any of their keywords fail. This behavior shortens test execution time and prevents subsequent keywords hanging or otherwise causing problems if the system under test is in unstable state. This has the drawback that often subsequent keywords would give more information about the state of the system. Hence Robot Framework offers several features to continue after failures.
BuiltIn keywords Run Keyword And Ignore Error and Run Keyword And Expect Error handle failures so that test execution is not terminated immediately. Though, using these keywords for this purpose often adds extra complexity to test cases, so the following features are worth considering to make continuing after failures easier.
BuiltIn keyword Run Keyword And Warn On Failure handles failure similar to Run Keyword And Ignore Error in the sense that test execution is not terminated immediately, but will report failures as a warning message.
Library keywords report failures using exceptions, and it is possible to use special exceptions to tell the core framework that execution can continue regardless the failure. How these exceptions can be created is explained in the Continuable failures section in the Creating test libraries section.
When a test ends and there has been one or more continuable failure, the test will be marked failed. If there are more than one failure, all of them will be enumerated in the final error message:
Several failures occurred: 1) First error message. 2) Second error message ...
Test execution ends also if a normal failure occurs after continuable failures. Also in that case all the failures will be listed in the final error message.
The return value from failed keywords, possibly assigned to a
variable, is always the Python None
.
BuiltIn keyword Run Keyword And Continue On Failure allows converting any failure into a continuable failure. These failures are handled by the framework exactly the same way as continuable failures originating from library keywords.
All keywords executed as part of test cases or user keywords which are
tagged with the reserved tag robot:continue-on-failure
are considered continuable
by default.
Thus, the following two test cases Test 1 and Test 2 behave identically:
*** Test Cases ***
Test 1
Run Keyword and Continue on Failure Should be Equal 1 2
User Keyword 1
Test 2
[Tags] robot:continue-on-failure
Should be Equal 1 2
User Keyword 2
*** Keywords ***
User Keyword 1
Run Keyword and Continue on Failure Should be Equal 3 4
Log this message is logged
User Keyword 2
[Tags] robot:continue-on-failure
Should be Equal 3 4
Log this message is logged
These tags also influence continue-on-failure in FOR loops and within IF/ELSE branches. The below test case will execute the test 10 times, no matter if the "Perform some test keyword" failed or not.
*** Test Cases ***
Test Case
[Tags] robot:continue-on-failure
FOR ${index} IN RANGE 10
Perform some test
END
Setting robot:continue-on-failure
within a test case will not
propagate the continue on failure behaviour into user keywords
executed from within this test case (same is true for user keywords
executed from within a user keyword with the reserved tag set).
To support use cases where the behaviour should propagate from
test cases into user keywords (and/or from user keywords into other
user keywords), the reserved tag robot:recursive-continue-on-failure
can be used. The below examples executes all the keywords listed.
*** Test Cases ***
Test
[Tags] robot:recursive-continue-on-failure
Should be Equal 1 2
User Keyword 1
Log log from test case
*** Keywords ***
User Keyword 1
Should be Equal 3 4
Log log from keyword 1
User Keyword 2
User Keyword 2
Should be Equal 5 6
Log log from keyword 2
The robot:continue-on-failure
and robot:recursive-continue-on-failure
tags are new in Robot Framework 4.1.
To make it sure that all the cleanup activities are taken care of, the continue on failure mode is automatically on in test and suite teardowns. In practice this means that in teardowns all the keywords in all levels are always executed.
When using test templates, all the data rows are always executed to make it sure that all the different combinations are tested. In this usage continuing is limited to the top-level keywords, and inside them the execution ends normally if there are non-continuable failures.
Sometimes there is a need to stop the test execution before all the tests have finished, but so that logs and reports are created. Different ways how to accomplish this are explained below. In all these cases the remaining test cases are marked failed.
The tests that are automatically failed get robot:exit
tag and
the generated report will include NOT robot:exit
combined tag pattern
to easily see those tests that were not skipped. Note that the test in which
the exit happened does not get the robot:exit
tag.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, the special tag was named robot-exit
.
Ctrl-C
The execution is stopped when Ctrl-C
is pressed in the console
where the tests are running. The execution is stopped immediately,
but reports and logs are still generated.
If Ctrl-C
is pressed again, the execution ends immediately and
reports and logs are not created.
On UNIX-like machines it is possible to terminate test execution
using signals INT
and TERM
. These signals can be sent
from the command line using kill command, and sending signals can
also be easily automated.
The execution can be stopped also by the executed keywords. There is a separate Fatal Error BuiltIn keyword for this purpose, and custom keywords can use fatal exceptions when they fail.
If option --exitonfailure (-X) is used, test execution stops immediately if any test fails. The remaining tests are marked as failed without actually executing them.
Robot Framework separates failures caused by failing keywords from errors caused by, for example, invalid settings or failed test library imports. By default these errors are reported as test execution errors, but errors themselves do not fail tests or affect execution otherwise. If --exitonerror option is used, however, all such errors are considered fatal and execution stopped so that remaining tests are marked failed. With parsing errors encountered before execution even starts, this means that no tests are actually run.
By default teardowns of the tests and suites that have been started are executed even if the test execution is stopped using one of the methods above. This allows clean-up activities to be run regardless how execution ends.
It is also possible to skip teardowns when execution is stopped by using --skipteardownonexit option. This can be useful if, for example, clean-up tasks take a lot of time.
Robot Framework can be used also for other automation purposes than test automation, and starting from Robot Framework 3.1 it is possible to explicitly create and execute tasks. For most parts task execution and test execution work the same way, and this section explains the differences.
When Robot Framework is used execute a file and it notices that the file
has tasks, not tests, it automatically sets itself into the generic automation
mode. This mode does not change the actual execution at all, but when
logs and reports are created, they use term task, not test. They have,
for example, headers like Task Log
and Task Statistics
instead of
Test Log
and Test Statistics
.
The generic automation mode can also be enabled by using the --rpa option. In that case the executed files can have either tests or tasks. Alternatively --norpa can be used to force the test automation mode even if executed files contain tasks. If neither of these options are used, it is an error to execute multiple files so that some have tests and others have tasks.
The execution mode is stored in the generated output file and read by Rebot if outputs are post-processed. The mode can also be set when using Rebot if necessary.
XML output files that are generated during the test execution can be post-processed afterwards by the Rebot tool, which is an integral part of Robot Framework. It is used automatically when test reports and logs are generated during the test execution, and using it separately allows creating custom reports and logs as well as combining and merging results.
rebot [options] outputs python -m robot.rebot [options] outputs python path/to/robot/rebot.py [options] outputs
The most common way to use Rebot is using the rebot command. Alternatively it is possible to execute the installed robot.rebot module or the robot/rebot.py file using the selected Python interpreter.
The basic syntax for using Rebot is exactly the same as when starting test execution and also most of the command line options are identical. The main difference is that arguments to Rebot are XML output files instead of test data files or directories.
Return codes from Rebot are exactly same as when running tests.
Rebot notices have tests or tasks been run, and by default preserves the
execution mode. The mode affects logs and reports so that in the former case
they will use term test like Test Log
and Test Statistics
, and in
the latter case term task like Task Log
and Task Statistics
.
Rebot also supports using --rpa or --norpa options to set the execution mode explicitly. This is necessary if multiple output files are processed and they have conflicting modes.
You can use Rebot for creating the same reports and logs that are created automatically during the test execution. Of course, it is not sensible to create the exactly same files, but, for example, having one report with all test cases and another with only some subset of tests can be useful:
rebot output.xml rebot path/to/output_file.xml rebot --include smoke --name Smoke_Tests c:\results\output.xml
Another common usage is creating only the output file when running tests
(log and report generation can be disabled with --log NONE
--report NONE
) and generating logs and reports later. Tests can,
for example, be executed on different environments, output files collected
to a central place, and reports and logs created there.
An important feature in Rebot is its ability to combine outputs from different test execution rounds. This capability allows, for example, running the same test cases on different environments and generating an overall report from all outputs. Combining outputs is extremely easy, all that needs to be done is giving several output files as arguments:
rebot output1.xml output2.xml rebot outputs/*.xml
When outputs are combined, a new top-level test suite is created so that test suites in the given output files are its child suites. This works the same way when multiple test data files or directories are executed, and also in this case the name of the top-level test suite is created by joining child suite names with an ampersand (&) and spaces. These automatically generated names are not that good, and it is often a good idea to use --name to give a more meaningful name:
rebot --name Browser_Compatibility firefox.xml opera.xml safari.xml ie.xml rebot --include smoke --name Smoke_Tests c:\results\*.xml
If same tests are re-executed or a single test suite executed in pieces, combining results like discussed above creates an unnecessary top-level test suite. In these cases it is typically better to merge results instead. Merging is done by using --merge (-R) option which changes the way how Rebot combines two or more output files. This option itself takes no arguments and all other command line options can be used with it normally:
rebot --merge --name Example original.xml merged.xml
How merging works in practice is explained in the following sections discussing its two main use cases.
There is often a need to re-execute a subset of tests, for example, after fixing a bug in the system under test or in the tests themselves. This can be accomplished by selecting test cases by names (--test and --suite options), tags (--include and --exclude), or by previous status (--rerunfailed or --rerunfailedsuites).
Combining re-execution results with the original results using the default combining outputs approach does not work too well. The main problem is that you get separate test suites and possibly already fixed failures are also shown. In this situation it is better to use --merge (-R) option to tell Rebot to merge the results instead. In practice this means that tests from the latter test runs replace tests in the original. An exception to this rule is that skipped tests in latter runs are ignored and original tests preserved.
This usage is best illustrated by a practical example using --rerunfailed and --merge together:
robot --output original.xml tests # first execute all tests robot --rerunfailed original.xml --output rerun.xml tests # then re-execute failing rebot --merge original.xml rerun.xml # finally merge results
The message of the merged tests contains a note that results have been replaced. The message also shows the old status and message of the test.
Merged results must always have same top-level test suite. Tests and suites in merged outputs that are not found from the original output are added into the resulting output. How this works in practice is discussed in the next section.
Note
Ignoring skipped tests in latter runs is new in Robot Framework 4.1.
Another important use case for the --merge option is merging results got when running a test suite in pieces using, for example, --include and --exclude options:
robot --include smoke --output smoke.xml tests # first run some tests robot --exclude smoke --output others.xml tests # then run others rebot --merge smoke.xml others.xml # finally merge results
When merging outputs like this, the resulting output contains all tests and suites found from all given output files. If some test is found from multiple outputs, latest results replace the earlier ones like explained in the previous section. Also this merging strategy requires the top-level test suites to be same in all outputs.
This section explains different command line options that can be used for configuring the test execution or post-processing outputs. Options related to generated output files are discussed in the next section.
When executing a single file, Robot Framework tries to parse and run it regardless the name or the file extension. The file is expected to use the plain text format or, if it has .rst or .rest extension, the reStructuredText format:
robot example.robot # Common case. robot example.tsv # Must be compatible with the plain text format. robot example.rst # reStructuredText format.
When executing a directory, Robot Framework ignores all files and directories
starting with a dot (.) or an underscore (_) and, by default,
only parses files with the .robot extension. If files use other
extensions, the --extension (-F) option must be used to explicitly
tell the framework to parse also them. If there is a need to parse more
than one kind of files, it is possible to use a colon :
to separate
extensions. Matching extensions is case insensitive and the leading .
can be omitted:
robot path/to/tests/ # Parse only *.robot files. robot --extension TSV path/to/tests # Parse only *.tsv files. robot -F robot:rst path/to/tests # Parse *.robot and *.rst files.
If files in one format use different extensions like .rst and .rest, they must be specified separately. Using just one of them would mean that other files in that format are skipped.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1 also TXT, TSV and HTML files were parsed by default. Starting from Robot Framework 3.2 HTML files are not supported at all.
Robot Framework offers several command line options for selecting which test cases to execute. The same options work also when executing tasks and when post-processing outputs with Rebot.
Test suites and test cases can be selected by their names with the command line options --suite (-s) and --test (-t), respectively. Both of these options can be used several times to select several test suites or cases. Arguments to these options are case- and space-insensitive, and there can also be simple patterns matching multiple names. If both the --suite and --test options are used, only test cases in matching suites with matching names are selected.
--test Example --test mytest --test yourtest --test example* --test mysuite.mytest --test *.suite.mytest --suite example-?? --suite mysuite --test mytest --test your*
Using the --suite option is more or less the same as executing only the appropriate test case file or directory. One major benefit is the possibility to select the suite based on its parent suite. The syntax for this is specifying both the parent and child suite names separated with a dot. In this case, the possible setup and teardown of the parent suite are executed.
--suite parent.child --suite myhouse.myhousemusic --test jack*
Selecting individual test cases with the --test option is very practical when creating test cases, but quite limited when running tests automatically. The --suite option can be useful in that case, but in general, selecting test cases by tag names is more flexible.
When executing tasks, it is possible to use the --task option as an alias for --test.
It is possible to include and exclude test cases by tag names with the --include (-i) and --exclude (-e) options, respectively. If the --include option is used, only test cases having a matching tag are selected, and with the --exclude option test cases having a matching tag are not. If both are used, only tests with a tag matching the former option, and not with a tag matching the latter, are selected:
--include example --exclude not_ready --include regression --exclude long_lasting
Both --include and --exclude can be used several times to match multiple tags. In that case a test is selected if it has a tag that matches any included tags, and also has no tag that matches any excluded tags.
In addition to specifying a tag to match fully, it is possible to use
tag patterns where *
and ?
are wildcards and
AND
, OR
, and NOT
operators can be used for
combining individual tags or patterns together:
--include feature-4? --exclude bug* --include fooANDbar --exclude xxORyyORzz --include fooNOTbar
Starting from RF 5.0, it is also possible to use the reserved
tag robot:exclude
to achieve
the same effect as with using the --exclude
option:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
[Tags] robot:exclude
Fail This is not executed
Selecting test cases by tags is a very flexible mechanism and allows many interesting possibilities:
smoke
and executed with --include smoke
.not_ready
and excluded from the test execution with
--exclude not_ready
.sprint-<num>
, where
<num>
specifies the number of the current sprint, and
after executing all test cases, a separate report containing only
the tests for a certain sprint can be generated (for example, rebot
--include sprint-42 output.xml
).Command line option --rerunfailed (-R) can be used to select all failed tests from an earlier output file for re-execution. This option is useful, for example, if running all tests takes a lot of time and one wants to iteratively fix failing test cases.
robot tests # first execute all tests robot --rerunfailed output.xml tests # then re-execute failing
Behind the scenes this option selects the failed tests as they would have been selected individually with the --test option. It is possible to further fine-tune the list of selected tests by using --test, --suite, --include and --exclude options.
Using an output not originating from executing the same tests that are run
now causes undefined results. Additionally, it is an error if the output
contains no failed tests. Using a special value NONE
as the output
is same as not specifying this option at all.
Tip
Re-execution results and original results can be merged together using the --merge command line option.
Command line option --rerunfailedsuites (-S) can be used to select all failed suites from an earlier output file for re-execution. Like --rerunfailed (-R), this option is useful when full test execution takes a lot of time. Note that all tests from a failed test suite will be re-executed, even passing ones. This option is useful when the tests in a test suite depends on each other.
Behind the scenes this option selects the failed suites as they would have been selected individually with the --suite option. It is possible to further fine-tune the list of selected tests by using --test, --suite, --include and --exclude options.
By default when no tests match the selection criteria test execution fails with an error like:
[ ERROR ] Suite 'Example' with includes 'xxx' contains no test cases.
Because no outputs are generated, this behavior can be problematic if tests are executed and results processed automatically. Luckily a command line option --RunEmptySuite can be used to force the suite to be executed also in this case. As a result normal outputs are created but show zero executed tests. The same option can be used also to alter the behavior when an empty directory or a test case file containing no tests is executed.
Similar situation can occur also when processing output files with Rebot. It is possible that no test match the used filtering criteria or that the output file contained no tests to begin with. By default executing Rebot fails in these cases, but it has a separate --ProcessEmptySuite option that can be used to alter the behavior. In practice this option works the same way as --RunEmptySuite when running tests.
When Robot Framework parses test data, test suite names are created from file and directory names. The name of the top-level test suite can, however, be overridden with the command line option --name (-N).
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in the value were
converted to spaces. Nowadays values containing spaces need
to be escaped or quoted like, for example, --name "My example"
.
In addition to defining documentation in the test data, documentation of the top-level suite can be given from the command line with the option --doc (-D). The value can contain simple HTML formatting and must be quoted if it contains spaces.
If the given documentation is a relative or absolute path pointing to an existing file, the actual documentation will be read from that file. This is especially convenient if the externally specified documentation is long or contains multiple lines.
Examples:
robot --doc "Example documentation" tests.robot robot --doc doc.txt tests.robot # Documentation read from doc.txt if it exits.
Note
Reading documentation from an external file is new in Robot Framework 4.1.
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in documentation were converted to spaces same way as with the --name option.
Free test suite metadata may also be given from the command line with the
option --metadata (-M). The argument must be in the format
name:value
, where name
the name of the metadata to set and
value
is its value. The value can contain simple HTML formatting and
the whole argument must be quoted if it contains spaces.
This option may be used several times to set multiple metadata values.
If the given value is a relative or absolute path pointing to an existing
file, the actual value will be read from that file. This is especially
convenient if the value is long or contains multiple lines.
If the value should be a path to an existing file, not read from that file,
the value must be separated with a space from the name:
part.
Examples:
robot --metadata Name:Value tests.robot robot --metadata "Another Name:Another value, now with spaces" tests.robot robot --metadata "Read From File:meta.txt" tests.robot # Value read from meta.txt if it exists. robot --metadata "Path As Value: meta.txt" tests.robot # Value always used as-is.
Note
Reading metadata value from an external file is new in Robot Framework 4.1.
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in the value were converted to spaces same way as with the --name option.
The command line option --settag (-G) can be used to set the given tag to all executed test cases. This option may be used several times to set multiple tags.
When Robot Framework imports a test library, listener, or some other Python based extension, it uses the Python interpreter to import the module containing the extension from the system. The list of locations where modules are looked for is called the module search path, and its contents can be configured using different approaches explained in this section.
Robot Framework uses Python's module search path also when importing resource and variable files if the specified path does not match any file directly.
The module search path being set correctly so that libraries and other extensions are found is a requirement for successful test execution. If you need to customize it using approaches explained below, it is often a good idea to create a custom start-up script.
Python interpreters have their own standard library as well as a directory where third party modules are installed automatically in the module search path. This means that test libraries packaged using Python's own packaging system are automatically installed so that they can be imported without any additional configuration.
Python reads additional locations to be added to
the module search path from PYTHONPATH environment variables.
If you want to specify more than one location in any of them, you
need to separate the locations with a colon on UNIX-like machines (e.g.
/opt/libs:$HOME/testlibs
) and with a semicolon on Windows (e.g.
D:\libs;%HOMEPATH%\testlibs
).
Environment variables can be configured permanently system wide or so that they affect only a certain user. Alternatively they can be set temporarily before running a command, something that works extremely well in custom start-up scripts.
--pythonpath
optionRobot Framework has a separate command line option --pythonpath (-P) for adding locations to the module search path.
Multiple locations can be given by separating them with a colon (:
) or
a semicolon (;
) or by using this option multiple times. If the value
contains both colons and semicolons, it is split from semicolons. Paths
can also be glob patterns matching multiple paths, but they typically
need to be escaped when used on the console.
Examples:
--pythonpath libs --pythonpath /opt/testlibs:mylibs.zip:yourlibs --pythonpath /opt/testlibs --pythonpath mylibs.zip --pythonpath yourlibs --pythonpath c:\temp;d:\resources --pythonpath lib/\*.zip # '*' is escaped
Note
Both colon and semicolon work regardless the operating system. Using semicolon is new in Robot Framework 5.0.
sys.path
programmaticallyPython interpreters store the module search path they use as a list of strings in sys.path attribute. This list can be updated dynamically during execution, and changes are taken into account next time when something is imported.
Variables can be set from the command line either individually using the --variable (-v) option or through variable files with the --variablefile (-V) option. Variables and variable files are explained in separate chapters, but the following examples illustrate how to use these options:
--variable name:value --variable OS:Linux --variable IP:10.0.0.42 --variablefile path/to/variables.py --variablefile myvars.py:possible:arguments:here --variable ENVIRONMENT:Windows --variablefile c:\resources\windows.py
Robot Framework supports so called dry run mode where the tests are run normally otherwise, but the keywords coming from the test libraries are not executed at all. The dry run mode can be used to validate the test data; if the dry run passes, the data should be syntactically correct. This mode is triggered using option --dryrun.
The dry run execution may fail for following reasons:
- Using keywords that are not found.
- Using keywords with wrong number of arguments.
- Using user keywords that have invalid syntax.
In addition to these failures, normal execution errors are shown, for example, when test library or resource file imports cannot be resolved.
It is possible to disable dry run validation of specific user keywords
by adding a special robot:no-dry-run
keyword tag to them. This is useful
if a keyword fails in the dry run mode for some reason, but work fine when
executed normally.
Note
The dry run mode does not validate variables.
The test execution order can be randomized using option
--randomize <what>[:<seed>], where <what>
is one of the following:
tests
suites
all
none
It is possible to give a custom seed
to initialize the random generator. This is useful if you want to re-run tests
using the same order as earlier. The seed is given as part of the value for
--randomize in format <what>:<seed>
and it must be an integer.
If no seed is given, it is generated randomly. The executed top level test
suite automatically gets metadata named Randomized that tells both
what was randomized and what seed was used.
Examples:
robot --randomize tests my_test.robot robot --randomize all:12345 path/to/tests
If the provided built-in features to modify test data before execution are not enough, Robot Framework makes it possible to do custom modifications programmatically. This is accomplished by creating a so called pre-run modifier and activating it using the --prerunmodifier option.
Pre-run modifiers should be implemented as visitors that can traverse through the executable test suite structure and modify it as needed. The visitor interface is explained as part of the Robot Framework API documentation, and it possible to modify executed test suites, test cases and keywords using it. The examples below ought to give an idea of how pre-run modifiers can be used and how powerful this functionality is.
When a pre-run modifier is taken into use on the command line using the
--prerunmodifier option, it can be specified either as a name of
the modifier class or a path to the modifier file. If the modifier is given
as a class name, the module containing the class must be in the module search
path, and if the module name is different than the class name, the given
name must include both like module.ModifierClass
. If the modifier is given
as a path, the class name must be same as the file name. For most parts this
works exactly like when importing a test library.
If a modifier requires arguments, like the examples below do, they can be
specified after the modifier name or path using either a colon (:
) or a
semicolon (;
) as a separator. If both are used in the value, the one used
first is considered to be the actual separator. Starting from Robot Framework
4.0, arguments also support the named argument syntax as well as argument
conversion based on type hints and default values the same way
as keywords do.
If more than one pre-run modifier is needed, they can be specified by using the --prerunmodifier option multiple times. If similar modifying is needed before creating logs and reports, programmatic modification of results can be enabled using the --prerebotmodifier option.
Pre-run modifiers are executed before other configuration affecting the executed test suite and test cases. Most importantly, options related to selecting test cases are processed after modifiers, making it possible to use options like --include also with possible dynamically added tests.
Tip
Modifiers are taken into use from the command line exactly the same way as listeners. See the Taking listeners into use section for more information and examples.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2 pre-run modifiers were executed after other configuration.
The first example shows how a pre-run modifier can remove tests from the executed test suite structure. In this example only every Xth tests is preserved, and the X is given from the command line along with an optional start index.
"""Pre-run modifier that selects only every Xth test for execution.
Starts from the first test by default. Tests are selected per suite.
"""
from robot.api import SuiteVisitor
class SelectEveryXthTest(SuiteVisitor):
def __init__(self, x: int, start: int = 0):
self.x = x
self.start = start
def start_suite(self, suite):
"""Modify suite's tests to contain only every Xth."""
suite.tests = suite.tests[self.start::self.x]
def end_suite(self, suite):
"""Remove suites that are empty after removing tests."""
suite.suites = [s for s in suite.suites if s.test_count > 0]
def visit_test(self, test):
"""Avoid visiting tests and their keywords to save a little time."""
pass
If the above pre-run modifier is in a file SelectEveryXthTest.py and the file is in the module search path, it could be used like this:
# Specify the modifier as a path. Run every second test. robot --prerunmodifier path/to/SelectEveryXthTest.py:2 tests.robot # Specify the modifier as a name. Run every third test, starting from the second. robot --prerunmodifier SelectEveryXthTest:3:1 tests.robot
Note
Argument conversion based on type hints like x: int
in the above
example is new in Robot Framework 4.0 and requires Python 3.
Also the second example removes tests, this time based on a given name pattern. In practice it works like a negative version of the built-in --test option.
"""Pre-run modifier that excludes tests by their name.
Tests to exclude are specified by using a pattern that is both case and space
insensitive and supports '*' (match anything) and '?' (match single character)
as wildcards.
"""
from robot.api import SuiteVisitor
from robot.utils import Matcher
class ExcludeTests(SuiteVisitor):
def __init__(self, pattern):
self.matcher = Matcher(pattern)
def start_suite(self, suite):
"""Remove tests that match the given pattern."""
suite.tests = [t for t in suite.tests if not self._is_excluded(t)]
def _is_excluded(self, test):
return self.matcher.match(test.name) or self.matcher.match(test.longname)
def end_suite(self, suite):
"""Remove suites that are empty after removing tests."""
suite.suites = [s for s in suite.suites if s.test_count > 0]
def visit_test(self, test):
"""Avoid visiting tests and their keywords to save a little time."""
pass
Assuming the above modifier is in a file named ExcludeTests.py, it could be used like this:
# Exclude test named 'Example'. robot --prerunmodifier path/to/ExcludeTests.py:Example tests.robot # Exclude all tests ending with 'something'. robot --prerunmodifier path/to/ExcludeTests.py:*something tests.robot
Sometimes when debugging tests it can be useful to disable setups or teardowns. This can be accomplished by editing the test data, but pre-run modifiers make it easy to do that temporarily for a single run:
"""Pre-run modifiers for disabling suite and test setups and teardowns."""
from robot.api import SuiteVisitor
class SuiteSetup(SuiteVisitor):
def start_suite(self, suite):
suite.setup = None
class SuiteTeardown(SuiteVisitor):
def start_suite(self, suite):
suite.teardown = None
class TestSetup(SuiteVisitor):
def start_test(self, test):
test.setup = None
class TestTeardown(SuiteVisitor):
def start_test(self, test):
test.teardown = None
Assuming that the above modifiers are all in a file named disable.py and this file is in the module search path, setups and teardowns could be disabled, for example, as follows:
# Disable suite teardowns. robot --prerunmodifier disable.SuiteTeardown tests.robot # Disable both test setups and teardowns by using '--prerunmodifier' twice. robot --prerunmodifier disable.TestSetup --prerunmodifier disable.TestTeardown tests.robot
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 4.0 setup
and teardown
were accessed via
the intermediate keywords
attribute and, for example, suite setup
was disabled like suite.keywords.setup = None
.
There are various command line options to control how test execution is reported on the console.
The overall console output type is set with the --console option. It supports the following case-insensitive values:
verbose
dotted
.
for passed test, F
for failed tests, s
for skipped
tests and x
for tests which are skipped because
test execution exit. Failed tests are listed separately
after execution. This output type makes it easy to see are there any
failures during execution even if there would be a lot of tests.quiet
none
Separate convenience options --dotted (-.) and --quiet
are shortcuts for --console dotted
and --console quiet
, respectively.
Examples:
robot --console quiet tests.robot robot --dotted tests.robot
The width of the test execution output in the console can be set using the option --consolewidth (-W). The default width is 78 characters.
Tip
On many UNIX-like machines you can use handy $COLUMNS
environment variable like --consolewidth $COLUMNS
.
The --consolecolors (-C) option is used to control whether colors should be used in the console output. Colors are implemented using ANSI colors except on Windows where, by default, Windows APIs are used instead.
This option supports the following case-insensitive values:
auto
on
ansi
on
but uses ANSI colors also on Windows. Useful, for example,
when redirecting output to a program that understands ANSI colors.off
Special markers .
(success) and
F
(failure) are shown on the console when using the verbose output
and top level keywords in test cases end. The markers allow following
the test execution in high level, and they are erased when test cases end.
It is possible to configure when markers are used with --consolemarkers (-K) option. It supports the following case-insensitive values:
auto
on
off
Listeners can be used to monitor the test execution. When they are taken into use from the command line, they are specified using the --listener command line option. The value can either be a path to a listener or a listener name. See the Listener interface section for more details about importing listeners and using them in general.
Several output files are created when tests are executed, and all of them are somehow related to test results. This section discusses what outputs are created, how to configure where they are created, and how to fine-tune their contents.
This section explains what different output files can be created and
how to configure where they are created. Output files are configured
using command line options, which get the path to the output file in
question as an argument. A special value NONE
(case-insensitive) can be used to disable creating a certain output
file.
All output files can be set using an absolute path, in which case they are created to the specified place, but in other cases, the path is considered relative to the output directory. The default output directory is the directory where the execution is started from, but it can be altered with the --outputdir (-d) option. The path set with this option is, again, relative to the execution directory, but can naturally be given also as an absolute path. Regardless of how a path to an individual output file is obtained, its parent directory is created automatically, if it does not exist already.
Output files contain all the test execution results in machine readable XML format. Log, report and xUnit files are typically generated based on them, and they can also be combined and otherwise post-processed with Rebot.
Tip
Generating report and xUnit files as part of test execution does not require processing output files. Disabling log generation when running tests can thus save memory.
The command line option --output (-o) determines the path where the output file is created relative to the output directory. The default name for the output file, when tests are run, is output.xml.
When post-processing outputs with Rebot, new output files are not created unless the --output option is explicitly used.
It is possible to disable creation of the output file when running tests by
giving a special value NONE
to the --output option. If no outputs
are needed, they should all be explicitly disabled using
--output NONE --report NONE --log NONE
.
Log files contain details about the executed test cases in HTML format. They have a hierarchical structure showing test suite, test case and keyword details. Log files are needed nearly every time when test results are to be investigated in detail. Even though log files also have statistics, reports are better for getting an higher-level overview.
The command line option --log (-l) determines where log
files are created. Unless the special value NONE
is used,
log files are always created and their default name is
log.html.
Report files contain an overview of the test execution results in HTML format. They have statistics based on tags and executed test suites, as well as a list of all executed test cases. When both reports and logs are generated, the report has links to the log file for easy navigation to more detailed information. It is easy to see the overall test execution status from report, because its background color is green, if all tests pass and bright red if any test fails. Background can also be yellow, which means that all tests were skipped.
The command line option --report (-r) determines where
report files are created. Similarly as log files, reports are always
created unless NONE
is used as a value, and their default
name is report.html.
XUnit result files contain the test execution summary in xUnit compatible XML format. These files can thus be used as an input for external tools that understand xUnit reports. For example, Jenkins continuous integration server supports generating statistics based on xUnit compatible results.
Tip
Jenkins also has a separate Robot Framework plugin.
XUnit output files are not created unless the command line option --xunit (-x) is used explicitly. This option requires a path to the generated xUnit file, relatively to the output directory, as a value.
XUnit output files were changed pretty heavily in Robot Framework 5.0.
They nowadays contain separate <testsuite>
elements for each suite,
<testsuite>
elements have timestamp
attribute, and test suite documentation
and metadata is stored as <property>
elements.
Debug files are plain text files that are written during the test execution. All messages got from test libraries are written to them, as well as information about started and ended test suites, test cases and keywords. Debug files can be used for monitoring the test execution. This can be done using, for example, a separate fileviewer.py tool, or in UNIX-like systems, simply with the tail -f command.
Debug files are not created unless the command line option --debugfile (-b) is used explicitly.
All output files listed in this section can be automatically timestamped
with the option --timestampoutputs (-T). When this option is used,
a timestamp in the format YYYYMMDD-hhmmss
is placed between
the extension and the base name of each file. The example below would,
for example, create such output files as
output-20080604-163225.xml and mylog-20080604-163225.html:
robot --timestampoutputs --log mylog.html --report NONE tests.robot
The default titles for logs and reports are generated by prefixing the name of the top-level test suite with Test Log or Test Report. Custom titles can be given from the command line using the options --logtitle and --reporttitle, respectively.
Example:
robot --logtitle "Smoke Test Log" --reporttitle "Smoke Test Report" --include smoke my_tests/
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in the given titles were converted to spaces. Nowadays spaces need to be escaped or quoted like in the example above.
By default the report file has a green background when all the tests pass, yellow background when all the test have been skipped and a red background if there are any test failrues. These colors can be customized by using the --reportbackground command line option, which takes two or three colors separated with a colon as an argument:
--reportbackground blue:red --reportbackground green:yellow:red --reportbackground #00E:#E00
If you specify two colors, the first one will be used instead of the default green color and the second instead of the default red. This allows, for example, using blue instead of green to make backgrounds easier to separate for color blind people.
If you specify three colors, the first one will be used when all the tests pass, the second when all tests have been skipped, and the last when there are any failures.
The specified colors are used as a value for the body
element's background
CSS property. The value is used as-is and
can be a HTML color name (e.g. red
), a hexadecimal value
(e.g. #f00
or #ff0000
), or an RGB value
(e.g. rgb(255,0,0)
). The default green and red colors are
specified using hexadecimal values #9e9
and #f66
,
respectively.
Messages in log files can have different log levels. Some of the messages are written by Robot Framework itself, but also executed keywords can log information using different levels. The available log levels are:
FAIL
WARN
INFO
DEBUG
TRACE
By default, log messages below the INFO
level are not logged, but this
threshold can be changed from the command line using the
--loglevel (-L) option. This option takes any of the
available log levels as an argument, and that level becomes the new
threshold level. A special value NONE
can also be used to
disable logging altogether.
It is possible to use the --loglevel option also when
post-processing outputs with Rebot. This allows, for example,
running tests initially with the TRACE
level, and generating smaller
log files for normal viewing later with the INFO
level. By default
all the messages included during execution will be included also with
Rebot. Messages ignored during the execution cannot be recovered.
Another possibility to change the log level is using the BuiltIn keyword Set Log Level in the test data. It takes the same arguments as the --loglevel option, and it also returns the old level so that it can be restored later, for example, in a test teardown.
If the log file contains messages at
DEBUG
or TRACE
levels, a visible log level drop down is shown
in the upper right corner. This allows users to remove messages below chosen
level from the view. This can be useful especially when running test at
TRACE
level.
By default the drop down will be set at the lowest level in the log file, so that all messages are shown. The default visible log level can be changed using --loglevel option by giving the default after the normal log level separated by a colon:
--loglevel DEBUG:INFO
In the above example, tests are run using level DEBUG
, but
the default visible level in the log file is INFO
.
Normally the log file is just a single HTML file. When the amount of the test cases increases, the size of the file can grow so large that opening it into a browser is inconvenient or even impossible. Hence, it is possible to use the --splitlog option to split parts of the log into external files that are loaded transparently into the browser when needed.
The main benefit of splitting logs is that individual log parts are so small that opening and browsing the log file is possible even if the amount of the test data is very large. A small drawback is that the overall size taken by the log file increases.
Technically the test data related to each test case is saved into a JavaScript file in the same folder as the main log file. These files have names such as log-42.js where log is the base name of the main log file and 42 is an incremented index.
Note
When copying the log files, you need to copy also all the log-*.js files or some information will be missing.
There are several command line options that can be used to configure and adjust the contents of the Statistics by Tag, Statistics by Suite and Test Details by Tag tables in different output files. All these options work both when executing test cases and when post-processing outputs.
When a deeper suite structure is executed, showing all the test suite levels in the Statistics by Suite table may make the table somewhat difficult to read. By default all suites are shown, but you can control this with the command line option --suitestatlevel which takes the level of suites to show as an argument:
--suitestatlevel 3
When many tags are used, the Statistics by Tag table can become quite congested. If this happens, the command line options --tagstatinclude and --tagstatexclude can be used to select which tags to display, similarly as --include and --exclude are used to select test cases:
--tagstatinclude some-tag --tagstatinclude another-tag --tagstatexclude owner-* --tagstatinclude prefix-* --tagstatexclude prefix-13
The command line option --tagstatcombine can be used to
generate aggregate tags that combine statistics from multiple
tags. The combined tags are specified using tag patterns where
*
and ?
are supported as wildcards and AND
,
OR
and NOT
operators can be used for combining
individual tags or patterns together.
The following examples illustrate creating combined tag statistics using different patterns, and the figure below shows a snippet of the resulting Statistics by Tag table:
--tagstatcombine owner-* --tagstatcombine smokeANDmytag --tagstatcombine smokeNOTowner-janne*
As the above example illustrates, the name of the added combined statistic
is, by default, just the given pattern. If this is not good enough, it
is possible to give a custom name after the pattern by separating them
with a colon (:
):
--tagstatcombine "prio1ORprio2:High priority tests"
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in the custom name were converted to spaces. Nowadays spaces need to be escaped or quoted like in the example above.
You can add external links to the Statistics by Tag table by
using the command line option --tagstatlink. Arguments to this
option are given in the format tag:link:name
, where tag
specifies the tags to assign the link to, link
is the link to
be created, and name
is the name to give to the link.
tag
may be a single tag, but more commonly a simple pattern
where *
matches anything and ?
matches any single
character. When tag
is a pattern, the matches to wildcards may
be used in link
and title
with the syntax %N
,
where "N" is the index of the match starting from 1.
The following examples illustrate the usage of this option, and the figure below shows a snippet of the resulting Statistics by Tag table when example test data is executed with these options:
--tagstatlink mytag:http://www.google.com:Google --tagstatlink example-bug-*:http://example.com --tagstatlink owner-*:mailto:%1@domain.com?subject=Acceptance_Tests:Send_Mail
Tags can be given a documentation with the command line option
--tagdoc, which takes an argument in the format
tag:doc
. tag
is the name of the tag to assign the
documentation to, and it can also be a simple pattern matching
multiple tags. doc
is the assigned documentation. It can contain
simple HTML formatting.
The given documentation is shown with matching tags in the Test Details by Tag table, and as a tool tip for these tags in the Statistics by Tag table. If one tag gets multiple documentations, they are combined together and separated with an ampersand.
Examples:
--tagdoc mytag:Example --tagdoc "regression:*See* http://info.html" --tagdoc "owner-*:Original author"
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, underscores in the documentation were converted to spaces. Nowadays spaces need to be escaped or quoted like in the examples above.
Most of the content of output files comes from keywords and their log messages. When creating higher level reports, log files are not necessarily needed at all, and in that case keywords and their messages just take space unnecessarily. Log files themselves can also grow overly large, especially if they contain FOR loops or other constructs that repeat certain keywords multiple times.
In these situations, command line options --removekeywords and
--flattenkeywords can be used to dispose or flatten unnecessary keywords.
They can be used both when executing test cases and when post-processing
outputs. When used during execution, they only affect the log file, not
the XML output file. With rebot
they affect both logs and possibly
generated new output XML files.
The --removekeywords option removes keywords and their messages
altogether. It has the following modes of operation, and it can be used
multiple times to enable multiple modes. Keywords that contain errors
or warnings are not removed except when using the ALL
mode.
ALL
PASSED
FOR
WHILE
WUKS
NAME:<pattern>
MyLibrary.Keyword Name
. The pattern is case, space, and underscore
insensitive, and it supports simple patterns with *
, ?
and []
as wildcards.TAG:<pattern>
*
, ?
and []
are supported as wildcards and AND
, OR
and NOT
operators can be used for combining individual tags or patterns together.
Can be used both with library keyword tags and user keyword tags.Examples:
rebot --removekeywords all --output removed.xml output.xml robot --removekeywords passed --removekeywords for tests.robot robot --removekeywords name:HugeKeyword --removekeywords name:resource.* tests.robot robot --removekeywords tag:huge tests.robot
Removing keywords is done after parsing the output file and generating an internal model based on it. Thus it does not reduce memory usage as much as flattening keywords.
The --flattenkeywords option flattens matching keywords. In practice this means that matching keywords get all log messages from their child keywords, recursively, and child keywords are discarded otherwise. Flattening supports the following modes:
FOR
WHILE
ITERATION
FOR
and WHILE
loop iterations.FORITEM
ITERATION
.NAME:<pattern>
NAME:<pattern>
mode.TAG:<pattern>
TAG:<pattern>
mode.Examples:
robot --flattenkeywords name:HugeKeyword --flattenkeywords name:resource.* tests.robot rebot --flattenkeywords foritem --output flattened.xml original.xml
Flattening keywords is done already when the output file is parsed initially. This can save a significant amount of memory especially with deeply nested keyword structures.
Keywords that have passed are closed in the log file by default. Thus information they contain is not visible unless you expand them. If certain keywords have important information that should be visible when the log file is opened, you can use the --expandkeywords option to set keywords automatically expanded in log file similar to failed keywords. Expanding supports the following modes:
NAME:<pattern>
NAME:<pattern>
mode.TAG:<pattern>
TAG:<pattern>
mode.If you need to expand keywords matching different names or patterns, you can use the --expandkeywords multiple times.
Examples:
robot --expandkeywords name:SeleniumLibrary.CapturePageScreenshot tests.robot rebot --expandkeywords tag:example --expandkeywords tag:another output.xml
Note
The --expandkeywords option is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
When combining outputs using Rebot, it is possible to set the start and end time of the combined test suite using the options --starttime and --endtime, respectively. This is convenient, because by default, combined suites do not have these values. When both the start and end time are given, the elapsed time is also calculated based on them. Otherwise the elapsed time is got by adding the elapsed times of the child test suites together.
It is also possible to use the above mentioned options to set start and end times for a single suite when using Rebot. Using these options with a single output always affects the elapsed time of the suite.
Times must be given as timestamps in the format YYYY-MM-DD
hh:mm:ss.mil
, where all separators are optional and the parts from
milliseconds to hours can be omitted. For example, 2008-06-11
17:59:20.495
is equivalent both to 20080611-175920.495
and
20080611175920495
, and also mere 20080611
would work.
Examples:
rebot --starttime 20080611-17:59:20.495 output1.xml output2.xml rebot --starttime 20080611-175920 --endtime 20080611-180242 *.xml rebot --starttime 20110302-1317 --endtime 20110302-11418 myoutput.xml
If a test case fails and has a long error message, the message shown in
reports is automatically cut from the middle to keep reports easier to
read. By default messages longer than 40 lines are cut, but that can be
configured by using the --maxerrorlines command line option.
The minimum value for this option is 10, and it is also possible to use
a special value NONE
to show the full message.
Full error messages are always visible in log files as messages of the failed keywords.
Note
The --maxerrorlines option is new in Robot Framework 3.1.
If the provided built-in features to modify results are not enough, Robot Framework makes it possible to do custom modifications programmatically. This is accomplished by creating a model modifier and activating it using the --prerebotmodifier option.
This functionality works nearly exactly like programmatic modification of test data that can be enabled with the --prerunmodifier option. The obvious difference is that this time modifiers operate with the result model, not the running model. For example, the following modifier marks all passed tests that have taken more time than allowed as failed:
from robot.api import SuiteVisitor
class ExecutionTimeChecker(SuiteVisitor):
def __init__(self, max_seconds: float):
self.max_milliseconds = max_seconds * 1000
def visit_test(self, test):
if test.status == 'PASS' and test.elapsedtime > self.max_milliseconds:
test.status = 'FAIL'
test.message = 'Test execution took too long.'
If the above modifier would be in file ExecutionTimeChecker.py, it could be used, for example, like this:
# Specify modifier as a path when running tests. Maximum time is 42 seconds. robot --prerebotmodifier path/to/ExecutionTimeChecker.py:42 tests.robot # Specify modifier as a name when using Rebot. Maximum time is 3.14 seconds. # ExecutionTimeChecker.py must be in the module search path. rebot --prerebotmodifier ExecutionTimeChecker:3.14 output.xml
If more than one model modifier is needed, they can be specified by using the --prerebotmodifier option multiple times. When executing tests, it is possible to use --prerunmodifier and --prerebotmodifier options together.
Note
Argument conversion based on type hints like max_seconds: float
in
the above example is new in Robot Framework 4.0 and requires Python 3.
Robot Framework has its own plain-text system log where it writes information about
- Processed and skipped test data files
- Imported test libraries, resource files and variable files
- Executed test suites and test cases
- Created outputs
Normally users never need this information, but it can be useful when investigating problems with test libraries or Robot Framework itself. A system log is not created by default, but it can be enabled by setting the environment variable ROBOT_SYSLOG_FILE so that it contains a path to the selected file.
A system log has the same log levels as a normal log file, with the
exception that instead of FAIL
it has the ERROR
level. The threshold level to use can be altered using the
ROBOT_SYSLOG_LEVEL environment variable like shown in the
example below. Possible unexpected errors and warnings are
written into the system log in addition to the console and the normal
log file.
#!/bin/bash
export ROBOT_SYSLOG_FILE=/tmp/syslog.txt
export ROBOT_SYSLOG_LEVEL=DEBUG
robot --name Syslog_example path/to/tests
Robot Framework's actual testing capabilities are provided by test libraries. There are many existing libraries, some of which are even bundled with the core framework, but there is still often a need to create new ones. This task is not too complicated because, as this chapter illustrates, Robot Framework's library API is simple and straightforward.
*varargs
)**kwargs
)@keyword
decorator@not_keyword
decoratorRobot Framework itself is written with Python and naturally test libraries extending it can be implemented using the same language. It is also possible to implement libraries with C using Python C API, although it is often easier to interact with C code from Python libraries using ctypes module.
Libraries implemented using Python can also act as wrappers to functionality implemented using other programming languages. A good example of this approach is the Remote library, and another widely used approaches is running external scripts or tools as separate processes.
Robot Framework has three different test library APIs.
Static API
The simplest approach is having a module or a class
with functions/methods which map directly to
keyword names. Keywords also take the same arguments as
the methods implementing them. Keywords report failures with
exceptions, log by writing to standard output and can return
values using the return
statement.
Dynamic API
Dynamic libraries are classes that implement a method to get the names of the keywords they implement, and another method to execute a named keyword with given arguments. The names of the keywords to implement, as well as how they are executed, can be determined dynamically at runtime, but reporting the status, logging and returning values is done similarly as in the static API.
Hybrid API
This is a hybrid between the static and the dynamic API. Libraries are classes with a method telling what keywords they implement, but those keywords must be available directly. Everything else except discovering what keywords are implemented is similar as in the static API.
All these APIs are described in this chapter. Everything is based on how the static API works, so its functions are discussed first. How the dynamic library API and the hybrid library API differ from it is then discussed in sections of their own.
Test libraries can be implemented as Python modules or classes.
The name of a test library that is used when a library is imported is
the same as the name of the module or class implementing it. For
example, if you have a Python module MyLibrary
(that is,
file MyLibrary.py), it will create a library with name
MyLibrary.
Python classes are always inside a module. If the name of a class
implementing a library is the same as the name of the module, Robot
Framework allows dropping the class name when importing the
library. For example, class MyLib
in MyLib.py
file can be used as a library with just name MyLib. This also
works with submodules so that if, for example, parent.MyLib
module
has class MyLib
, importing it using just parent.MyLib
works. If the module name and class name are different, libraries must be
taken into use using both module and class names, such as
mymodule.MyLibrary or parent.submodule.MyLib.
Tip
If the library name is really long, it is recommended to give the library a simpler alias by using the WITH NAME syntax.
All test libraries implemented as classes can take arguments. These arguments are specified in the Setting section after the library name, and when Robot Framework creates an instance of the imported library, it passes them to its constructor. Libraries implemented as a module cannot take any arguments, so trying to use those results in an error.
The number of arguments needed by the library is the same as the number of arguments accepted by the library's constructor. The default values and variable number of arguments work similarly as with keyword arguments. Arguments passed to the library, as well as the library name itself, can be specified using variables, so it is possible to alter them, for example, from the command line.
*** Settings ***
Library MyLibrary 10.0.0.1 8080
Library AnotherLib ${VAR}
Example implementations for the libraries used in the above example:
from example import Connection
class MyLibrary:
def __init__(self, host, port=80):
self._conn = Connection(host, int(port))
def send_message(self, message):
self._conn.send(message)
class AnotherLib:
def __init__(self, environment):
self.environment = environment
def do_something(self):
if self.environment == 'test':
# do something in test environment
else:
# do something in other environments
Libraries implemented as classes can have an internal state, which can be altered by keywords and with arguments to the constructor of the library. Because the state can affect how keywords actually behave, it is important to make sure that changes in one test case do not accidentally affect other test cases. These kind of dependencies may create hard-to-debug problems, for example, when new test cases are added and they use the library inconsistently.
Robot Framework attempts to keep test cases independent from each other: by default, it creates new instances of test libraries for every test case. However, this behavior is not always desirable, because sometimes test cases should be able to share a common state. Additionally, all libraries do not have a state and creating new instances of them is simply not needed.
Test libraries can control when new libraries are created with a
class attribute ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE
. This attribute must be
a string and it can have the following three values:
TEST
A new instance is created for every test case. A possible suite setup and suite teardown share yet another instance.
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2 this value was TEST CASE
, but nowadays
TEST
is recommended. Because all unrecognized values are considered
same as TEST
, both values work with all versions. For the same reason
it is possible to also use value TASK
if the library is targeted for
RPA usage more than testing. TEST
is also the default value if the
ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE
attribute is not set.
SUITE
A new instance is created for every test suite. The lowest-level test suites, created from test case files and containing test cases, have instances of their own, and higher-level suites all get their own instances for their possible setups and teardowns.
Prior to Robot Framework 3.2 this value was TEST SUITE
. That value still
works, but SUITE
is recommended with libraries targeting Robot Framework
3.2 and newer.
GLOBAL
Note
If a library is imported multiple times with different arguments, a new instance is created every time regardless the scope.
When the SUITE
or GLOBAL
scopes are used with libraries that have a state,
it is recommended that libraries have some
special keyword for cleaning up the state. This keyword can then be
used, for example, in a suite setup or teardown to ensure that test
cases in the next test suites can start from a known state. For example,
SeleniumLibrary uses the GLOBAL
scope to enable
using the same browser in different test cases without having to
reopen it, and it also has the Close All Browsers keyword for
easily closing all opened browsers.
Example library using the SUITE
scope:
class ExampleLibrary:
ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE = 'SUITE'
def __init__(self):
self._counter = 0
def count(self):
self._counter += 1
print(self._counter)
def clear_counter(self):
self._counter = 0
When a test library is taken into use, Robot Framework tries to determine its version. This information is then written into the syslog to provide debugging information. Library documentation tool Libdoc also writes this information into the keyword documentations it generates.
Version information is read from attribute
ROBOT_LIBRARY_VERSION
, similarly as library scope is
read from ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE
. If
ROBOT_LIBRARY_VERSION
does not exist, information is tried to
be read from __version__
attribute. These attributes must be
class or module attributes, depending whether the library is
implemented as a class or a module.
An example module using __version__
:
__version__ = '0.1'
def keyword():
pass
Library documentation tool Libdoc
supports documentation in multiple formats. If you want to use something
else than Robot Framework's own documentation formatting, you can specify
the format in the source code using ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
attribute
similarly as scope and version are set with their own
ROBOT_LIBRARY_*
attributes.
The possible case-insensitive values for documentation format are
ROBOT
(default), HTML
, TEXT
(plain text),
and reST
(reStructuredText). Using the reST
format requires
the docutils module to be installed when documentation is generated.
Setting the documentation format is illustrated by the following example that uses reStructuredText format. See Documenting libraries section and Libdoc chapter for more information about documenting test libraries in general.
"""A library for *documentation format* demonstration purposes.
This documentation is created using reStructuredText__. Here is a link
to the only \`Keyword\`.
__ http://docutils.sourceforge.net
"""
ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT = 'reST'
def keyword():
"""**Nothing** to see here. Not even in the table below.
======= ===== =====
Table here has
nothing to see.
======= ===== =====
"""
pass
Listener interface allows external listeners to get notifications about
test execution. They are called, for example, when suites, tests, and keywords
start and end. Sometimes getting such notifications is also useful for test
libraries, and they can register a custom listener by using
ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER
attribute. The value of this attribute
should be an instance of the listener to use, possibly the library itself.
For more information and examples see Libraries as listeners section.
@library
decoratorAn easy way to configure libraries implemented as classes is using
the robot.api.deco.library
class decorator. It allows configuring library's
scope, version, custom argument converters, documentation format
and listener with optional arguments scope
, version
, converter
,
doc_format
and listener
, respectively. When these arguments are used, they
set the matching ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE
, ROBOT_LIBRARY_VERSION
,
ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS
, ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
and ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER
attributes automatically:
from robot.api.deco import library
from example import Listener
@library(scope='GLOBAL', version='3.2b1', doc_format='reST', listener=Listener())
class Example:
# ...
The @library
decorator also disables the automatic keyword discovery
by setting the ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
argument to False
by default. This
means that it is mandatory to decorate methods with the @keyword decorator
to expose them as keywords. If only that behavior is desired and no further
configuration is needed, the decorator can also be used without parenthesis
like:
from robot.api.deco import library
@library
class Example:
# ...
If needed, the automatic keyword discovery can be enabled by using the
auto_keywords
argument:
from robot.api.deco import library
@library(scope='GLOBAL', auto_keywords=True)
class Example:
# ...
The @library
decorator only sets class attributes ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE
,
ROBOT_LIBRARY_VERSION
, ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS
, ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
and ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER
if the respective arguments scope
, version
,
converters
, doc_format
and listener
are used. The ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute is set always. When attributes are set, they override possible
existing class attributes.
Note
The @library
decorator is new in Robot Framework 3.2
and converters
argument is new in Robot Framework 5.0.
When the static library API is used, Robot Framework uses introspection to find out what keywords the library class or module implements. By default it excludes methods and functions starting with an underscore. All the methods and functions that are not ignored are considered keywords. For example, the library below implements a single keyword My Keyword.
class MyLibrary:
def my_keyword(self, arg):
return self._helper_method(arg)
def _helper_method(self, arg):
return arg.upper()
Automatically considering all public methods and functions keywords typically works well, but there are cases where it is not desired. There are also situations where keywords are created when not expected. For example, when implementing a library as class, it can be a surprise that also methods in possible base classes are considered keywords. When implementing a library as a module, functions imported into the module namespace becoming keywords is probably even a bigger surprise.
This section explains how to prevent methods and functions becoming keywords.
When a library is implemented as a class, it is possible to tell
Robot Framework not to automatically expose methods as keywords by setting
the ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute to the class with a false value:
class Example:
ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS = False
When the ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute is set like this, only methods that
have explicitly been decorated with the @keyword decorator or otherwise
have the robot_name
attribute become keywords. The @keyword
decorator
can also be used for setting a custom name, tags and argument types
to the keyword.
Although the ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute can be set to the class
explicitly, it is more convenient to use the @library decorator
that sets it to False
by default:
from robot.api.deco import keyword, library
@library
class Example:
@keyword
def this_is_keyword(self):
pass
@keyword('This is keyword with custom name')
def xxx(self):
pass
def this_is_not_keyword(self):
pass
Note
Both limiting what methods become keywords using the
ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute and the @library
decorator are
new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Another way to explicitly specify what keywords a library implements is using the dynamic or the hybrid library API.
When implementing a library as a module, all functions in the module namespace become keywords. This is true also with imported functions, and that can cause nasty surprises. For example, if the module below would be used as a library, it would contain a keyword Example Keyword, as expected, but also a keyword Current Thread.
from threading import current_thread
def example_keyword():
print('Running in thread "%s".' % current_thread().name)
A simple way to avoid imported functions becoming keywords is to only
import modules (e.g. import threading
) and to use functions via the module
(e.g threading.current_thread()
). Alternatively functions could be
given an alias starting with an underscore at the import time (e.g.
from threading import current_thread as _current_thread
).
A more explicit way to limit what functions become keywords is using
the module level __all__
attribute that Python itself uses for similar
purposes. If it is used, only the listed functions can be keywords.
For example, the library below implements only one keyword
Example Keyword:
from threading import current_thread
__all__ = ['example_keyword']
def example_keyword():
print('Running in thread "%s".' % current_thread().name)
def this_is_not_keyword():
pass
If the library is big, maintaining the __all__
attribute when keywords are
added, removed or renamed can be a somewhat big task. Another way to explicitly
mark what functions are keywords is using the ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
attribute
similarly as it can be used with class based libraries. When this attribute
is set to a false value, only functions explicitly decorated with the
@keyword decorator become keywords. For example, also this library
implements only one keyword Example Keyword:
from threading import current_thread
from robot.api.deco import keyword
ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS = False
@keyword
def example_keyword():
print('Running in thread "%s".' % current_thread().name)
def this_is_not_keyword():
pass
Note
Limiting what functions become keywords using ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
is a new feature in Robot Framework 3.2.
@not_keyword
decoratorFunctions in modules and methods in classes can be explicitly marked as
"not keywords" by using the @not_keyword
decorator. When a library is
implemented as a module, this decorator can also be used to avoid imported
functions becoming keywords.
from threading import current_thread
from robot.api.deco import not_keyword
not_keyword(current_thread) # Don't expose `current_thread` as a keyword.
def example_keyword():
print('Running in thread "%s".' % current_thread().name)
@not_keyword
def this_is_not_keyword():
pass
Using the @not_keyword
decorator is pretty much the opposite way to avoid
functions or methods becoming keywords compared to disabling the automatic
keyword discovery with the @library
decorator or by setting the
ROBOT_AUTO_KEYWORDS
to a false value. Which one to use depends on the context.
Note
The @not_keyword
decorator is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Keyword names used in the test data are compared with method names to
find the method implementing these keywords. Name comparison is
case-insensitive, and also spaces and underscores are ignored. For
example, the method hello
maps to the keyword name
Hello, hello or even h e l l o. Similarly both the
do_nothing
and doNothing
methods can be used as the
Do Nothing keyword in the test data.
Example library implemented as a module in the MyLibrary.py file:
def hello(name):
print("Hello, %s!" % name)
def do_nothing():
pass
The example below illustrates how the example library above can be used. If you want to try this yourself, make sure that the library is in the module search path.
*** Settings ***
Library MyLibrary
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
Do Nothing
Hello world
It is possible to expose a different name for a keyword instead of the
default keyword name which maps to the method name. This can be accomplished
by setting the robot_name
attribute on the method to the desired custom name:
def login(username, password):
# ...
login.robot_name = 'Login via user panel'
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
Login Via User Panel ${username} ${password}
Instead of explicitly setting the robot_name
attribute like in the above
example, it is typically easiest to use the @keyword decorator:
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword('Login via user panel')
def login(username, password):
# ...
Using this decorator without an argument will have no effect on the exposed
keyword name, but will still set the robot_name
attribute. This allows
marking methods to expose as keywords without actually changing keyword
names. Methods that have the robot_name
attribute also create keywords even if the method name itself would start with
an underscore.
Setting a custom keyword name can also enable library keywords to accept arguments using the embedded arguments syntax.
Library keywords and user keywords can have tags. Library keywords can
define them by setting the robot_tags
attribute on the method to a list
of desired tags. Similarly as when setting custom name, it is easiest to
set this attribute by using the @keyword decorator:
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword(tags=['tag1', 'tag2'])
def login(username, password):
# ...
@keyword('Custom name', ['tags', 'here'])
def another_example():
# ...
Another option for setting tags is giving them on the last line of
keyword documentation with Tags:
prefix and separated by a comma. For
example:
def login(username, password):
"""Log user in to SUT.
Tags: tag1, tag2
"""
# ...
With a static and hybrid API, the information on how many arguments a keyword needs is got directly from the method that implements it. Libraries using the dynamic library API have other means for sharing this information, so this section is not relevant to them.
The most common and also the simplest situation is when a keyword needs an exact number of arguments. In this case, the method simply take exactly those arguments. For example, a method implementing a keyword with no arguments takes no arguments either, a method implementing a keyword with one argument also takes one argument, and so on.
Example keywords taking different numbers of arguments:
def no_arguments():
print("Keyword got no arguments.")
def one_argument(arg):
print("Keyword got one argument '%s'." % arg)
def three_arguments(a1, a2, a3):
print("Keyword got three arguments '%s', '%s' and '%s'." % (a1, a2, a3))
It is often useful that some of the arguments that a keyword uses have default values.
In Python a method has always exactly one implementation and possible default values are specified in the method signature. The syntax, which is familiar to all Python programmers, is illustrated below:
def one_default(arg='default'):
print("Argument has value %s" % arg)
def multiple_defaults(arg1, arg2='default 1', arg3='default 2'):
print("Got arguments %s, %s and %s" % (arg1, arg2, arg3))
The first example keyword above can be used either with zero or one
arguments. If no arguments are given, arg
gets the value
default
. If there is one argument, arg
gets that value,
and calling the keyword with more than one argument fails. In the
second example, one argument is always required, but the second and
the third one have default values, so it is possible to use the keyword
with one to three arguments.
*** Test Cases ***
Defaults
One Default
One Default argument
Multiple Defaults required arg
Multiple Defaults required arg optional
Multiple Defaults required arg optional 1 optional 2
*varargs
)Robot Framework supports also keywords that take any number of arguments.
Python supports methods accepting any number of arguments. The same syntax works in libraries and, as the examples below show, it can also be combined with other ways of specifying arguments:
def any_arguments(*args):
print("Got arguments:")
for arg in args:
print(arg)
def one_required(required, *others):
print("Required: %s\nOthers:" % required)
for arg in others:
print(arg)
def also_defaults(req, def1="default 1", def2="default 2", *rest):
print(req, def1, def2, rest)
*** Test Cases ***
Varargs
Any Arguments
Any Arguments argument
Any Arguments arg 1 arg 2 arg 3 arg 4 arg 5
One Required required arg
One Required required arg another arg yet another
Also Defaults required
Also Defaults required these two have defaults
Also Defaults 1 2 3 4 5 6
**kwargs
)Robot Framework supports Python's **kwargs syntax. How to use use keywords that accept free keyword arguments, also known as free named arguments, is discussed under the Creating test cases section. In this section we take a look at how to create such keywords.
If you are already familiar how kwargs work with Python, understanding how they work with Robot Framework test libraries is rather simple. The example below shows the basic functionality:
def example_keyword(**stuff):
for name, value in stuff.items():
print(name, value)
*** Test Cases ***
Keyword Arguments
Example Keyword hello=world # Logs 'hello world'.
Example Keyword foo=1 bar=42 # Logs 'foo 1' and 'bar 42'.
Basically, all arguments at the end of the keyword call that use the
named argument syntax name=value
, and that do not match any
other arguments, are passed to the keyword as kwargs. To avoid using a literal
value like foo=quux
as a free keyword argument, it must be escaped
like foo\=quux
.
The following example illustrates how normal arguments, varargs, and kwargs work together:
def various_args(arg=None, *varargs, **kwargs):
if arg is not None:
print('arg:', arg)
for value in varargs:
print('vararg:', value)
for name, value in sorted(kwargs.items()):
print('kwarg:', name, value)
*** Test Cases ***
Positional
Various Args hello world # Logs 'arg: hello' and 'vararg: world'.
Named
Various Args arg=value # Logs 'arg: value'.
Kwargs
Various Args a=1 b=2 c=3 # Logs 'kwarg: a 1', 'kwarg: b 2' and 'kwarg: c 3'.
Various Args c=3 a=1 b=2 # Same as above. Order does not matter.
Positional and kwargs
Various Args 1 2 kw=3 # Logs 'arg: 1', 'vararg: 2' and 'kwarg: kw 3'.
Named and kwargs
Various Args arg=value hello=world # Logs 'arg: value' and 'kwarg: hello world'.
Various Args hello=world arg=value # Same as above. Order does not matter.
For a real world example of using a signature exactly like in the above example, see Run Process and Start Keyword keywords in the Process library.
Starting from Robot Framework 3.1, it is possible to use named-only arguments
with different keywords. This support
is provided by Python's keyword-only arguments. Keyword-only arguments
are specified after possible *varargs
or after a dedicated *
marker when
*varargs
are not needed. Possible **kwargs
are specified after keyword-only
arguments.
Example:
def sort_words(*words, case_sensitive=False):
key = str.lower if case_sensitive else None
return sorted(words, key=key)
def strip_spaces(word, *, left=True, right=True):
if left:
word = word.lstrip()
if right:
word = word.rstrip()
return word
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Sort Words Foo bar baZ
Sort Words Foo bar baZ case_sensitive=True
Strip Spaces ${word} left=False
Python 3.8 introduced positional-only arguments that make it possible to
specify that an argument can only be given as a positional argument, not as
a named argument like name=value
. Positional-only arguments are specified
before normal arguments and a special /
marker must be used after them:
def keyword(posonly, /, normal):
print(f"Got positional-only argument {posonly} and normal argument {normal}.")
The above keyword could be used like this:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
# Positional-only and normal argument used as positional arguments.
Keyword foo bar
# Normal argument can also be named.
Keyword foo normal=bar
If a positional-only argument is used with a value that contains an equal sign
like example=usage
, it is not considered to mean named argument syntax
even if the part before the =
would match the argument name. This rule
only applies if the positional-only argument is used in its correct position
without other arguments using the name argument syntax before it, though.
*** Test Cases ***
Example
# Positional-only argument gets literal value `posonly=foo` in this case.
Keyword posonly=foo normal=bar
# This fails.
Keyword normal=bar posonly=foo
Positional-only arguments are fully supported starting from Robot Framework 4.0. Using them as positional arguments works also with earlier versions, but using them as named arguments causes an error on Python side.
Arguments defined in Robot Framework test data are, by default, passed to keywords as Unicode strings. There are, however, several ways to use non-string values as well:
Automatic argument conversion based on function annotations, types specified
using the @keyword
decorator, and argument default values are all new
features in Robot Framework 3.1. The Supported conversions section
specifies which argument conversion are supported in these cases.
Prior to Robot Framework 4.0, automatic conversion was done only if the given argument was a string. Nowadays it is done regardless the argument type.
If no type information is specified to Robot Framework, all arguments not passed as variables are given to keywords as Unicode strings. This includes cases like this:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Example Keyword 42 False
It is always possible to convert arguments passed as strings insider keywords.
In simple cases this means using int()
or float()
to convert arguments
to numbers, but other kind of conversion is possible as well. When working
with Boolean values, care must be taken because all non-empty strings,
including string False
, are considered true by Python. Robot Framework's own
robot.utils.is_truthy()
utility handles this nicely as it considers strings
like FALSE
, NO
and NONE
(case-insensitively) to be false:
def example_keyword(count, case_insensitive=True):
count = int(count)
if is_truthy(case_insensitive):
# ...
Notice that with Robot Framework 3.1 and newer is_truthy
is not needed
in the above example because argument type would be got based on the
default value.
Starting from Robot Framework 3.1, arguments passed to keywords are automatically converted if argument type information is available and the type is recognized. The most natural way to specify types is using Python function annotations. For example, the keyword in the previous example could be implemented as follows and arguments would be converted automatically:
def example_keyword(count: int, case_insensitive: bool = True):
if case_insensitive:
# ...
See the Supported conversions section below for a list of types that are automatically converted and what values these types accept. It is an error if an argument having one of the supported types is given a value that cannot be converted. Annotating only some of the arguments is fine.
Annotating arguments with other than the supported types is not an error, and it is also possible to use annotations for other than typing purposes. In those cases no conversion is done, but annotations are nevertheless shown in the documentation generated by Libdoc.
@keyword
decoratorAn alternative way to specify explicit argument types is using the
@keyword decorator. Starting from Robot Framework 3.1,
it accepts an optional types
argument that can be used to specify argument
types either as a dictionary mapping argument names to types or as a list
mapping arguments to types based on position. These approaches are shown
below implementing the same keyword as in earlier examples:
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword(types={'count': int, 'case_insensitive': bool})
def example_keyword(count, case_insensitive=True):
if case_insensitive:
# ...
@keyword(types=[int, bool])
def example_keyword(count, case_insensitive=True):
if case_insensitive:
# ...
Regardless of the approach that is used, it is not necessarily to specify
types for all arguments. When specifying types as a list, it is possible
to use None
to mark that a certain argument does not have a type, and
arguments at the end can be omitted altogether. For example, both of these
keywords specify the type only for the second argument:
@keyword(types={'second': float})
def example1(first, second, third):
# ...
@keyword(types=[None, float])
def example2(first, second, third):
# ...
If any types are specified using the @keyword
decorator, type information
got from annotations is ignored with that keyword. Setting types
to None
like @keyword(types=None)
disables type conversion altogether so that also
type information got from default values is ignored.
If type information is not got explicitly using annotations or the @keyword
decorator, Robot Framework 3.1 and newer tries to get it based on possible
argument default value. In this example count
and case_insensitive
get
types int
and bool
, respectively:
def example_keyword(count=-1, case_insensitive=True):
if case_insensitive:
# ...
When type information is got implicitly based on the default values, argument conversion itself is not as strict as when the information is got explicitly:
If an argument has an explicit type and a default value, conversion is first attempted based on the explicit type. If that fails, then conversion is attempted based on the default value. In this special case conversion based on the default value is strict and a conversion failure causes an error.
If argument conversion based on default values is not desired, the whole
argument conversion can be disabled with the @keyword decorator like
@keyword(types=None)
.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 4.0 conversion was done based on the default value only if the argument did not have an explict type.
The table below lists the types that Robot Framework 3.1 and newer convert arguments to. These characteristics apply to all conversions:
The type to use can be specified either using concrete types (e.g. list), by using Abstract Base Classes (ABC) (e.g. Sequence), or by using sub classes of these types (e.g. MutableSequence). In all these cases the argument is converted to the concrete type.
Also types in in the typing module that map to the supported concrete
types or ABCs (e.g. List
) are supported. With generics also the subscription
syntax (e.g. List[int]
) works, but no validation is done for container
contents.
In addition to using the actual types (e.g. int
), it is possible to specify
the type using type names as a string (e.g. 'int'
) and some types also have
aliases (e.g. 'integer'
). Matching types to names and aliases is
case-insensitive.
The Accepts column specifies which given argument types are converted. If the given argument already has the expected type, no conversion is done. Other types cause conversion failures.
Type | ABC | Aliases | Accepts | Explanation | Examples |
---|---|---|---|---|---|
bool | boolean | str, int , float, None | Strings TRUE , YES , ON and 1 are converted to True ,
the empty string as well as FALSE , NO , OFF and 0
are converted to False , and the string NONE is converted
to None . Other strings and other accepted values are
passed as-is, allowing keywords to handle them specially if
needed. All string comparisons are case-insensitive. |
TRUE (converted to True )off (converted to False )example (used as-is) |
|
int | Integral | integer, long | str, float | Conversion is done using the int built-in function. Floats
are accepted only if they can be represented as integers
exactly. For example, Starting from RF 4.1, it is possible to use hexadecimal,
octal and binary numbers by prefixing values with
Starting from RF 4.1, spaces and underscores can be used as visual separators for digit grouping purposes. |
42 -1 0xFF 0o777 0b1010 10 000 000 0xBAD_C0FFEE ${1} ${1.0} |
float | Real | double | str, Real | Conversion is done using the float built-in. Starting from RF 4.1, spaces and underscores can be used as visual separators for digit grouping purposes. |
3.14 2.9979e8 10 000.000 01 10_000.000_01 |
Decimal | str, int , float | Conversion is done using the Decimal class. Decimal is recommended over float when decimal numbers need to be represented exactly. Starting from RF 4.1, spaces and underscores can be used as visual separators for digit grouping purposes. |
3.14 10 000.000 01 10_000.000_01 |
||
str | string, unicode | Any | All arguments are converted to Unicode strings. New in RF 4.0. | ||
bytes | ByteString | str, bytearray | Strings are converted to bytes so that each Unicode code point below 256 is directly mapped to a matching byte. Higher code points are not allowed. | good hyvä (converted to hyv\xe4 )\x00 (the null byte) |
|
bytearray | str, bytes | Same conversion as with bytes but the result is a bytearray. | |||
datetime | str, int , float | Strings are expected to be timestamps in ISO 8601 like
format Integers and floats are considered to represent seconds since the Unix epoch. |
2022-02-09T16:39:43.632269 2022-02-09 16:39 2022-02-09 ${1644417583.632269} (Epoch time) |
||
date | str | Same string conversion as with datetime but all time components are expected to be omitted or to be zeros. | 2018-09-12 |
||
timedelta | str, int , float | Strings are expected to represent a time interval in one of the time formats Robot Framework supports: time as number, time as time string or time as "timer" string. Integers and floats are considered to be seconds. | 42 (42 seconds)1 minute 2 seconds 01:02 (same as above) |
||
Enum | str | The specified type must be an enumeration (a subclass of Enum or Flag) and given arguments must match its member names. Starting from RF 3.2.2, matching member names is case-, space- and underscore-insensitive. |
class Direction(Enum):
NORTH = auto()
NORTH_WEST = auto()
NORTH (Direction.NORTH)north west (Direction.NORTH_WEST) |
||
IntEnum | str, int | The specified type must be an integer based enumeration (a subclass of IntEnum or IntFlag) and given arguments must match its member names or values. Matching member names is case-, space- and and underscore-insensitive. Values can be given as actual integers and as strings that can be converted to integers. |
class PowerState(IntEnum):
OFF = 0
ON = 1
OFF (PowerState.OFF)1 (PowerState.ON) |
||
None | NoneType | str | String NONE (case-insensitive) is converted to the Python
None object. Other values cause an error. |
None |
|
list | Sequence | str, Sequence | Strings must be Python list literals. They are converted
to actual lists using the ast.literal_eval function.
They can contain any values If the used type hint is list (e.g. |
['one', 'two'] [('one', 1), ('two', 2)] |
|
tuple | str, Sequence | Same as list, but string arguments must tuple literals. | ('one', 'two') |
||
dict | Mapping | dictionary, map | str, Mapping | Same as list, but string arguments must be dictionary literals. | {'a': 1, 'b': 2} {'key': 1, 'nested': {'key': 2}} |
set | Set | str, Container | Same as list, but string arguments must be set literals or
set() to create an empty set. |
{1, 2, 3, 42} set() |
|
frozenset | str, Container | Same conversion as with set, but the result is a frozenset. |
Note
Starting from Robot Framework 5.0, types that are automatically converted are automatically shown in Libdoc outputs.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 4.0, most types supported converting string NONE
(case-insensitively) to Python
None
. That support has been removed and None
conversion is only done if an argument has None
as an
explicit type or as a default value.
Starting from Robot Framework 4.0, it is possible to specify that an argument has multiple possible types. In this situation argument conversion is attempted based on each type and the whole conversion fails if none of these conversions succeed.
When using function annotations, the natural syntax to specify that argument has multiple possible types is using Union:
from typing import Union
def example(length: Union[int, float], padding: Union[int, str, None] = None):
# ...
When using Python 3.10 or newer, it is possible to use the native type1 | type2
syntax instead:
def example(length: int | float, padding: int | str | None = None):
# ...
An alternative is specifying types as a tuple. It is not recommended with annotations,
because that syntax is not supported by other tools, but it works well with
the @keyword
decorator:
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword(types={'length': (int, float), 'padding': (int, str, None)})
def example(length, padding=None):
# ...
With the above examples the length
argument would first be converted to an
integer and if that fails then to a float. The padding
would be first
converted to an integer, then to a string, and finally to None
.
If the given argument has one of the accepted types, then no conversion is done
and the argument is used as-is. For example, if the length
argument gets
value 1.5
as a float, it would not be converted to an integer. Notice that
using non-string values like floats as an argument requires using variables as
these examples giving different values to the length
argument demonstrate:
*** Test Cases ***
Conversion
Example 10 # Argument is a string. Converted to an integer.
Example 1.5 # Argument is a string. Converted to a float.
Example ${10} # Argument is an integer. Accepted as-is.
Example ${1.5} # Argument is a float. Accepted as-is.
If one of the accepted types is string, then no conversion is done if the given
argument is a string. As the following examples giving different values to the
padding
argument demonstrate, also in these cases passing other types is
possible using variables:
*** Test Cases ***
Conversion
Example 1 big # Argument is a string. Accepted as-is.
Example 1 10 # Argument is a string. Accepted as-is.
Example 1 ${10} # Argument is an integer. Accepted as-is.
Example 1 ${None} # Argument is `None`. Accepted as-is.
Example 1 ${1.5} # Argument is a float. Converted to an integer.
If the given argument does not have any of the accepted types, conversion is attempted in the order types are specified. If any conversion succeeds, the resulting value is used without attempting remaining conversions. If no individual conversion succeeds, the whole conversion fails.
If a specified type is not recognized by Robot Framework, then the original value is used as-is. For example, with this keyword conversion would first be attempted to an integer but if that fails the keyword would get the original given argument:
def example(argument: Union[int, MyCustomType]):
# ...
In addition to doing argument conversion automatically as explained in the previous sections, Robot Framework supports custom argument conversion. This functionality has two main use cases:
Argument converters are functions or other callables that get arguments used
in data and convert them to desired format before arguments are passed to
keywords. Converters are registered for libraries by setting
ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS
attribute (case-sensitive) to a dictionary mapping
desired types to converts. When implementing a library as a module, this
attribute must be set on the module level, and with class based libraries
it must be a class attribute. With libraries implemented as classes, it is
also possible to use the converters
argument with the @library decorator.
Both of these approaches are illustrated by examples in the following sections.
Note
Custom argument converters are new in Robot Framework 5.0.
Let's assume we wanted to create a keyword that accepts date objects for
users in Finland where the commonly used date format is dd.mm.yyyy
.
The usage could look something like this:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Keyword 25.1.2022
Automatic argument conversion supports dates, but it expects them
to be in yyyy-mm-dd
format so it will not work. A solution is creating
a custom converter and registering it to handle date conversion:
from datetime import date
# Converter function.
def parse_fi_date(value):
day, month, year = value.split('.')
return date(int(year), int(month), int(day))
# Register converter function for the specified type.
ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS = {date: parse_fi_date}
# Keyword using custom converter. Converter is got based on argument type.
def keyword(arg: date):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
If we try using the above keyword with invalid argument like invalid
, it
fails with this error:
ValueError: Argument 'arg' got value 'invalid' that cannot be converted to date: not enough values to unpack (expected 3, got 1)
This error is not too informative and does not tell anything about the expected
format. Robot Framework cannot provide more information automatically, but
the converter itself can be enhanced to validate the input. If the input is
invalid, the converter should raise a ValueError
with an appropriate message.
In this particular case there would be several ways to validate the input, but
using regular expressions makes it possible to validate both that the input
has dots (.
) in correct places and that date parts contain correct amount
of digits:
from datetime import date
import re
def parse_fi_date(value):
# Validate input using regular expression and raise ValueError if not valid.
match = re.match(r'(\d{1,2})\.(\d{1,2})\.(\d{4})$', value)
if not match:
raise ValueError(f"Expected date in format 'dd.mm.yyyy', got '{value}'.")
day, month, year = match.groups()
return date(int(year), int(month), int(day))
ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS = {date: parse_fi_date}
def keyword(arg: date):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
With the above converter code, using the keyword with argument invalid
fails
with a lot more helpful error message:
ValueError: Argument 'arg' got value 'invalid' that cannot be converted to date: Expected date in format 'dd.mm.yyyy', got 'invalid'.
By default Robot Framework tries to use converters with all given arguments
regardless their type. This means that if the earlier example keyword would
be used with a variable containing something else than a string, conversion
code would fail in the re.match
call. For example, trying to use it with
argument ${42}
would fail like this:
ValueError: Argument 'arg' got value '42' (integer) that cannot be converted to date: TypeError: expected string or bytes-like object
This error situation could naturally handled in the converter code by checking the value type, but if the converter only accepts certain types, it is typically easier to just restrict the value to that type. Doing it requires only adding appropriate type hint to the converter:
def parse_fi_date(value: str):
# ...
Notice that this type hint is not used for converting the value before calling
the converter, it is used for strictly restricting which types can be used.
With the above addition calling the keyword with ${42}
would fail like this:
ValueError: Argument 'arg' got value '42' (integer) that cannot be converted to date.
If the converter can accept multiple types, it is possible to specify types as a Union. For example, if we wanted to enhance our keyword to accept also integers so that they would be considered seconds since the Unix epoch, we could change the converter like this:
from datetime import date
import re
from typing import Union
# Accept both strings and integers.
def parse_fi_date(value: Union[str, int]):
# Integers are converted separately.
if isinstance(value, int):
return date.fromtimestamp(value)
match = re.match(r'(\d{1,2})\.(\d{1,2})\.(\d{4})$', value)
if not match:
raise ValueError(f"Expected date in format 'dd.mm.yyyy', got '{value}'.")
day, month, year = match.groups()
return date(int(year), int(month), int(day))
ROBOT_LIBRARY_CONVERTERS = {date: parse_fi_date}
def keyword(arg: date):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
A problem with the earlier example is that date objects could only be given
in dd.mm.yyyy
format. It would not work if there was a need to
support dates in different formats like in this example:
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Finnish 25.1.2022
US 1/25/2022
ISO 8601 2022-01-22
A solution to this problem is creating custom types instead of overriding the default date conversion:
from datetime import date
import re
from typing import Union
from robot.api.deco import keyword, library
# Custom type. Extends an existing type but that is not required.
class FiDate(date):
# Converter function implemented as a classmethod. It could be a normal
# function as well, but this way all code is in the same class.
@classmethod
def from_string(cls, value: str):
match = re.match(r'(\d{1,2})\.(\d{1,2})\.(\d{4})$', value)
if not match:
raise ValueError(f"Expected date in format 'dd.mm.yyyy', got '{value}'.")
day, month, year = match.groups()
return cls(int(year), int(month), int(day))
# Another custom type.
class UsDate(date):
@classmethod
def from_string(cls, value: str):
match = re.match(r'(\d{1,2})/(\d{1,2})/(\d{4})$', value)
if not match:
raise ValueError(f"Expected date in format 'mm/dd/yyyy', got '{value}'.")
month, day, year = match.groups()
return cls(int(year), int(month), int(day))
# Register converters using '@library' decorator.
@library(converters={FiDate: FiDate.from_string, UsDate: UsDate.from_string})
class Library:
# Uses custom converter supporting 'dd.mm.yyyy' format.
@keyword
def finnish(self, arg: FiDate):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
# Uses custom converter supporting 'mm/dd/yyyy' format.
@keyword
def us(self, arg: UsDate):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
# Uses IS0-8601 compatible default conversion.
@keyword
def iso_8601(self, arg: date):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
# Accepts date in different formats.
@keyword
def any(self, arg: Union[FiDate, UsDate, date]):
print(f'year: {arg.year}, month: {arg.month}, day: {arg.day}')
Information about converters is added to outputs produced by Libdoc automatically. This information includes the name of the type, accepted values (if specified using type hints) and documentation. Type information is automatically linked to all keywords using these types.
Used documentation is got from the converter function by default. If it does not have any documentation, documentation is got from the type. Both of these approaches to add documentation to converters in the previous example thus produce the same result:
class FiDate(date):
@classmethod
def from_string(cls, value: str):
"""Date in ``dd.mm.yyyy`` format."""
# ...
class UsDate(date):
"""Date in ``mm/dd/yyyy`` format."""
@classmethod
def from_string(cls, value: str):
# ...
Adding documentation is in general recommended to provide users more information about conversion. It is especially important to document converter functions registered for existing types, because their own documentation is likely not very useful in this context.
@keyword
decoratorAlthough Robot Framework gets lot of information about keywords automatically,
such as their names and arguments, there are sometimes needs to configure this
information further. This is typically easiest done by using the
robot.api.deco.keyword
decorator. It has several useful usages that are
explained thoroughly elsewhere and only listened here as a reference:
@not_keyword
decoratorThe robot.api.deco.not_keyword
decorator can be used for
disabling functions or methods becoming keywords.
When implementing keywords, it is sometimes useful to modify them with Python decorators. However, decorators often modify function signatures and can thus confuse Robot Framework's introspection when determining which arguments keywords accept. This is especially problematic when creating library documentation with Libdoc and when using external tools like RIDE. The easiest way to avoid this problem is decorating the decorator itself using functools.wraps. Other solutions include using external modules like decorator and wrapt that allow creating fully signature-preserving decorators.
Note
Support for "unwrapping" decorators decorated with functools.wraps
is a new feature in Robot Framework 3.2.
Library keywords can also accept arguments which are passed using the embedded argument syntax. The @keyword decorator can be used to create a custom keyword name for the keyword which includes the desired syntax.
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword('Add ${quantity:\d+} copies of ${item} to cart')
def add_copies_to_cart(quantity, item):
# ...
*** Test Cases ***
My Test
Add 7 copies of coffee to cart
By default arguments are passed to implementing keywords as strings, but automatic argument conversion works if type information is specified somehow. It is convenient to use function annotations, and alternatively it is possible to pass types to the @keyword decorator. This example uses annotations:
@keyword('Add ${quantity:\d+} copies of ${item} to cart')
def add_copies_to_cart(quantity: int, item):
# ...
Note
Automatic type conversion is new in Robot Framework 3.1.
After a method implementing a keyword is called, it can use any mechanism to communicate with the system under test. It can then also send messages to Robot Framework's log file, return information that can be saved to variables and, most importantly, report if the keyword passed or not.
Reporting keyword status is done simply using exceptions. If an executed
method raises an exception, the keyword status is FAIL
, and if it
returns normally, the status is PASS
.
Normal execution failures and errors can be reported using the standard exceptions
such as AssertionError
, ValueError
and RuntimeError
. There are, however, some
special cases explained in the subsequent sections where special exceptions are needed.
The error message shown in logs, reports and the console is created
from the exception type and its message. With generic exceptions (for
example, AssertionError
, Exception
, and
RuntimeError
), only the exception message is used, and with
others, the message is created in the format ExceptionType:
Actual message
.
It is possible to avoid adding the
exception type as a prefix to failure message also with non generic exceptions.
This is done by adding a special ROBOT_SUPPRESS_NAME
attribute with
value True
to your exception.
Python:
class MyError(RuntimeError):
ROBOT_SUPPRESS_NAME = True
In all cases, it is important for the users that the exception message is as informative as possible.
It is also possible to have HTML formatted
error messages by starting the message with text *HTML*
:
raise AssertionError("*HTML* <a href='robotframework.org'>Robot Framework</a> rulez!!")
This method can be used both when raising an exception in a library, like in the example above, and when users provide an error message in the test data.
If the error message is longer than 40 lines, it will be automatically cut from the middle to prevent reports from getting too long and difficult to read. The full error message is always shown in the log message of the failed keyword.
The traceback of the exception is also logged using DEBUG
log level.
These messages are not visible in log files by default because they are very
rarely interesting for normal users. When developing libraries, it is often a
good idea to run tests using --loglevel DEBUG
.
Robot Framework provides some exceptions that libraries can use for reporting failures and other events. These exceptions are exposed via the robot.api package and contain the following:
Failure
AssertionError
. The main benefit of using this
exception is that its name is consistent with other provided exceptions.Error
Failure
exception or the standard
AssertionError
. This exception can be used, for example, if the keyword is used
incorrectly. There is no practical difference, other than consistent naming with
other provided exceptions, compared to using this exception and the standard
RuntimeError
.ContinuableFailure
SkipExecution
FatalError
Note
All these exceptions are new in Robot Framework 4.0. Other features than skipping tests, which is also new in Robot Framework 4.0, are available by other means in earlier versions.
It is possible to continue test execution even when there are failures.
The easiest way to do that is using the provided robot.api.ContinuableFailure
exception:
from robot.api import ContinuableFailure
def example_keyword():
if something_is_wrong():
raise ContinuableFailure('Something is wrong but execution can continue.')
...
An alternative is creating a custom exception that has a special
ROBOT_CONTINUE_ON_FAILURE
attribute set to a True
value.
This is demonstrated by the example below.
class MyContinuableError(RuntimeError):
ROBOT_CONTINUE_ON_FAILURE = True
It is possible to skip tests with a library keyword. The easiest way to
do that is using the provided robot.api.SkipExecution
exception:
from robot.api import SkipExecution
def example_keyword():
if test_should_be_skipped():
raise SkipExecution('Cannot proceed, skipping test.')
...
An alternative is creating a custom exception that has a special
ROBOT_SKIP_EXECUTION
attribute set to a True
value.
This is demonstrated by the example below.
class MySkippingError(RuntimeError):
ROBOT_SKIP_EXECUTION = True
It is possible to fail a test case so that the whole test execution is
stopped. The easiest way to accomplish this is using the provided
robot.api.FatalError
exception:
from robot.api import FatalError
def example_keyword():
if system_is_not_running():
raise FatalError('System is not running!')
...
In addition to using the robot.api.FatalError
exception, it is possible create
a custom exception that has a special ROBOT_EXIT_ON_FAILURE
attribute set to
a True
value. This is illustrated by the example below.
class MyFatalError(RuntimeError):
ROBOT_EXIT_ON_FAILURE = True
Exception messages are not the only way to give information to the users. In addition to them, methods can also send messages to log files simply by writing to the standard output stream (stdout) or to the standard error stream (stderr), and they can even use different log levels. Another, and often better, logging possibility is using the programmatic logging APIs.
By default, everything written by a method into the standard output is
written to the log file as a single entry with the log level
INFO
. Messages written into the standard error are handled
similarly otherwise, but they are echoed back to the original stderr
after the keyword execution has finished. It is thus possible to use
the stderr if you need some messages to be visible on the console where
tests are executed.
To use other log levels than INFO
, or to create several
messages, specify the log level explicitly by embedding the level into
the message in the format *LEVEL* Actual log message
, where
*LEVEL*
must be in the beginning of a line and LEVEL
is
one of the available logging levels TRACE
, DEBUG
,
INFO
, WARN
, ERROR
and HTML
.
Messages with ERROR
or WARN
level are automatically written to the
console and a separate Test Execution Errors section in the log
files. This makes these messages more visible than others and allows
using them for reporting important but non-critical problems to users.
Everything normally logged by the library will be converted into a
format that can be safely represented as HTML. For example,
<b>foo</b>
will be displayed in the log exactly like that and
not as foo. If libraries want to use formatting, links, display
images and so on, they can use a special pseudo log level
HTML
. Robot Framework will write these messages directly into
the log with the INFO
level, so they can use any HTML syntax
they want. Notice that this feature needs to be used with care,
because, for example, one badly placed </table>
tag can ruin
the log file quite badly.
When using the public logging API, various logging methods
have optional html
attribute that can be set to True
to enable logging in HTML format.
By default messages logged via the standard output or error streams get their timestamps when the executed keyword ends. This means that the timestamps are not accurate and debugging problems especially with longer running keywords can be problematic.
Keywords have a possibility to add an accurate timestamp to the messages they log if there is a need. The timestamp must be given as milliseconds since the Unix epoch and it must be placed after the log level separated from it with a colon:
*INFO:1308435758660* Message with timestamp *HTML:1308435758661* <b>HTML</b> message with timestamp
As illustrated by the examples below, adding the timestamp is easy. It is, however, even easier to get accurate timestamps using the programmatic logging APIs. A big benefit of adding timestamps explicitly is that this approach works also with the remote library interface.
import time
def example_keyword():
print('*INFO:%d* Message with timestamp' % (time.time()*1000))
If libraries need to write something to the console they have several options. As already discussed, warnings and all messages written to the standard error stream are written both to the log file and to the console. Both of these options have a limitation that the messages end up to the console only after the currently executing keyword finishes.
Another option is writing messages to sys.__stdout__
or sys.__stderr__
.
When using this approach, messages are written to the console immediately
and are not written to the log file at all:
import sys
def my_keyword(arg):
sys.__stdout__.write('Got arg %s\n' % arg)
The final option is using the public logging API:
from robot.api import logger
def log_to_console(arg):
logger.console('Got arg %s' % arg)
def log_to_console_and_log_file(arg):
logger.info('Got arg %s' % arg, also_console=True)
In most cases, the INFO
level is adequate. The levels below it,
DEBUG
and TRACE
, are useful for writing debug information.
These messages are normally not shown, but they can facilitate debugging
possible problems in the library itself. The WARN
or ERROR
level can
be used to make messages more visible and HTML
is useful if any
kind of formatting is needed.
The following examples clarify how logging with different levels works.
print('Hello from a library.')
print('*WARN* Warning from a library.')
print('*ERROR* Something unexpected happen that may indicate a problem in the test.')
print('*INFO* Hello again!')
print('This will be part of the previous message.')
print('*INFO* This is a new message.')
print('*INFO* This is <b>normal text</b>.')
print('*HTML* This is <b>bold</b>.')
print('*HTML* <a href="http://robotframework.org">Robot Framework</a>')
Programmatic APIs provide somewhat cleaner way to log information than using the standard output and error streams.
Robot Framework has a Python based logging API for writing
messages to the log file and to the console. Test libraries can use
this API like logger.info('My message')
instead of logging
through the standard output like print('*INFO* My message')
. In
addition to a programmatic interface being a lot cleaner to use, this
API has a benefit that the log messages have accurate timestamps.
The public logging API is thoroughly documented as part of the API documentation at https://robot-framework.readthedocs.org. Below is a simple usage example:
from robot.api import logger
def my_keyword(arg):
logger.debug('Got argument %s' % arg)
do_something()
logger.info('<i>This</i> is a boring example', html=True)
logger.console('Hello, console!')
An obvious limitation is that test libraries using this logging API have a dependency to Robot Framework. If Robot Framework is not running, the messages are redirected automatically to Python's standard logging module.
logging
moduleIn addition to the new public logging API, Robot Framework offers a built-in support to Python's standard logging module. This works so that all messages that are received by the root logger of the module are automatically propagated to Robot Framework's log file. Also this API produces log messages with accurate timestamps, but logging HTML messages or writing messages to the console are not supported. A big benefit, illustrated also by the simple example below, is that using this logging API creates no dependency to Robot Framework.
import logging
def my_keyword(arg):
logging.debug('Got argument %s' % arg)
do_something()
logging.info('This is a boring example')
The logging
module has slightly different log levels than
Robot Framework. Its levels DEBUG
, INFO
, WARNING
and ERROR
are mapped
directly to the matching Robot Framework log levels, and CRITICAL
is mapped to ERROR
. Custom log levels are mapped to the closest
standard level smaller than the custom level. For example, a level
between INFO
and WARNING
is mapped to Robot Framework's INFO
level.
Libraries can also log during the test library import and initialization.
These messages do not appear in the log file like the normal log messages,
but are instead written to the syslog. This allows logging any kind of
useful debug information about the library initialization. Messages logged
using the WARN
or ERROR
levels are also visible in the test execution errors
section in the log file.
Logging during the import and initialization is possible both using the standard output and error streams and the programmatic logging APIs. Both of these are demonstrated below.
Library logging using the logging API during import:
from robot.api import logger
logger.debug("Importing library")
def keyword():
# ...
Note
If you log something during initialization, i.e. in Python
__init__
, the messages may be
logged multiple times depending on the library scope.
The final way for keywords to communicate back to the core framework is returning information retrieved from the system under test or generated by some other means. The returned values can be assigned to variables in the test data and then used as inputs for other keywords, even from different test libraries.
Values are returned using the return
statement in methods. Normally,
one value is assigned into one scalar variable, as illustrated in
the example below. This example
also illustrates that it is possible to return any objects and to use
extended variable syntax to access object attributes.
from mymodule import MyObject
def return_string():
return "Hello, world!"
def return_object(name):
return MyObject(name)
*** Test Cases ***
Returning one value
${string} = Return String
Should Be Equal ${string} Hello, world!
${object} = Return Object Robot
Should Be Equal ${object.name} Robot
Keywords can also return values so that they can be assigned into several scalar variables at once, into a list variable, or into scalar variables and a list variable. All these usages require that returned values are lists or list-like objects.
def return_two_values():
return 'first value', 'second value'
def return_multiple_values():
return ['a', 'list', 'of', 'strings']
*** Test Cases ***
Returning multiple values
${var1} ${var2} = Return Two Values
Should Be Equal ${var1} first value
Should Be Equal ${var2} second value
@{list} = Return Two Values
Should Be Equal @{list}[0] first value
Should Be Equal @{list}[1] second value
${s1} ${s2} @{li} = Return Multiple Values
Should Be Equal ${s1} ${s2} a list
Should Be Equal @{li}[0] @{li}[1] of strings
If a library uses threads, it should generally communicate with the framework only from the main thread. If a worker thread has, for example, a failure to report or something to log, it should pass the information first to the main thread, which can then use exceptions or other mechanisms explained in this section for communication with the framework.
This is especially important when threads are run on background while other keywords are running. Results of communicating with the framework in that case are undefined and can in the worst case cause a crash or a corrupted output file. If a keyword starts something on background, there should be another keyword that checks the status of the worker thread and reports gathered information accordingly.
Messages logged by non-main threads using the normal logging methods from programmatic logging APIs are silently ignored.
There is also a BackgroundLogger
in separate robotbackgroundlogger project,
with a similar API as the standard robot.api.logger
. Normal logging
methods will ignore messages from other than main thread, but the
BackgroundLogger
will save the background messages so that they can be later
logged to Robot's log.
A test library without documentation about what keywords it contains and what those keywords do is rather useless. To ease maintenance, it is highly recommended that library documentation is included in the source code and generated from it. Basically, that means using docstrings as in the example below.
class MyLibrary:
"""This is an example library with some documentation."""
def keyword_with_short_documentation(self, argument):
"""This keyword has only a short documentation"""
pass
def keyword_with_longer_documentation(self):
"""First line of the documentation is here.
Longer documentation continues here and it can contain
multiple lines or paragraphs.
"""
pass
Python has tools for creating an API documentation of a library documented as above. However, outputs from these tools can be slightly technical for some users. Another alternative is using Robot Framework's own documentation tool Libdoc. This tool can create a library documentation from libraries using the static library API, such as the ones above, but it also handles libraries using the dynamic library API and hybrid library API.
The first logical line of a keyword documentation, until the first empty line, is used for a special purpose and should contain a short overall description of the keyword. It is used as a short documentation by Libdoc (for example, as a tool tip) and also shown in the test logs.
By default documentation is considered to follow Robot Framework's
documentation formatting rules. This simple format allows often used
styles like *bold*
and _italic_
, tables, lists, links, etc.
It is possible to use also HTML, plain
text and reStructuredText formats. See the Documentation format
section for information how to set the format in the library source code and
Libdoc chapter for more information about the formats in general.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, the short documentation contained only the first physical line of the keyword documentation.
Any non-trivial test library needs to be thoroughly tested to prevent bugs in them. Of course, this testing should be automated to make it easy to rerun tests when libraries are changed.
Python has excellent unit testing tools, and they suite very well for testing libraries. There are no major differences in using them for this purpose compared to using them for some other testing. The developers familiar with these tools do not need to learn anything new, and the developers not familiar with them should learn them anyway.
It is also easy to use Robot Framework itself for testing libraries and that way have actual end-to-end acceptance tests for them. There are plenty of useful keywords in the BuiltIn library for this purpose. One worth mentioning specifically is Run Keyword And Expect Error, which is useful for testing that keywords report errors correctly.
Whether to use a unit- or acceptance-level testing approach depends on the context. If there is a need to simulate the actual system under test, it is often easier on the unit level. On the other hand, acceptance tests ensure that keywords do work through Robot Framework. If you cannot decide, of course it is possible to use both the approaches.
After a library is implemented, documented, and tested, it still needs to be distributed to the users. With simple libraries consisting of a single file, it is often enough to ask the users to copy that file somewhere and set the module search path accordingly. More complicated libraries should be packaged to make the installation easier.
Since libraries are normal programming code, they can be packaged using normal packaging tools. For information about packaging and distributing Python code see https://packaging.python.org/. When such a package is installed using pip or other tools, it is automatically in the module search path.
Sometimes there is a need to replace existing keywords with new ones or remove them altogether. Just informing the users about the change may not always be enough, and it is more efficient to get warnings at runtime. To support that, Robot Framework has a capability to mark keywords deprecated. This makes it easier to find old keywords from the test data and remove or replace them.
Keywords can be deprecated by starting their documentation with text
*DEPRECATED
, case-sensitive, and having a closing *
also on the first
line of the documentation. For example, *DEPRECATED*
, *DEPRECATED.*
, and
*DEPRECATED in version 1.5.*
are all valid markers.
When a deprecated keyword is executed, a deprecation warning is logged and
the warning is shown also in the console and the Test Execution Errors
section in log files. The deprecation warning starts with text Keyword
'<name>' is deprecated.
and has rest of the short documentation after
the deprecation marker, if any, afterwards. For example, if the following
keyword is executed, there will be a warning like shown below in the log file.
def example_keyword(argument):
"""*DEPRECATED!!* Use keyword `Other Keyword` instead.
This keyword does something to given ``argument`` and returns results.
"""
return do_something(argument)
This deprecation system works with most test libraries and also with user keywords.
The dynamic API is in most ways similar to the static API. For example, reporting the keyword status, logging, and returning values works exactly the same way. Most importantly, there are no differences in importing dynamic libraries and using their keywords compared to other libraries. In other words, users do not need to know what APIs their libraries use.
Only differences between static and dynamic libraries are how Robot Framework discovers what keywords a library implements, what arguments and documentation these keywords have, and how the keywords are actually executed. With the static API, all this is done using reflection, but dynamic libraries have special methods that are used for these purposes.
One of the benefits of the dynamic API is that you have more flexibility in organizing your library. With the static API, you must have all keywords in one class or module, whereas with the dynamic API, you can, for example, implement each keyword as a separate class. This use case is not so important with Python, though, because its dynamic capabilities and multi-inheritance already give plenty of flexibility, and there is also possibility to use the hybrid library API.
Another major use case for the dynamic API is implementing a library so that it works as proxy for an actual library possibly running on some other process or even on another machine. This kind of a proxy library can be very thin, and because keyword names and all other information is got dynamically, there is no need to update the proxy when new keywords are added to the actual library.
This section explains how the dynamic API works between Robot
Framework and dynamic libraries. It does not matter for Robot
Framework how these libraries are actually implemented (for example,
how calls to the run_keyword
method are mapped to a correct
keyword implementation), and many different approaches are
possible.
Python users may also find the PythonLibCore project useful.
Dynamic libraries tell what keywords they implement with the
get_keyword_names
method. This
method cannot take any arguments, and it must return a list or array
of strings containing the names of the keywords that the library implements.
If the returned keyword names contain several words, they can be returned
separated with spaces or underscores, or in the camelCase format. For
example, ['first keyword', 'second keyword']
,
['first_keyword', 'second_keyword']
, and
['firstKeyword', 'secondKeyword']
would all be mapped to keywords
First Keyword and Second Keyword.
Dynamic libraries must always have this method. If it is missing, or if calling it fails for some reason, the library is considered a static library.
If a dynamic library should contain both methods which are meant to be keywords
and methods which are meant to be private helper methods, it may be wise to
mark the keyword methods as such so it is easier to implement get_keyword_names
.
The robot.api.deco.keyword
decorator allows an easy way to do this since it
creates a custom 'robot_name' attribute on the decorated method.
This allows generating the list of keywords just by checking for the robot_name
attribute on every method in the library during get_keyword_names
.
from robot.api.deco import keyword
class DynamicExample:
def get_keyword_names(self):
# Get all attributes and their values from the library.
attributes = [(name, getattr(self, name)) for name in dir(self)]
# Filter out attributes that do not have 'robot_name' set.
keywords = [(name, value) for name, value in attributes
if hasattr(value, 'robot_name')]
# Return value of 'robot_name', if given, or the original 'name'.
return [value.robot_name or name for name, value in keywords]
def helper_method(self):
# ...
@keyword
def keyword_method(self):
# ...
Dynamic libraries have a special run_keyword
(alias runKeyword
)
method for executing their keywords. When a keyword from a dynamic
library is used in the test data, Robot Framework uses the run_keyword
method to get it executed. This method takes two or three arguments.
The first argument is a string containing the name of the keyword to be
executed in the same format as returned by get_keyword_names
. The second
argument is a list of positional arguments given to the keyword in
the test data, and the optional third argument is a dictionary
containing named arguments. If the third argument is missing, free named
arguments and named-only arguments are not supported, and other
named arguments are mapped to positional arguments.
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, normal named arguments were
mapped to positional arguments regardless did run_keyword
accept two or three arguments. The third argument only got
possible free named arguments.
After getting keyword name and arguments, the library can execute
the keyword freely, but it must use the same mechanism to
communicate with the framework as static libraries. This means using
exceptions for reporting keyword status, logging by writing to
the standard output or by using the provided logging APIs, and using
the return statement in run_keyword
for returning something.
Every dynamic library must have both the get_keyword_names
and
run_keyword
methods but rest of the methods in the dynamic
API are optional. The example below shows a working, albeit
trivial, dynamic library.
class DynamicExample:
def get_keyword_names(self):
return ['first keyword', 'second keyword']
def run_keyword(self, name, args, kwargs):
print("Running keyword '%s' with positional arguments %s and named arguments %s."
% (name, args, kwargs))
If a dynamic library only implements the get_keyword_names
and
run_keyword
methods, Robot Framework does not have any information
about the arguments that the implemented keywords accept. For example,
both First Keyword and Second Keyword in the example above
could be used with any arguments. This is problematic,
because most real keywords expect a certain number of keywords, and
under these circumstances they would need to check the argument counts
themselves.
Dynamic libraries can communicate what arguments their keywords expect
by using the get_keyword_arguments
(alias getKeywordArguments
) method.
This method gets the name of a keyword as an argument, and it must return
a list of strings containing the arguments accepted by that keyword.
Similarly as other keywords, dynamic keywords can require any number of positional arguments, have default values, accept variable number of arguments, accept free named arguments and have named-only arguments. The syntax how to represent all these different variables is derived from how they are specified in Python and explained in the following table.
Argument type | How to represent | Examples |
---|---|---|
No arguments | Empty list. | [] |
One or more positional argument | List of strings containing argument names. | ['argument'] ,
['arg1', 'arg2', 'arg3'] |
Default values | Two ways how to represent the argument name and the default value:
|
|
Variable number of arguments (varargs) | Argument after possible
positional arguments and
their defaults has *
prefix. |
['*varargs'] ,
['argument', '*rest'] ,
['a', 'b=42', '*c'] |
Free named arguments (kwargs) | Last arguments has **
prefix. Requires
run_keyword to support
free named arguments. |
['**named'] ,
['a', 'b=42', '**c'] ,
['*varargs', '**kwargs'] |
Named-only arguments | Arguments after varargs or
a lone * if there are no
varargs. With or without
defaults. Requires
run_keyword to support
named-only arguments.
New in Robot Framework 3.1. |
['*varargs', 'named'] ,
['*', 'named'],
`['*', 'x', 'y=default'] ,
['a', '*b', 'c', '**d'] |
When the get_keyword_arguments
is used, Robot Framework automatically
calculates how many positional arguments the keyword requires and does it
support free named arguments or not. If a keyword is used with invalid
arguments, an error occurs and run_keyword
is not even called.
The actual argument names and default values that are returned are also important. They are needed for named argument support and the Libdoc tool needs them to be able to create a meaningful library documentation.
As explained in the above table, default values can be specified with argument
names either as a string like 'name=default'
or as a tuple like
('name', 'default')
. The main problem with the former syntax is that all
default values are considered strings whereas the latter syntax allows using
all objects like ('inteter', 1)
or ('boolean', True)
. When using other
objects than strings, Robot Framework can do automatic argument conversion
based on them.
For consistency reasons, also arguments that do not accept default values can
be specified as one item tuples. For example, ['a', 'b=c', '*d']
and
[('a',), ('b', 'c'), ('*d',)]
are equivalent.
If get_keyword_arguments
is missing or returns Python None
for a certain
keyword, that keyword gets an argument specification
accepting all arguments. This automatic argument spec is either
[*varargs, **kwargs]
or [*varargs]
, depending does
run_keyword
support free named arguments or not.
Note
Support to specify arguments as tuples like ('name', 'default')
is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Robot Framework 3.1 introduced support for automatic argument conversion and the dynamic library API supports that as well. The conversion logic works exactly like with static libraries, but how the type information is specified is naturally different.
With dynamic libraries types can be returned using the optional
get_keyword_types
method (alias getKeywordTypes
). It can return types
using a list or a dictionary exactly like types can be specified when using
the @keyword decorator. Type information can be specified using actual
types like int
, but especially if a dynamic library gets this information
from external systems, using strings like 'int'
or 'integer'
may be
easier. See the Supported conversions section for more information about
supported types and how to specify them.
Robot Framework does automatic argument conversion also based on the
argument default values. Earlier this did not work with the dynamic API
because it was possible to specify arguments only as strings. As
discussed in the previous section, this was changed in Robot Framework
3.2 and nowadays default values returned like ('example', True)
are
automatically used for this purpose.
Dynamic libraries can report keyword
tags by using the get_keyword_tags
method (alias getKeywordTags
). It
gets a keyword name as an argument, and should return corresponding tags
as a list of strings.
Alternatively it is possible to specify tags on the last row of the
documentation returned by the get_keyword_documentation
method discussed
below. This requires starting the last row with Tags:
and listing tags
after it like Tags: first tag, second, third
.
Tip
The get_keyword_tags
method is guaranteed to be called before
the get_keyword_documentation
method. This makes it easy to
embed tags into the documentation only if the get_keyword_tags
method is not called.
If dynamic libraries want to provide keyword documentation, they can implement
the get_keyword_documentation
method (alias getKeywordDocumentation
). It
takes a keyword name as an argument and, as the method name implies, returns
its documentation as a string.
The returned documentation is used similarly as the keyword
documentation string with static libraries.
The main use case is getting keywords' documentations into a
library documentation generated by Libdoc. Additionally,
the first line of the documentation (until the first \n
) is
shown in test logs.
The get_keyword_documentation
method can also be used for
specifying overall library documentation. This documentation is not
used when tests are executed, but it can make the documentation
generated by Libdoc much better.
Dynamic libraries can provide both general library documentation and
documentation related to taking the library into use. The former is
got by calling get_keyword_documentation
with special value
__intro__
, and the latter is got using value
__init__
. How the documentation is presented is best tested
with Libdoc in practice.
Dynamic libraries can also specify the general library
documentation directly in the code as the docstring of the library
class and its __init__
method. If a non-empty documentation is
got both directly from the code and from the
get_keyword_documentation
method, the latter has precedence.
The dynamic API masks the real implementation of keywords from Robot Framework
and thus makes it impossible to see where keywords are implemented. This
means that editors and other tools utilizing Robot Framework APIs cannot
implement features such as go-to-definition. This problem can be solved by
implementing yet another optional dynamic method named get_keyword_source
(alias getKeywordSource
) that returns the source information.
The return value from the get_keyword_source
method must be a string or
None
if no source information is available. In the simple
case it is enough to simply return an absolute path to the file implementing
the keyword. If the line number where the keyword implementation starts
is known, it can be embedded to the return value like path:lineno
.
Returning only the line number is possible like :lineno
.
The source information of the library itself is got automatically from the imported library class the same way as with other library APIs. The library source path is used with all keywords that do not have their own source path defined.
Note
Returning source information for keywords is a new feature in Robot Framework 3.2.
Also the dynamic library API supports
the named argument syntax. Using the syntax works based on the
argument names and default values got from the library using the
get_keyword_arguments
method.
If the run_keyword
method accepts three arguments, the second argument
gets all positional arguments as a list and the last arguments gets all
named arguments as a mapping. If it accepts only two arguments, named
arguments are mapped to positional arguments. In the latter case, if
a keyword has multiple arguments with default values and only some of
the latter ones are given, the framework fills the skipped optional
arguments based on the default values returned by the get_keyword_arguments
method.
Using the named argument syntax with dynamic libraries is illustrated
by the following examples. All the examples use a keyword Dynamic
that has an argument specification [a, b=d1, c=d2]
. The comment on each row
shows how run_keyword
would be called in these cases if it has two arguments
(i.e. signature is name, args
) and if it has three arguments (i.e.
name, args, kwargs
).
*** Test Cases *** # args # args, kwargs
Positional only
Dynamic x # [x] # [x], {}
Dynamic x y # [x, y] # [x, y], {}
Dynamic x y z # [x, y, z] # [x, y, z], {}
Named only
Dynamic a=x # [x] # [], {a: x}
Dynamic c=z a=x b=y # [x, y, z] # [], {a: x, b: y, c: z}
Positional and named
Dynamic x b=y # [x, y] # [x], {b: y}
Dynamic x y c=z # [x, y, z] # [x, y], {c: z}
Dynamic x b=y c=z # [x, y, z] # [x], {y: b, c: z}
Intermediate missing
Dynamic x c=z # [x, d1, z] # [x], {c: z}
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, all normal named arguments were
mapped to positional arguments and the optional kwargs
was
only used with free named arguments. With the above examples
run_keyword
was always called like it is nowadays called if
it does not support kwargs
.
Dynamic libraries can also support
free named arguments (**named
). A mandatory precondition for
this support is that the run_keyword
method takes three arguments:
the third one will get the free named arguments along with possible other
named arguments. These arguments are passed to the keyword as a mapping.
What arguments a keyword accepts depends on what get_keyword_arguments
returns for it. If the last argument starts with **
, that keyword is
recognized to accept free named arguments.
Using the free named argument syntax with dynamic libraries is illustrated
by the following examples. All the examples use a keyword Dynamic
that has an argument specification [a=d1, b=d2, **named]
. The comment shows
the arguments that the run_keyword
method is actually called with.
*** Test Cases *** # args, kwargs
No arguments
Dynamic # [], {}
Positional only
Dynamic x # [x], {}
Dynamic x y # [x, y], {}
Free named only
Dynamic x=1 # [], {x: 1}
Dynamic x=1 y=2 z=3 # [], {x: 1, y: 2, z: 3}
Free named with positional
Dynamic x y=2 # [x], {y: 2}
Dynamic x y=2 z=3 # [x], {y: 2, z: 3}
Free named with normal named
Dynamic a=1 x=1 # [], {a: 1, x: 1}
Dynamic b=2 x=1 a=1 # [], {a: 1, b: 2, x: 1}
Note
Prior to Robot Framework 3.1, normal named arguments were mapped
to positional arguments but nowadays they are part of the
kwargs
along with the free named arguments.
Starting from Robot Framework 3.1, dynamic libraries can have named-only
arguments. This requires that the run_keyword
method takes three
arguments: the third getting the named-only arguments along with the other
named arguments.
In the argument specification returned by the get_keyword_arguments
method named-only arguments are specified after possible variable number
of arguments (*varargs
) or a lone asterisk (*
) if the keyword does not
accept varargs. Named-only arguments can have default values, and the order
of arguments with and without default values does not matter.
Using the named-only argument syntax with dynamic libraries is illustrated
by the following examples. All the examples use a keyword Dynamic
that has been specified to have argument specification
[positional=default, *varargs, named, named2=default, **free]
. The comment
shows the arguments that the run_keyword
method is actually called with.
*** Test Cases *** # args, kwargs
Named-only only
Dynamic named=value # [], {named: value}
Dynamic named=value named2=2 # [], {named: value, named2: 2}
Named-only with positional and varargs
Dynamic argument named=xxx # [argument], {named: xxx}
Dynamic a1 a2 named=3 # [a1, a2], {named: 3}
Named-only with normal named
Dynamic named=foo positional=bar # [], {positional: bar, named: foo}
Named-only with free named
Dynamic named=value foo=bar # [], {named: value, foo=bar}
Dynamic named2=2 third=3 named=1 # [], {named: 1, named2: 2, third: 3}
All special methods in the dynamic API are listed in the table below. Method names are listed in the underscore format, but their camelCase aliases work exactly the same way.
Name | Arguments | Purpose |
---|---|---|
get_keyword_names |
Return names of the implemented keywords. | |
run_keyword |
name, arguments, kwargs |
Execute the specified keyword with given arguments. kwargs is optional. |
get_keyword_arguments |
name |
Return keywords' argument specification. Optional method. |
get_keyword_types |
name |
Return keywords' argument type information. Optional method. New in RF 3.1. |
get_keyword_tags |
name |
Return keywords' tags. Optional method. |
get_keyword_documentation |
name |
Return keywords' and library's documentation. Optional method. |
get_keyword_source |
name |
Return keywords' source. Optional method. New in RF 3.2. |
A good example of using the dynamic API is Robot Framework's own Remote library.
The hybrid library API is, as its name implies, a hybrid between the static API and the dynamic API. Just as with the dynamic API, it is possible to implement a library using the hybrid API only as a class.
Keyword names are got in the exactly same way as with the dynamic
API. In practice, the library needs to have the
get_keyword_names
or getKeywordNames
method returning
a list of keyword names that the library implements.
In the hybrid API, there is no run_keyword
method for executing
keywords. Instead, Robot Framework uses reflection to find methods
implementing keywords, similarly as with the static API. A library
using the hybrid API can either have those methods implemented
directly or, more importantly, it can handle them dynamically.
In Python, it is easy to handle missing methods dynamically with the
__getattr__
method. This special method is probably familiar
to most Python programmers and they can immediately understand the
following example. Others may find it easier to consult Python Reference
Manual first.
from somewhere import external_keyword
class HybridExample:
def get_keyword_names(self):
return ['my_keyword', 'external_keyword']
def my_keyword(self, arg):
print("My Keyword called with '%s'" % arg)
def __getattr__(self, name):
if name == 'external_keyword':
return external_keyword
raise AttributeError("Non-existing attribute '%s'" % name)
Note that __getattr__
does not execute the actual keyword like
run_keyword
does with the dynamic API. Instead, it only
returns a callable object that is then executed by Robot Framework.
Another point to be noted is that Robot Framework uses the same names that
are returned from get_keyword_names
for finding the methods
implementing them. Thus the names of the methods that are implemented in
the class itself must be returned in the same format as they are
defined. For example, the library above would not work correctly, if
get_keyword_names
returned My Keyword
instead of
my_keyword
.
When this API is used, Robot Framework uses reflection to find the methods implementing keywords, similarly as with the static API. After getting a reference to the method, it searches for arguments and documentation from it, in the same way as when using the static API. Thus there is no need for special methods for getting arguments and documentation like there is with the dynamic API.
When implementing a test library, the hybrid API has the same
dynamic capabilities as the actual dynamic API. A great benefit with it is
that there is no need to have special methods for getting keyword
arguments and documentation. It is also often practical that the only real
dynamic keywords need to be handled in __getattr__
and others
can be implemented directly in the main library class.
Because of the clear benefits and equal capabilities, the hybrid API is in most cases a better alternative than the dynamic API. One notable exception is implementing a library as a proxy for an actual library implementation elsewhere, because then the actual keyword must be executed elsewhere and the proxy can only pass forward the keyword name and arguments.
A good example of using the hybrid API is Robot Framework's own Telnet library.
Test libraries can use Robot Framework's internal modules, for example, to get information about the executed tests and the settings that are used. This powerful mechanism to communicate with the framework should be used with care, though, because all Robot Framework's APIs are not meant to be used by externally and they might change radically between different framework versions.
API documentation is hosted separately at the excellent Read the Docs service. If you are unsure how to use certain API or is using them forward compatible, please send a question to mailing list.
The safest API to use are methods implementing keywords in the
BuiltIn library. Changes to keywords are rare and they are always
done so that old usage is first deprecated. One of the most useful
methods is replace_variables
which allows accessing currently
available variables. The following example demonstrates how to get
${OUTPUT_DIR}
which is one of the many handy automatic
variables. It is also possible to set new variables from libraries
using set_test_variable
, set_suite_variable
and
set_global_variable
.
import os.path
from robot.libraries.BuiltIn import BuiltIn
def do_something(argument):
output = do_something_that_creates_a_lot_of_output(argument)
outputdir = BuiltIn().replace_variables('${OUTPUTDIR}')
path = os.path.join(outputdir, 'results.txt')
f = open(path, 'w')
f.write(output)
f.close()
print('*HTML* Output written to <a href="results.txt">results.txt</a>')
The only catch with using methods from BuiltIn
is that all
run_keyword
method variants must be handled specially.
Methods that use run_keyword
methods have to be registered
as run keywords themselves using register_run_keyword
method in BuiltIn
module. This method's documentation explains
why this needs to be done and obviously also how to do it.
This section explains different approaches how to add new functionality to existing test libraries and how to use them in your own libraries otherwise.
If you have access to the source code of the library you want to extend, you can naturally modify the source code directly. The biggest problem of this approach is that it can be hard for you to update the original library without affecting your changes. For users it may also be confusing to use a library that has different functionality than the original one. Repackaging the library may also be a big extra task.
This approach works extremely well if the enhancements are generic and you plan to submit them back to the original developers. If your changes are applied to the original library, they are included in the future releases and all the problems discussed above are mitigated. If changes are non-generic, or you for some other reason cannot submit them back, the approaches explained in the subsequent sections probably work better.
Another straightforward way to extend an existing library is using inheritance. This is illustrated by the example below that adds new Title Should Start With keyword to the SeleniumLibrary.
from SeleniumLibrary import SeleniumLibrary
class ExtendedSeleniumLibrary(SeleniumLibrary):
def title_should_start_with(self, expected):
title = self.get_title()
if not title.startswith(expected):
raise AssertionError("Title '%s' did not start with '%s'"
% (title, expected))
A big difference with this approach compared to modifying the original library is that the new library has a different name than the original. A benefit is that you can easily tell that you are using a custom library, but a big problem is that you cannot easily use the new library with the original. First of all your new library will have same keywords as the original meaning that there is always conflict. Another problem is that the libraries do not share their state.
This approach works well when you start to use a new library and want to add custom enhancements to it from the beginning. Otherwise other mechanisms explained in this section are probably better.
Because test libraries are technically just classes or modules, a simple way to use another library is importing it and using its methods. This approach works great when the methods are static and do not depend on the library state. This is illustrated by the earlier example that uses Robot Framework's BuiltIn library.
If the library has state, however, things may not work as you would hope. The library instance you use in your library will not be the same as the framework uses, and thus changes done by executed keywords are not visible to your library. The next section explains how to get an access to the same library instance that the framework uses.
BuiltIn keyword Get Library Instance can be used to get the currently active library instance from the framework itself. The library instance returned by this keyword is the same as the framework itself uses, and thus there is no problem seeing the correct library state. Although this functionality is available as a keyword, it is typically used in test libraries directly by importing the BuiltIn library class as discussed earlier. The following example illustrates how to implement the same Title Should Start With keyword as in the earlier example about using inheritance.
from robot.libraries.BuiltIn import BuiltIn
def title_should_start_with(expected):
seleniumlib = BuiltIn().get_library_instance('SeleniumLibrary')
title = seleniumlib.get_title()
if not title.startswith(expected):
raise AssertionError("Title '%s' did not start with '%s'"
% (title, expected))
This approach is clearly better than importing the library directly and using it when the library has a state. The biggest benefit over inheritance is that you can use the original library normally and use the new library in addition to it when needed. That is demonstrated in the example below where the code from the previous examples is expected to be available in a new library SeLibExtensions.
*** Settings ***
Library SeleniumLibrary
Library SeLibExtensions
*** Test Cases ***
Example
Open Browser http://example # SeleniumLibrary
Title Should Start With Example # SeLibExtensions
Test libraries that use the dynamic or hybrid library API often have their own systems how to extend them. With these libraries you need to ask guidance from the library developers or consult the library documentation or source code.
The remote library interface provides means for having test libraries on different machines than where Robot Framework itself is running, and also for implementing libraries using other languages than the natively supported Python. For a test library, user remote libraries look pretty much the same as any other test library, and developing test libraries using the remote library interface is also very close to creating normal test libraries.
There are two main reasons for using the remote library API:
The remote library interface is provided by the Remote library that is one of the standard libraries. This library does not have any keywords of its own, but it works as a proxy between the core framework and keywords implemented elsewhere. The Remote library interacts with actual library implementations through remote servers, and the Remote library and servers communicate using a simple remote protocol on top of an XML-RPC channel. The high level architecture of all this is illustrated in the picture below:
Note
The remote client uses Python's standard XML-RPC module. It does not support custom XML-RPC extensions implemented by some XML-RPC servers.
The Remote library needs to know the address of the remote server but otherwise importing it and using keywords that it provides is no different to how other libraries are used. If you need to use the Remote library multiple times in a test suite, or just want to give it a more descriptive name, you can import it using the WITH NAME syntax.
*** Settings ***
Library Remote http://127.0.0.1:8270 WITH NAME Example1
Library Remote http://example.com:8080/ WITH NAME Example2
Library Remote http://10.0.0.2/example 1 minute WITH NAME Example3
The URL used by the first example above is also the default address that the Remote library uses if no address is given.
The last example above shows how to give a custom timeout to the Remote library
as an optional second argument. The timeout is used when initially connecting
to the server and if a connection accidentally closes. Timeout can be
given in Robot Framework time format like 60s
or 2 minutes 10 seconds
.
The default timeout is typically several minutes, but it depends on the
operating system and its configuration. Notice that setting a timeout that
is shorter than keyword execution time will interrupt the keyword.
Note
Port 8270
is the default port that remote servers are expected
to use and it has been registered by IANA for this purpose.
This port number was selected because 82 and 70 are the ASCII codes
of letters R
and F
, respectively.
Note
When connecting to the local machine, it is recommended to use
IP address 127.0.0.1
instead of machine name localhost
. This
avoids address resolution that can be extremely slow at least on
Windows.
Note
If the URI contains no path after the server address, the XML-RPC
module used by the Remote library will use /RPC2
path by
default. In practice using http://127.0.0.1:8270
is thus identical
to using http://127.0.0.1:8270/RPC2
. Depending on the remote server
this may or may not be a problem. No extra path is appended if the
address has a path even if the path is just /
. For example, neither
http://127.0.0.1:8270/
nor http://127.0.0.1:8270/my/path
will be
modified.
Before the Remote library can be imported, the remote server providing the actual keywords must be started. If the server is started before launching the test execution, it is possible to use the normal Library setting like in the above example. Alternatively other keywords, for example from Process or SSH libraries, can start the server up, but then you may need to use Import Library keyword because the library is not available when the test execution starts.
How a remote server can be stopped depends on how it is implemented. Typically servers support the following methods:
stop_remote_server
method in their
XML-RPC interface.Ctrl-C
on the console where the server is running should
stop the server.Note
Servers may be configured so that users cannot stop it with
Stop Remote Server keyword or stop_remote_server
method.
Because the XML-RPC protocol does not support all possible object types, the values transferred between the Remote library and remote servers must be converted to compatible types. This applies to the keyword arguments the Remote library passes to remote servers and to the return values servers give back to the Remote library.
Both the Remote library and the Python remote server handle Python values according to the following rules. Other remote servers should behave similarly.
None
is converted to an empty string.${result.key}
. This works also with nested dictionaries like
${root.child.leaf}
.This section explains the protocol that is used between the Remote library and remote servers. This information is mainly targeted for people who want to create new remote servers.
The remote protocol is implemented on top of XML-RPC, which is a simple remote procedure call protocol using XML over HTTP. Most mainstream languages (Python, Java, C, Ruby, Perl, Javascript, PHP, ...) have a support for XML-RPC either built-in or as an extension.
The Python remote server can be used as a reference implementation.
There are two possibilities how remote servers can provide information about the keywords they contain. They are briefly explained below and documented more thoroughly in the subsequent sections.
get_keyword_names
method and optional get_keyword_arguments
,
get_keyword_types
, get_keyword_tags
and get_keyword_documentation
methods.
Notice that using "camel-case names" like getKeywordNames
is not
possible similarly as in the normal dynamic API.get_library_information
method that returns all library and keyword
information as a single dictionary. If a remote server has this method,
the other getter methods like get_keyword_names
are not used at all.
This approach has the benefit that there is only one XML-RPC call to get
information while the approach explained above requires several calls per
keyword. With bigger libraries the difference can be significant.Regardless how remote servers provide information about their keywords, they
must have run_keyword
method that is used when keywords are executed.
How the actual keywords are implemented is not relevant for the Remote
library. Remote servers can either act as wrappers for the real test
libraries, like the available generic remote servers do, or they can
implement keywords themselves.
Remote servers should additionally have stop_remote_server
method in their public interface to ease stopping them. They should
also automatically expose this method as Stop Remote Server
keyword to allow using it in the test data regardless of the test
library. Allowing users to stop the server is not always desirable,
and servers may support disabling this functionality somehow.
The method, and also the exposed keyword, should return True
or False
depending on whether stopping is allowed or not. That makes it
possible for external tools to know if stopping the server succeeded.
get_keyword_names
and keyword specific gettersThis section explains how the Remote library gets keyword names and other
information when the server implements get_keyword_names
. The next sections
covers using the newer get_library_info
method.
The get_keyword_names
method must return names of the keyword the server
contains as a list of strings. Remote servers can, and should, also implement
get_keyword_arguments
, get_keyword_types
, get_keyword_tags
and
get_keyword_documentation
methods to provide more information about
the keywords. All these methods take the name of the keyword as an argument
and what they must return is explained in the table below.
Method | Return value |
---|---|
get_keyword_arguments |
Arguments as a list of strings in the same format as with dynamic libraries. |
get_keyword_types |
Type information as a list or dictionary of strings. See below for details. |
get_keyword_documentation |
Documentation as a string. |
get_keyword_tags |
Tags as a list of strings. |
Type information used for argument conversion can be returned either as
a list mapping type names to arguments based on position or as a dictionary
mapping argument names to type names directly. In practice this works the same
way as when specifying types using the @keyword decorator with normal
libraries. The difference is that because the XML-RPC protocol does not support
arbitrary values, type information needs to be specified using type names
or aliases like 'int'
or 'integer'
, not using actual types like int
.
Additionally None
or null
values may not be allowed by the XML-RPC server,
but an empty string can be used to indicate that certain argument does not
have type information instead.
Argument conversion is supported also based on default values using the
same logic as with normal libraries. For this to work, arguments with
default values must be returned as tuples, not as strings, the same way
as with dynamic libraries. For example, argument conversion works if
argument information is returned like [('count', 1), ('caseless', True)]
but not if it is ['count=1', 'caseless=True']
.
Remote servers can also provide general library documentation to
be used when generating documentation with the Libdoc tool. This information
is got by calling get_keyword_documentation
with special values __intro__
and __init__
.
Note
get_keyword_types
is new in Robot Framework 3.1 and support for
argument conversion based on defaults is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
get_library_information
The get_library_information
method allows returning information about the whole
library in one XML-RPC call. The information must be returned as a dictionary where
keys are keyword names and values are nested dictionaries containing keyword information.
The dictionary can also contain separate entries for generic library information.
The keyword information dictionary can contain keyword arguments, documentation,
tags and types, and the respective keys are args
, doc
, tags
and types
.
Information must be provided using same semantics as when get_keyword_arguments
,
get_keyword_documentation
, get_keyword_tags
and get_keyword_types
discussed
in the previous section. If some information is not available, it can be omitted
from the info dictionary altogether.
get_library_information
supports also returning general library documentation
to be used with Libdoc. It is done by including special __intro__
and __init__
entries into the returned library information dictionary.
For example, a Python library like
"""Library documentation."""
from robot.api.deco import keyword
@keyword(tags=['x', 'y'])
def example(a: int, b=True):
"""Keyword documentation."""
pass
def another():
pass
could be mapped into this kind of library information dictionary:
{ '__intro__': {'doc': 'Library documentation'} 'example': {'args': ['a', 'b=True'], 'types': ['int'], 'doc': 'Keyword documentation.', 'tags': ['x', 'y']} 'another: {'args': []} }
Note
get_library_information
is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
When the Remote library wants the server to execute some keyword, it
calls the remote server's run_keyword
method and passes it the
keyword name, a list of arguments, and possibly a dictionary of
free named arguments. Base types can be used as
arguments directly, but more complex types are converted to supported
types.
The server must return results of the execution in a result dictionary
(or map, depending on terminology) containing items explained in the
following table. Notice that only the status
entry is mandatory,
others can be omitted if they are not applicable.
Name | Explanation |
---|---|
status | Mandatory execution status. Either PASS or FAIL. |
output | Possible output to write into the log file. Must be given
as a single string but can contain multiple messages and
different log levels in format *INFO* First
message\n*HTML* <b>2nd</b>\n*WARN* Another message . It
is also possible to embed timestamps to the log messages
like *INFO:1308435758660* Message with timestamp . |
return | Possible return value. Must be one of the supported types. |
error | Possible error message. Used only when the execution fails. |
traceback | Possible stack trace to write into the log file using DEBUG level when the execution fails. |
continuable | When set to True , or any value considered True in
Python, the occurred failure is considered continuable. |
fatal | Like continuable , but denotes that the occurred
failure is fatal. |
The Remote library is a dynamic library, and in general it handles different argument syntaxes according to the same rules as any other dynamic library. This includes mandatory arguments, default values, varargs, as well as named argument syntax.
Also free named arguments (**kwargs
) works mostly the same way
as with other dynamic libraries. First of all, the
get_keyword_arguments
must return an argument specification that
contains **kwargs
exactly like with any other dynamic library.
The main difference is that
remote servers' run_keyword
method must have an optional third argument
that gets the kwargs specified by the user. The third argument must be optional
because, for backwards-compatibility reasons, the Remote library passes kwargs
to the run_keyword
method only when they have been used in the test data.
In practice run_keyword
should look something like the following
Python and Java examples, depending on how the language handles optional
arguments.
def run_keyword(name, args, kwargs=None):
# ...
public Map run_keyword(String name, List args) {
// ...
}
public Map run_keyword(String name, List args, Map kwargs) {
// ...
}
Robot Framework has a listener interface that can be used to receive notifications about test execution. Example usages include external test monitors, sending a mail message when a test fails, and communicating with other systems. Listener API version 3 also makes it possible to modify tests and results during the test execution.
Listeners are classes or modules with certain special methods. Listeners that monitor the whole test execution must be taken into use from the command line. In addition to that, test libraries can register listeners that receive notifications while that library is active.
Listeners are taken into use from the command line with the --listener option so that the name of the listener is given to it as an argument. The listener name is got from the name of the class or module implementing the listener, similarly as library name is got from the class or module implementing the library. The specified listeners must be in the same module search path where test libraries are searched from when they are imported. Other option is to give an absolute or a relative path to the listener file similarly as with test libraries. It is possible to take multiple listeners into use by using this option several times:
robot --listener MyListener tests.robot robot --listener com.company.package.Listener tests.robot robot --listener path/to/MyListener.py tests.robot robot --listener module.Listener --listener AnotherListener tests.robot
It is also possible to give arguments to listener classes from the command
line. Arguments are specified after the listener name (or path) using a colon
(:
) as a separator. If a listener is given as an absolute Windows path,
the colon after the drive letter is not considered a separator.
Additionally it is possible to use a semicolon (;
) as an
alternative argument separator. This is useful if listener arguments
themselves contain colons, but requires surrounding the whole value with
quotes on UNIX-like operating systems:
robot --listener listener.py:arg1:arg2 tests.robot robot --listener "listener.py;arg:with:colons" tests.robot robot --listener c:\path\listener.py;d:\first\arg;e:\second\arg tests.robot
In addition to passing arguments one-by-one as positional arguments, it is possible to pass them using the named argument syntax exactly when using keywords:
robot --listener listener.py:name=value tests.robot robot --listener "listener.py;name=value:with:colons;another=value" tests.robot
Listener arguments are automatically converted using same rules as with keywords based on type hints and default values. For example, this listener
class Listener:
def __init__(self, port: int, log=True):
self.port = post
self.log = log
could be used like
robot --listener Listener:8270:false
and the first argument would be converted to an integer based on the type hint and the second to a Boolean based on the default value.
Note
Both named argument syntax and argument conversion are new in Robot Framework 4.0.
There are two supported listener interface versions. A listener must
have an attribute ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION
with value 2 or 3, either as
a string or as an integer, depending on which API version it uses.
The main difference between listener versions 2 and 3 is that the former only gets information about the execution but cannot directly affect it. The latter interface gets data and result objects Robot Framework itself uses and is thus able to alter execution and change results. See listener examples for more information about what listeners can do.
Robot Framework creates instances of listener classes when the test execution starts and uses listeners implemented as modules directly. During the test execution different listener methods are called when test suites, test cases and keywords start and end. Additional methods are called when a library or a resource or variable file is imported, when output files are ready, and finally when the whole test execution ends. A listener is not required to implement any official interface, and it only needs to have the methods it actually needs.
Listener versions 2 and 3 have mostly the same methods, but the arguments
they accept are different. These methods and their arguments are explained
in the following sections. All methods that have an underscore in their name
have also camelCase alternative. For example, start_suite
method can
be used also with name startSuite
.
Listener methods in the API version 2 are listed in the following table.
All methods related to test execution progress have the same signature
method(name, attributes)
, where attributes
is a dictionary containing
details of the event. Listener methods are free to do whatever they want
to do with the information they receive, but they cannot directly change
it. If that is needed, listener version 3 can be used instead.
Method | Arguments | Documentation |
---|---|---|
start_suite | name, attributes | Called when a test suite starts. Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
end_suite | name, attributes | Called when a test suite ends. Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
start_test | name, attributes | Called when a test case starts. Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
end_test | name, attributes | Called when a test case ends. Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
start_keyword | name, attributes | Called when a keyword or a control structure such as With keywords Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
end_keyword | name, attributes | Called when a keyword ends.
Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
log_message | message | Called when an executed keyword writes a log message.
Not called if the message level is below the current threshold level. |
message | message | Called when the framework itself writes a syslog message.
|
library_import | name, attributes | Called when a library has been imported.
Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
resource_import | name, attributes | Called when a resource file has been imported.
Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
variables_import | name, attributes | Called when a variable file has been imported.
Contents of the attribute dictionary:
|
output_file | path | Called when writing to an output file is ready.
|
log_file | path | Called when writing to a log file is ready.
|
report_file | path | Called when writing to a report file is ready.
|
xunit_file | path | Called when writing to an xunit file is ready.
|
debug_file | path | Called when writing to a debug file is ready.
|
close | Called when the whole test execution ends. With library listeners called when the library goes out of scope. |
Listener version 3 has mostly the same methods as listener version 2 but arguments of the methods related to test execution are different. This API gets actual running and result model objects used by Robot Framework itself, and listeners can both directly query information they need and also change the model objects on the fly.
Listener version 3 does not yet have all methods that the version 2 has. The
main reason is that suitable model objects are not available internally.
The close
method and methods related to output files are called exactly
same way in both versions.
Method | Arguments | Documentation |
---|---|---|
start_suite | data, result | Called when a test suite starts.
|
end_suite | data, result | Called when a test suite ends. Same arguments as with |
start_test | data, result | Called when a test case starts.
|
end_test | data, result | Called when a test case ends. Same arguments as with |
start_keyword | N/A | Not currently implemented. |
end_keyword | N/A | Not currently implemented. |
log_message | message | Called when an executed keyword writes a log message.
This method is not called if the message has level below the current threshold level. |
message | message | Called when the framework itself writes a syslog message.
|
library_import | N/A | Not currently implemented. |
resource_import | N/A | Not currently implemented. |
variables_import | N/A | Not currently implemented. |
output_file | path | Called when writing to an output file is ready.
|
log_file | path | Called when writing to a log file is ready.
|
report_file | path | Called when writing to a report file is ready.
|
xunit_file | path | Called when writing to an xunit file is ready.
|
debug_file | path | Called when writing to a debug file is ready.
|
close | Called when the whole test execution ends. With library listeners called when the library goes out of scope. |
Robot Framework offers a programmatic logging APIs that listeners can utilize. There are some limitations, however, and how different listener methods can log messages is explained in the table below.
Methods | Explanation |
---|---|
start_keyword, end_keyword, log_message | Messages are logged to the normal log file under the executed keyword. |
start_suite, end_suite, start_test, end_test | Messages are logged to the syslog. Warnings are shown also in the execution errors section of the normal log file. |
message | Messages are normally logged to the syslog. If this method is used while a keyword is executing, messages are logged to the normal log file. |
Other methods | Messages are only logged to the syslog. |
Note
To avoid recursion, messages logged by listeners are not sent to
listener methods log_message
and message
.
This section contains examples using the listener interface. There are first examples that just receive information from Robot Framework and then examples that modify executed tests and created results.
The first example is implemented as Python module and uses the listener version 2.
"""Listener that stops execution if a test fails."""
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 2
def end_test(name, attrs):
if attrs['status'] == 'FAIL':
print('Test "%s" failed: %s' % (name, attrs['message']))
input('Press enter to continue.')
If the above example would be saved to, for example, PauseExecution.py file, it could be used from the command line like this:
robot --listener path/to/PauseExecution.py tests.robot
The same example could also be implemented also using the newer listener version 3 and used exactly the same way from the command line.
"""Listener that stops execution if a test fails."""
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 3
def end_test(data, result):
if not result.passed:
print('Test "%s" failed: %s' % (result.name, result.message))
input('Press enter to continue.')
The next example, which still uses Python, is slightly more complicated. It writes all the information it gets into a text file in a temporary directory without much formatting. The filename may be given from the command line, but also has a default value. Note that in real usage, the debug file functionality available through the command line option --debugfile is probably more useful than this example.
import os.path
import tempfile
class PythonListener:
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 2
def __init__(self, filename='listen.txt'):
outpath = os.path.join(tempfile.gettempdir(), filename)
self.outfile = open(outpath, 'w')
def start_suite(self, name, attrs):
self.outfile.write("%s '%s'\n" % (name, attrs['doc']))
def start_test(self, name, attrs):
tags = ' '.join(attrs['tags'])
self.outfile.write("- %s '%s' [ %s ] :: " % (name, attrs['doc'], tags))
def end_test(self, name, attrs):
if attrs['status'] == 'PASS':
self.outfile.write('PASS\n')
else:
self.outfile.write('FAIL: %s\n' % attrs['message'])
def end_suite(self, name, attrs):
self.outfile.write('%s\n%s\n' % (attrs['status'], attrs['message']))
def close(self):
self.outfile.close()
These examples illustrate how to modify the executed tests and suites as well as the execution results. All these examples require using the listener version 3.
Changing what is executed requires modifying the model object containing
the executed test suite or test case objects passed as the first argument to start_suite
and start_test
methods. This is illustrated by the example below that
adds a new test to each executed test suite and a new keyword to each test.
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 3
def start_suite(suite, result):
suite.tests.create(name='New test')
def start_test(test, result):
test.keywords.create(name='Log', args=['Keyword added by listener!'])
Trying to modify execution in end_suite
or end_test
methods does not work,
simply because that suite or test has already been executed. Trying to modify
the name, documentation or other similar metadata of the current suite or
test in start_suite
or start_test
method does not work either, because
the corresponding result object has already been created. Only changes to
child tests or keywords actually have an effect.
This API is very similar to the pre-run modifier API that can be used to modify suites and tests before the whole test execution starts. The main benefit of using the listener API is that modifications can be done dynamically based on execution results or otherwise. This allows, for example, interesting possibilities for model based testing.
Although the listener interface is not built on top of Robot Framework's
internal visitor interface similarly as the pre-run modifier API,
listeners can still use the visitors interface themselves. For example,
the SelectEveryXthTest
visitor used in pre-run modifier examples could
be used like this:
from SelectEveryXthTest import SelectEveryXthTest
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 3
def start_suite(suite, result):
selector = SelectEveryXthTest(x=2)
suite.visit(selector)
Test execution results can be altered by modifying test suite and test case result objects
passed as the second argument to start_suite
and start_test
methods,
respectively, and by modifying the message object passed
to the log_message
method. This is demonstrated by the following listener
that is implemented as a class.
class ResultModifier:
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 3
def __init__(self, max_seconds=10):
self.max_milliseconds = float(max_seconds) * 1000
def start_suite(self, data, suite):
suite.doc = 'Documentation set by listener.'
# Information about tests only available via data at this point.
smoke_tests = [test for test in data.tests if 'smoke' in test.tags]
suite.metadata['Smoke tests'] = len(smoke_tests)
def end_test(self, data, test):
if test.status == 'PASS' and test.elapsedtime > self.max_milliseconds:
test.status = 'FAIL'
test.message = 'Test execution took too long.'
def log_message(self, msg):
if msg.level == 'WARN' and not msg.html:
msg.message = '<b style="font-size: 1.5em">%s</b>' % msg.message
msg.html = True
A limitation is that modifying the name of the current test suite or test
case is not possible because it has already been written to the output.xml
file when listeners are called. Due to the same reason modifying already
finished tests in the end_suite
method has no effect either.
This API is very similar to the pre-Rebot modifier API that can be used to modify results before report and log are generated. The main difference is that listeners modify also the created output.xml file.
Sometimes it is useful also for test libraries to get notifications about test execution. This allows them, for example, to perform certain clean-up activities automatically when a test suite or the whole test execution ends.
A test library can register a listener by using ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER
attribute. The value of this attribute should be an instance of the listener
to use. It may be a totally independent listener or the library itself can
act as a listener. To avoid listener methods to be exposed as keywords in
the latter case, it is possible to prefix them with an underscore.
For example, instead of using end_suite
it is possible to use _end_suite
.
Following examples illustrates using an external listener as well as library acting as a listener itself:
from listener import Listener
class LibraryWithExternalListener:
ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER = Listener()
ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE = 'GLOBAL'
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 2
// actual library code here ...
}
class PythonLibraryAsListenerItself:
ROBOT_LIBRARY_SCOPE = 'TEST SUITE'
ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION = 2
def __init__(self):
self.ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER = self
def _end_suite(self, name, attrs):
print('Suite %s (%s) ending.' % (name, attrs['id']))
# actual library code here ...
As the seconds example above already demonstrated, library listeners have to
specify listener interface versions using ROBOT_LISTENER_API_VERSION
attribute exactly like any other listener.
It is also possible to specify multiple listeners for a single library by
giving ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER
a value as a list:
from listeners import Listener1, Listener2, Listener3
class LibraryWithMultipleListeners:
ROBOT_LIBRARY_LISTENER = [Listener1(), Listener2(), Listener3()]
# actual library code here ...
Library's listener will get notifications about all events in suites where
the library is imported. In practice this means that start_suite
,
end_suite
, start_test
, end_test
, start_keyword
,
end_keyword
, log_message
, and message
methods are
called inside those suites.
If the library creates a new listener instance every time when the library
itself is instantiated, the actual listener instance to use will change
according to the library scope.
In addition to the previously listed listener methods, close
method is called when the library goes out of the scope.
See Listener interface methods section above for more information about all these methods.
Libdoc is Robot Framework's built-in tool that can generate documentation for Robot Framework libraries and resource files. It can generate HTML documentation for humans as well as machine readable spec files in XML and JSON formats. Libdoc also has few special commands to show library or resource information on the console.
Documentation can be created for:
Additionally it is possible to use XML and JSON spec files created by Libdoc earlier as an input.
Note
The support for the JSON spec files is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
libdoc [options] library_or_resource output_file libdoc [options] library_or_resource list|show|version [names]
-f, --format <html|xml|json|libspec> Specifies whether to generate an HTML output for humans or a machine readable spec file in XML or JSON format. The libspec
format means XML spec with documentations converted to HTML. The default format is got from the output file extension.-s, --specdocformat <raw|html> Specifies the documentation format used with XML and JSON spec files. raw
means preserving the original documentation format andhtml
means converting documentation to HTML. The default israw
with XML spec files andhtml
with JSON specs and when using the speciallibspec
format. New in Robot Framework 4.0.-F, --docformat <robot|html|text|rest> Specifies the source documentation format. Possible values are Robot Framework's documentation format, HTML, plain text, and reStructuredText. Default value can be specified in test library source code and the initial default value is robot
.-N, --name <newname> Sets the name of the documented library or resource. -V, --version <newversion> Sets the version of the documented library or resource. The default value for test libraries is defined in the source code. -P, --pythonpath <path> Additional locations where to search for libraries and resources similarly as when running tests. --quiet Do not print the path of the generated output file to the console. New in Robot Framework 4.0. -h, --help Prints this help.
The easiest way to run Libdoc is using the libdoc
command created as part of
the normal installation:
libdoc ExampleLibrary ExampleLibrary.html
Alternatively it is possible to execute the robot.libdoc
module directly.
This approach is especially useful if you have installed Robot Framework using
multiple Python versions and want to use a specific version with Libdoc:
python -m robot.libdoc ExampleLibrary ExampleLibrary.html python3.9 -m robot.libdoc ExampleLibrary ExampleLibrary.html
Yet another alternative is running the robot.libdoc
module as a script:
python path/to/robot/libdoc.py ExampleLibrary ExampleLibrary.html
Note
The separate libdoc
command is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
When documenting libraries implemented with Python or that use the dynamic library API, it is possible to specify the library either by using just the library name or path to the library source code:
libdoc ExampleLibrary ExampleLibrary.html libdoc src/ExampleLibrary.py docs/ExampleLibrary.html
In the former case the library is searched using the module search path and its name must be in the same format as when importing libraries in Robot Framework test data.
If these libraries require arguments when they are imported, the arguments
must be catenated with the library name or path using two colons like
MyLibrary::arg1::arg2
. If arguments change what keywords the library
provides or otherwise alter its documentation, it might be a good idea to use
--name option to also change the library name accordingly.
Resource files must always be specified using a path:
libdoc example.resource example.html
If the path does not exist, resource files are also searched from all directories in the module search path similarly as when executing test cases.
Earlier generated Libdoc XML or JSON spec files can also be used as inputs. This works if spec files use either *.xml, *.libspec or *.json extension:
libdoc Example.xml Example.html libdoc Example.libspec Example.html libdoc Example.json Example.html
Note
Support for the *.libspec extension is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Note
Support for the *.json extension is new in Robot Framework 4.0.
Libdoc can generate documentation in HTML (for humans) and XML or JSON (for tools) formats. The file where to write the documentation is specified as the second argument after the library/resource name or path, and the output format is got from the output file extension by default.
Most Robot Framework libraries use Libdoc to generate library documentation in HTML format. This format is thus familiar for most people who have used Robot Framework. A simple example can be seen below, and it has been generated based on the example found a bit later in this section.
The HTML documentation starts with general library introduction, continues
with a section about configuring the library when it is imported (when
applicable), and finally has shortcuts to all keywords and the keywords
themselves. The magnifying glass icon on the lower right corner opens the
keyword search dialog that can also be opened by simply pressing the s
key.
Libdoc automatically creates HTML documentation if the output file extension is *.html. If there is a need to use some other extension, the format can be specified explicitly with the --format option.
libdoc OperatingSystem OperatingSystem.html libdoc --name MyLibrary Remote::http://10.0.0.42:8270 MyLibrary.html libdoc --format HTML test/resource.robot doc/resource.htm
Libdoc can also generate documentation in XML format that is suitable for external tools such as editors. It contains all the same information as the HTML format but in a machine readable format.
XML spec files also contain library and keyword source information so that
the library and each keyword can have source path (source
attribute) and
line number (lineno
attribute). The source path is relative to the directory
where the spec file is generated thus does not refer to a correct file if
the spec is moved. The source path is omitted with keywords if it is
the same as with the library, and both the source path and the line number
are omitted if getting them from the library fails for whatever reason.
Libdoc automatically uses the XML format if the output file extension is
*.xml or *.libspec. When using the special *.libspec
extension, Libdoc automatically enables the options -f XML -s HTML
which means
creating an XML output file where keyword documentation is converted to HTML.
If needed, the format can be explicitly set with the --format option.
libdoc OperatingSystem OperatingSystem.xml libdoc test/resource.robot doc/resource.libspec libdoc --format xml MyLibrary MyLibrary.spec libdoc --format xml -s html MyLibrary MyLibrary.xml
The exact Libdoc spec file format is documented with an XML schema (XSD) at https://github.com/robotframework/robotframework/tree/master/doc/schema. The spec file format may change between Robot Framework major releases.
To make it easier for external tools to know how to parse a certain
spec file, the spec file root element has a dedicated specversion
attribute. It was added in Robot Framework 3.2 with value 2
and earlier
spec files can be considered to have version 1
. The spec version will
be incremented in the future if and when changes are made.
Robot Framework 4.0 introduced new spec version 3
which is incompatible
with earlier versions.
Note
The XML:HTML
format introduced in Robot Framework 3.2. has been
replaced by the format LIBSPEC
ot the option combination
--format XML --specdocformat HTML
.
Note
Including source information and spec version are new in Robot Framework 3.2.
Since Robot Framework 4.0 Libdoc can also generate documentation in JSON format that is suitable for external tools such as editors or web pages. It contains all the same information as the HTML format but in a machine readable format.
Similar to XML spec files the JSON spec files contain all information and can also be used as input to Libdoc. From that format any other output format can be created. By default the library documentation strings are converted to HTML format within the JSON output file.
The exact JSON spec file format is documented with an JSON schema at https://github.com/robotframework/robotframework/tree/master/doc/schema. The spec file format may change between Robot Framework major releases.
Libdoc has three special commands to show information on the console. These commands are used instead of the name of the output file, and they can also take additional arguments.
list
show
intro
will show
only the library introduction and importing sections.version
Optional patterns given to list
and show
are case and space
insensitive. Both also accept *
and ?
as wildcards.
Examples:
libdoc Dialogs list libdoc SeleniumLibrary list browser libdoc Remote::10.0.0.42:8270 show libdoc Dialogs show PauseExecution execute* libdoc SeleniumLibrary show intro libdoc SeleniumLibrary version
This section discusses writing documentation for Python based test libraries that use the static library API as well as for dynamic libraries and resource files. Creating test libraries and resource files is described in more details elsewhere in the User Guide.
The documentation for Python libraries that use the static library API is written simply as doc strings for the library class or module and for methods implementing keywords. The first line of the method documentation is considered as a short documentation for the keyword (used, for example, as a tool tip in links in the generated HTML documentation), and it should thus be as describing as possible, but not too long.
The simple example below illustrates how to write the documentation in general. How the HTML documentation generated based on this example looks like can be seen above, and there is also a bit longer example at the end of this chapter.
class ExampleLibrary:
"""Library for demo purposes.
This library is only used in an example and it doesn't do anything useful.
"""
def my_keyword(self):
"""Does nothing."""
pass
def your_keyword(self, arg):
"""Takes one argument and *does nothing* with it.
Examples:
| Your Keyword | xxx |
| Your Keyword | yyy |
"""
pass
If you want to use non-ASCII characters in the documentation, the documentation must either be Unicode string (default in Python 3) or UTF-8 encoded bytes.
Tip
When using Python 2, you it is a good idea to set the source code encoding to ease using non-ASCII characters.
For more information on Python documentation strings, see PEP-257.
To be able to generate meaningful documentation for dynamic libraries,
the libraries must return keyword argument names and documentation using
get_keyword_arguments
and get_keyword_documentation
methods (or using their camelCase variants getKeywordArguments
and getKeywordDocumentation
). Libraries can also support
general library documentation via special __intro__
and
__init__
values to the get_keyword_documentation
method.
See the Dynamic library API section for more information about how to create these methods.
A separate section about how the library is imported is created based on its
initialization methods. If the library has an __init__
method that takes arguments in addition to self
, its documentation and
arguments are shown.
class TestLibrary:
def __init__(self, mode='default')
"""Creates new TestLibrary. `mode` argument is used to determine mode."""
self.mode = mode
def some_keyword(self, arg):
"""Does something based on given `arg`.
What is done depends on the `mode` specified when `importing` the library.
"""
if self.mode == 'secret':
# ...
Keywords in resource files can have documentation using
[Documentation] setting, and this documentation is also used by
Libdoc. First line of the documentation (until the first
implicit newline or explicit \n
) is considered to be the short
documentation similarly as with test libraries.
Also the resource file itself can have Documentation in the Setting section for documenting the whole resource file.
Possible variables in resource files can not be documented.
*** Settings ***
Documentation Resource file for demo purposes.
... This resource is only used in an example and it doesn't do anything useful.
*** Keywords ***
My Keyword
[Documentation] Does nothing
No Operation
Your Keyword
[Arguments] ${arg}
[Documentation] Takes one argument and *does nothing* with it.
...
... Examples:
... | Your Keyword | xxx |
... | Your Keyword | yyy |
No Operation
Libdoc supports documentation in Robot Framework's own documentation
syntax, HTML, plain text, and reStructuredText. The format to use can be
specified in library source code using ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
attribute or given from the command line using --docformat (-F) option.
In both cases the possible case-insensitive values are ROBOT
(default),
HTML
, TEXT
and reST
.
Robot Framework's own documentation format is the default and generally recommended format. Other formats are especially useful when using existing code with existing documentation in test libraries.
Most important features in Robot Framework's documentation syntax are
formatting using *bold*
and _italic_
, custom links and
automatic conversion of URLs to links, and the possibility to create tables and
pre-formatted text blocks (useful for examples) simply with pipe character.
If documentation gets longer, support for section titles can also be handy.
Some of the most important formatting features are illustrated in the example
below. Notice that since this is the default format, there is no need to use
ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
attribute nor give the format from the command
line.
"""Example library in Robot Framework format.
- Formatting with *bold* and _italic_.
- URLs like http://example.com are turned to links.
- Custom links like [http://robotframework.org|Robot Framework] are supported.
- Linking to `My Keyword` works.
"""
def my_keyword():
"""Nothing more to see here."""
With bigger libraries it is often useful to add a table of contents to
the library introduction. When using the Robot Framework documentation format,
this can be done automatically by adding a special %TOC%
marker into a line
on its own. The table of contents is created based on the top-level
section titles (e.g. = Section =
) used in the introduction. In addition
to them, the TOC also gets links to the automatically created sections
for shortcuts and keywords as well as for importing and tags sections when
applicable.
"""Example library demonstrating TOC generation.
The %TOC% marker only creates the actual table of contents and possible
header or other explanation needs to be added separately like done below.
== Table of contents ==
%TOC%
= Section title =
The top-level section titles are automatically added to the TOC.
= Second section =
== Sub section ==
Sub section titles are not added to the TOC.
"""
def my_keyword():
"""Nothing more to see here."""
Note
Automatic TOC generation is a new feature in Robot Framework 3.2.
When using HTML format, you can create documentation pretty much freely using any syntax. The main drawback is that HTML markup is not that human friendly, and that can make the documentation in the source code hard to maintain and read. Documentation in HTML format is used by Libdoc directly without any transformation or escaping. The special syntax for linking to keywords using syntax like `My Keyword` is supported, however.
Example below contains the same formatting examples as the previous example.
Now ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT
attribute must be used or format given
on the command line like --docformat HTML
.
"""Example library in HTML format.
<ul>
<li>Formatting with <b>bold</b> and <i>italic</i>.
<li>URLs are not turned to links automatically.
<li>Custom links like <a href="http://www.w3.org/html">HTML</a> are supported.
<li>Linking to `My Keyword` works.
</ul>
"""
ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT = 'HTML'
def my_keyword():
"""Nothing more to see here."""
When the plain text format is used, Libdoc uses the documentation as-is.
Newlines and other whitespace are preserved except for indentation, and
HTML special characters (<>&
) escaped. The only formatting done is
turning URLs into clickable links and supporting internal linking
like `My Keyword`.
"""Example library in plain text format.
- Formatting is not supported.
- URLs like http://example.com are turned to links.
- Custom links are not supported.
- Linking to `My Keyword` works.
"""
ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT = 'text'
def my_keyword():
"""Nothing more to see here."""
reStructuredText is simple yet powerful markup syntax used widely in Python projects (including this User Guide) and elsewhere. The main limitation is that you need to have the docutils module installed to be able to generate documentation using it. Because backtick characters have special meaning in reStructuredText, linking to keywords requires them to be escaped like \`My Keyword\`.
One of the nice features that reStructured supports is the ability to mark code blocks that can be syntax highlighted. Syntax highlight requires additional Pygments module and supports all the languages that Pygments supports.
"""Example library in reStructuredText format.
- Formatting with **bold** and *italic*.
- URLs like http://example.com are turned to links.
- Custom links like reStructuredText__ are supported.
- Linking to \`My Keyword\` works but requires backtics to be escaped.
__ http://docutils.sourceforge.net
.. code:: robotframework
*** Test Cases ***
Example
My keyword # How cool is this!!?!!?!1!!
"""
ROBOT_LIBRARY_DOC_FORMAT = 'reST'
def my_keyword():
"""Nothing more to see here."""
Libdoc supports internal linking to keywords and different sections in the documentation. Linking is done by surrounding the target name with backtick characters like `target`. Target names are case-insensitive and possible targets are explained in the subsequent sections.
There is no error or warning if a link target is not found, but instead Libdoc just formats the text in italics. Earlier this formatting was recommended to be used when referring to keyword arguments, but that was problematic because it could accidentally create internal links. Nowadays it is recommended to use inline code style with double backticks like ``argument`` instead. The old formatting of single backticks may even be removed in the future in favor of giving an error when a link target is not found.
In addition to the examples in the following sections, internal linking and argument formatting is shown also in the longer example at the end of this chapter.
All keywords the library have automatically create link targets and they can be linked using syntax `Keyword Name`. This is illustrated with the example below where both keywords have links to each others.
def keyword(log_level="INFO"):
"""Does something and logs the output using the given level.
Valid values for log level` are "INFO" (default) "DEBUG" and "TRACE".
See also `Another Keyword`.
"""
# ...
def another_keyword(argument, log_level="INFO"):
"""Does something with the given argument else and logs the output.
See `Keyword` for information about valid log levels.
"""
# ...
Note
When using reStructuredText documentation syntax, backticks must be escaped like \`Keyword Name\`.
The documentation generated by Libdoc always contains sections for overall library introduction and for keywords. If a library itself takes arguments, there is also separate importing section. If any of the keywords has tags, a separate selector for them is also shown in the overview.
All the sections act as targets that can be linked, and the possible target names are listed in the table below. Using these targets is shown in the example of the next section.
Section | Target |
---|---|
Introduction | `introduction` and `library introduction` |
Importing | `importing` and `library importing` |
Keywords | `keywords` |
Note
Before Robot Framework 4.0 there were also sections for tags and shortcuts. In Robot Framework 4.0 these have been removed in favor of the overview menu. This means that prior linking to shortcuts or tags sections does not work.
Robot Framework's documentation syntax supports custom section titles, and the titles used in the library or resource file introduction automatically create link targets. The example below illustrates linking both to automatic and custom sections:
"""Library for Libdoc demonstration purposes.
This library does not do anything useful.
= My section =
We do have a custom section in the documentation, though.
"""
def keyword():
"""Does nothing.
See `introduction` for more information and `My section` to test how
linking to custom sections works.
"""
pass
Note
Linking to custom sections works only when using Robot Framework documentation syntax.
Libdoc shows information about keywords' arguments automatically.
The following information is shown for all keywords regardless are they implemented in libraries or in resource files:
${}
decoration
to make arguments look the same regardless where keywords originate from.= 42
.<int>
. Can be a link to type documentation as explained
in the next section.When referring to arguments in keyword documentation, it is recommended to use inline code style like ``argument``.
As mentioned above, Libdoc automatically shows possible type information when listing arguments. If the type is a custom type based on Enum or TypedDict, the type is automatically converted, or the type has custom converter, also the type itself is listed separately to show more information about it. When these types are used in arguments, the type name also becomes a link to the type information.
All listed data types show possible type documentation as well as what argument
types are supported. In addition to that, types based on Enum
list available
members and types based on TypedDict
show the dictionary structure.
Note
Automatically listing types based on Enum
and TypedDict
is new
in Robot Framework 4.0. Listing other types is new in Robot Framework 5.0.
The following example illustrates how to use the most important documentation formatting possibilities, internal linking, and so on. Click here to see how the generated documentation looks like.
class LoggingLibrary:
"""Library for logging messages.
= Table of contents =
%TOC%
= Usage =
This library has several keyword, for example `Log Message`, for logging
messages. In reality the library is used only for _Libdoc_ demonstration
purposes.
= Valid log levels =
Valid log levels are ``INFO``, ``DEBUG``, and ``TRACE``. The default log
level can be set during `importing`.
= Examples =
Notice how keywords are linked from examples.
| `Log Message` | My message | | |
| `Log Two Messages` | My message | Second message | level=DEBUG |
| `Log Messages` | First message | Second message | Third message |
"""
ROBOT_LIBRARY_VERSION = '0.1'
def __init__(self, default_level='INFO'):
"""The default log level can be given at library import time.
See `Valid log levels` section for information about available log
levels.
Examples:
| =Setting= | =Value= | =Value= | =Comment= |
| Library | LoggingLibrary | | # Use default level (INFO) |
| Library | LoggingLibrary | DEBUG | # Use the given level |
"""
self.default_level = self._verify_level(default_level)
def _verify_level(self, level):
level = level.upper()
if level not in ['INFO', 'DEBUG', 'TRACE']:
raise RuntimeError("Invalid log level'%s'. Valid levels are "
"'INFO', 'DEBUG', and 'TRACE'")
return level
def log_message(self, message, level=None):
"""Writes given message to the log file using the specified log level.
The message to log and the log level to use are defined using
``message`` and ``level`` arguments, respectively.
If no log level is given, the default level given during `library
importing` is used.
"""
level = self._verify_level(level) if level else self.default_level
print("*%s* %s" % (level, message))
def log_two_messages(self, message1, message2, level=None):
"""Writes given messages to the log file using the specified log level.
See `Log Message` keyword for more information.
"""
self.log_message(message1, level)
self.log_message(message2, level)
def log_messages(self, *messages):
"""Logs given messages using the log level set during `importing`.
See also `Log Message` and `Log Two Messages`.
"""
for msg in messages:
self.log_message(msg)
All standard libraries have documentation generated by Libdoc and their documentation (and source code) act as a more realistic examples.
Testdoc is Robot Framework's built-in tool for generating high level documentation based on test cases. The created documentation is in HTML format and it includes name, documentation and other metadata of each test suite and test case, as well as the top-level keywords and their arguments.
python -m robot.testdoc [options] data_sources output_file
-T, --title <title> Set the title of the generated documentation. Underscores in the title are converted to spaces. The default title is the name of the top level suite. -N, --name <name> Override the name of the top level test suite. -D, --doc <doc> Override the documentation of the top level test suite. -M, --metadata <name:value> Set/override free metadata of the top level test suite. -G, --settag <tag> Set given tag(s) to all test cases. -t, --test <name> Include tests by name. -s, --suite <name> Include suites by name. -i, --include <tag> Include tests by tags. -e, --exclude <tag> Exclude tests by tags. -A, --argumentfile <path> Text file to read more arguments from. Works exactly like argument files when running tests. -h, --help Print this help in the console.
All options except --title have exactly the same semantics as same options have when executing test cases.
Data can be given as a single file, directory, or as multiple files and directories. In all these cases, the last argument must be the file where to write the output.
Testdoc can be executed as an installed module like
python -m robot.testdoc
or as a script like python path/robot/testdoc.py
.
Examples:
python -m robot.testdoc my_test.robot testdoc.html python path/to/robot/testdoc.py --name "Smoke tests" --include smoke path/to/tests smoke.html
The built-in Tidy tool was deprecated in Robot Framework 4.1 in favor of the new and enhanced external Robotidy tool. It was removed altogether in Robot Framework 5.0.
There are plenty of external tools that can be used with Robot Framework. These tools include plugins for various IDEs and text editors, tools for parallel execution and data-driven testing, plugins for continuous integration systems, and so on.
These tools are developed as separate projects independently from Robot Framework itself. For a list of the available tools see http://robotframework.org/.
The Setting section is used to import test libraries, resource files and variable files and to define metadata for test suites and test cases. It can be included in test case files and resource files. Note that in a resource file, a Setting section can only include settings for importing libraries, resources, and variables.
Name | Description |
---|---|
Library | Used for importing libraries. |
Resource | Used for taking resource files into use. |
Variables | Used for taking variable files into use. |
Documentation | Used for specifying a test suite or resource file documentation. |
Metadata | Used for setting free test suite metadata. |
Suite Setup | Used for specifying the suite setup. |
Suite Teardown | Used for specifying the suite teardown. |
Force Tags | Used for specifying forced values for tags when tagging test cases. |
Default Tags | Used for specifying default values for tags when tagging test cases. |
Test Setup | Used for specifying a default test setup. |
Test Teardown | Used for specifying a default test teardown. |
Test Template | Used for specifying a default template keyword for test cases. |
Test Timeout | Used for specifying a default test case timeout. |
Task Setup, Task Teardown, Task Template, Task Timeout | Aliases for Test Setup, Test Teardown, Test Template and Test Timeout, respectively, that can be used when creating tasks. |
The settings in the Test Case section are always specific to the test case for which they are defined. Some of these settings override the default values defined in the Settings section.
Exactly same settings are available when creating tasks in the Task section.
Name | Description |
---|---|
[Documentation] | Used for specifying a test case documentation. |
[Tags] | Used for tagging test cases. |
[Setup] | Used for specifying a test setup. |
[Teardown] | Used for specifying a test teardown. |
[Template] | Used for specifying a template keyword. |
[Timeout] | Used for specifying a test case timeout. |
Settings in the Keyword section are specific to the user keyword for which they are defined.
Name | Description |
---|---|
[Documentation] | Used for specifying a user keyword documentation. |
[Tags] | Used for specifying user keyword tags. |
[Arguments] | Used for specifying user keyword arguments. |
[Return] | Used for specifying user keyword return values. |
[Teardown] | Used for specifying user keyword teardown. |
[Timeout] | Used for specifying a user keyword timeout. |
This appendix lists all the command line options that are available when executing test cases and when post-processing outputs. Also environment variables affecting execution and post-processing are listed.
--rpa Turn on generic automation mode. -F, --extension <value> Parse only these files when executing a directory. -N, --name <name> Sets the name of the top-level test suite. -D, --doc <document> Sets the documentation of the top-level test suite. -M, --metadata <name:value> Sets free metadata for the top level test suite. -G, --settag <tag> Sets the tag(s) to all executed test cases. -t, --test <name> Selects the test cases by name. --task <name> Alias for --test that can be used when executing tasks. -s, --suite <name> Selects the test suites by name. -R, --rerunfailed <file> Selects failed tests from an earlier output file to be re-executed. -S, --rerunfailedsuites <file> Selects failed test suites from an earlier output file to be re-executed. -i, --include <tag> Selects the test cases by tag. -e, --exclude <tag> Selects the test cases by tag. --skip <tag> Tests having given tag will be skipped. Tag can be a pattern. --skiponfailure <tag> Tests having given tag will be skipped if they fail. -v, --variable <name:value> Sets individual variables. -V, --variablefile <path:args> Sets variables using variable files. -d, --outputdir <dir> Defines where to create output files. -o, --output <file> Sets the path to the generated output file. -l, --log <file> Sets the path to the generated log file. -r, --report <file> Sets the path to the generated report file. -x, --xunit <file> Sets the path to the generated xUnit compatible result file. -b, --debugfile <file> A debug file that is written during execution. -T, --timestampoutputs Adds a timestamp to all output files. --splitlog Split log file into smaller pieces that open in browser transparently. --logtitle <title> Sets a title for the generated test log. --reporttitle <title> Sets a title for the generated test report. --reportbackground <colors> Sets background colors of the generated report. --maxerrorlines <lines> Sets the number of error lines shown in report when tests fail. --maxassignlength <characters> Sets the number of characters shown in log when variables are assigned. -L, --loglevel <level> Sets the threshold level for logging. Optionally the default visible log level can be given separated with a colon (:). --suitestatlevel <level> Defines how many levels to show in the Statistics by Suite table in outputs. --tagstatinclude <tag> Includes only these tags in the Statistics by Tag table. --tagstatexclude <tag> Excludes these tags from the Statistics by Tag table. --tagstatcombine <tags:title> Creates combined statistics based on tags. --tagdoc <pattern:doc> Adds documentation to the specified tags. --tagstatlink <pattern:link:title> Adds external links to the Statistics by Tag table. --expandkeywords <name:pattern|tag:pattern> Automatically expand keywords in the generated log file. --removekeywords <all|passed|name:pattern|tag:pattern|for|while|wuks> Removes keyword data from the generated log file. --flattenkeywords <for|while|iteration|name:pattern|tag:pattern> Flattens keywords in the generated log file. --listener <name:args> Sets a listener for monitoring test execution. --nostatusrc Sets the return code to zero regardless of failures in test cases. Error codes are returned normally. --runemptysuite Executes tests also if the selected test suites are empty. --dryrun In the dry run mode tests are run without executing keywords originating from test libraries. Useful for validating test data syntax. -X, --exitonfailure Stops test execution if any test fails. --exitonerror Stops test execution if any error occurs when parsing test data, importing libraries, and so on. --skipteardownonexit Skips teardowns if test execution is prematurely stopped. --prerunmodifier <name:args> Activate programmatic modification of test data. --prerebotmodifier <name:args> Activate programmatic modification of results. --randomize <all|suites|tests|none> Randomizes test execution order. --console <verbose|dotted|quiet|none> Console output type. --dotted Shortcut for --console dotted
.--quiet Shortcut for --console quiet
.-W, --consolewidth <width> Sets the width of the console output. -C, --consolecolors <auto|on|ansi|off> Specifies are colors used on the console. -K, --consolemarkers <auto|on|off> Show markers on the console when top level keywords in a test case end. -P, --pythonpath <path> Additional locations to add to the module search path. -A, --argumentfile <path> A text file to read more arguments from. -h, --help Prints usage instructions. --version Prints the version information.
--rpa Turn on generic automation mode. -R, --merge Changes result combining behavior to merging. -N, --name <name> Sets the name of the top level test suite. -D, --doc <document> Sets the documentation of the top-level test suite. -M, --metadata <name:value> Sets free metadata for the top-level test suite. -G, --settag <tag> Sets the tag(s) to all processed test cases. -t, --test <name> Selects the test cases by name. --task <name> Alias for --test. -s, --suite <name> Selects the test suites by name. -i, --include <tag> Selects the test cases by tag. -e, --exclude <tag> Selects the test cases by tag. -d, --outputdir <dir> Defines where to create output files. -o, --output <file> Sets the path to the generated output file. -l, --log <file> Sets the path to the generated log file. -r, --report <file> Sets the path to the generated report file. -x, --xunit <file> Sets the path to the generated xUnit compatible result file. -T, --timestampoutputs Adds a timestamp to all output files. --splitlog Split log file into smaller pieces that open in browser transparently. --logtitle <title> Sets a title for the generated test log. --reporttitle <title> Sets a title for the generated test report. --reportbackground <colors> Sets background colors of the generated report. -L, --loglevel <level> Sets the threshold level to select log messages. Optionally the default visible log level can be given separated with a colon (:). --suitestatlevel <level> Defines how many levels to show in the Statistics by Suite table in outputs. --tagstatinclude <tag> Includes only these tags in the Statistics by Tag table. --tagstatexclude <tag> Excludes these tags from the Statistics by Tag table. --tagstatcombine <tags:title> Creates combined statistics based on tags. --tagdoc <pattern:doc> Adds documentation to the specified tags. --tagstatlink <pattern:link:title> Adds external links to the Statistics by Tag table. --expandkeywords <name:pattern|tag:pattern> Automatically expand keywords in the generated log file. --removekeywords <all|passed|name:pattern|tag:pattern|for|wuks> Removes keyword data from the generated outputs. --flattenkeywords <for|foritem|name:pattern|tag:pattern> Flattens keywords in the generated outputs. --starttime <timestamp> Sets the starting time of test execution when creating reports. --endtime <timestamp> Sets the ending time of test execution when creating reports. --nostatusrc Sets the return code to zero regardless of failures in test cases. Error codes are returned normally. --processemptysuite Processes output files even if files contain empty test suites. --prerebotmodifier <name:args> Activate programmatic modification of results. -C, --consolecolors <auto|on|ansi|off> Specifies are colors used on the console. -P, --pythonpath <path> Additional locations to add to the module search path. -A, --argumentfile <path> A text file to read more arguments from. -h, --help Prints usage instructions. --version Prints the version information.
It is possible to use simple HTML formatting with test suite, test case and user keyword documentation and free test suite metadata in the test data, as well as when documenting test libraries. The formatting is similar to the style used in most wikis, and it is designed to be understandable both as plain text and after the HTML transformation.
When documenting test suites, test cases and keywords or adding metadata
to test suites, newlines can be added manually using \n
escape sequence.
*** Settings ***
Documentation First line.\n\nSecond paragraph. This time\nwith multiple lines.
Metadata Example list - first item\n- second item\n- third
Note
As explained in the Paragraphs section below, the single newline in
Second paragraph, this time\nwith multiple lines.
does not actually
affect how that paragraph is rendered. Newlines are needed when
creating lists or other such constructs, though.
Adding newlines manually to a long documentation takes some effort and extra characters also make the documentation harder to read. This can be avoided, though, as newlines are inserted automatically between continued documentation and metadata lines. In practice this means that the above example could be written also as follows.
*** Settings ***
Documentation
... First line.
...
... Second paragraph. This time
... with multiple lines.
Metadata Example list
... - first item
... - second item
... - third
No automatic newline is added if a line already ends with a literal newline or if it ends with an escaping backslash. If documentation or metadata is defined in multiple columns, cells in a same row are concatenated together with a space. Different ways to split documentation are illustrated in the examples below where all test cases end up having the same two line documentation.
*** Test Cases ***
Example 1
[Documentation] First line\n Second line in multiple parts
No Operation
Example 2
[Documentation] First line
... Second line in multiple parts
No Operation
Example 3
[Documentation] First line\n
... Second line in\
... multiple parts
No Operation
With library documentations normal newlines are enough, and for example the following keyword documentation would create same end result as the test suite documentation in the previous section.
def example_keyword():
"""First line.
Second paragraph, this time
with multiple lines.
"""
pass
All regular text in the formatted HTML documentation is represented as paragraphs. In practice, lines separated by a single newline will be combined in a paragraph regardless whether the newline is added manually or automatically. Multiple paragraphs can be separated with an empty line (i.e. two newlines) and also tables, lists, and other specially formatted blocks discussed in subsequent sections end a paragraph.
For example, the following test suite or resource file documentation:
*** Settings ***
Documentation
... First paragraph has only one line.
...
... Second paragraph, this time created
... with multiple lines.
will be formatted in HTML as:
First paragraph has only one line.
Second paragraph, this time created with multiple lines.
The documentation syntax supports inline styles bold, italic and code
.
Bold text can be created by having an asterisk before and after the
selected word or words, for example *this is bold*
. Italic
style works similarly, but the special character to use is an
underscore, for example, _italic_
. It is also possible to have
bold italic with the syntax _*bold italic*_
.
The code style is created using double backticks like ``code``. The result is monospaced text with light gray background.
Asterisks, underscores or double backticks alone, or in the middle of a word, do not start formatting, but punctuation characters before or after them are allowed. When multiple lines form a paragraph, all inline styles can span over multiple lines.
Unformatted | Formatted |
---|---|
*bold* | bold |
_italic_ | italic |
_*bold italic*_ | bold italic |
``code`` | code |
*bold*, then _italic_ and finally ``some code`` | bold, then italic and finally some code |
This is *bold\n on multiple\n lines*. |
This is bold on multiple lines. |
All strings that look like URLs are automatically converted into
clickable links. Additionally, URLs that end with extension
.jpg, .jpeg, .png, .gif, .bmp or
.svg (case-insensitive) will automatically create images. For
example, URLs like http://example.com
are turned into links, and
http:///host/image.jpg
and file:///path/chart.png
into images.
The automatic conversion of URLs to links is applied to all the data in logs and reports, but creating images is done only for test suite, test case and keyword documentation, and for test suite metadata.
Note
.svg image support is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
It is possible to create custom links
and embed images using special syntax [link|content]
. This creates
a link or image depending are link
and content
images.
They are considered images if they have the same image extensions that are
special with URLs or start with data:image/
. The surrounding square
brackets and the pipe character between the parts are mandatory in all cases.
Note
Support for the data:image/
prefix is new in Robot Framework 3.2.
If neither link
nor content
is an image, the end result is
a normal link where link
is the link target and content
the visible text:
[file.html|this file] -> <a href="file.html">this file</a> [http://host|that host] -> <a href="http://host">that host</a>
If content
is an image, you get a link where the link content is an
image. Link target is created by link
and it can be either text or image:
[robot.html|robot.png] -> <a href="robot.html"><img src="robot.png"></a> [robot.html|data:image/png;base64,oooxxx=] -> <a href="robot.html"><img src="data:image/png;base64,oooxxx="></a> [image.jpg|thumb.jpg] -> <a href="image.jpg"><img src="thumb.jpg"></a>
If link
is an image but content
is not, the syntax creates an
image where the content
is the title text shown when mouse is over
the image:
[robot.jpeg|Robot rocks!] -> <img src="robot.jpeg" title="Robot rocks!"> [data:image/png;base64,oooxxx=|Robot rocks!] -> <img src="data:image/png;base64,oooxxx=" title="Robot rocks!">
If documentation gets longer, it is often a good idea to split it into
sections. It is possible to separate
sections with titles using syntax = My Title =
, where the number of
equal signs denotes the level of the title:
= First section = == Subsection == Some text. == Second subsection == More text. = Second section = You probably got the idea.
Notice that only three title levels are supported and that spaces between equal signs and the title text are mandatory.
Tables are created using pipe characters with spaces around them
as column separators and newlines as row separators. Header
cells can be created by surrounding the cell content with equal signs
and optional spaces like = Header =
or =Header=
. Tables
cells can also contain links and formatting such as bold and italic:
| =A= | =B= | = C = | | _1_ | Hello | world! | | _2_ | Hi |
The created table always has a thin border and normal text is left-aligned. Text in header cells is bold and centered. Empty cells are automatically added to make rows equally long. For example, the above example would be formatted like this in HTML:
A | B | C |
---|---|---|
1 | Hello | world |
2 | Hi |
Lists are created by starting a line with a hyphen and space ('- '). List items can be split into multiple lines by indenting continuing lines with one or more spaces. A line that does not start with '- ' and is not indented ends the list:
Example: - a list item - second list item is continued This is outside the list.
The above documentation is formatted like this in HTML:
Example:
This is outside the list.
It is possible to embed blocks of preformatted text in the documentation. Preformatted block is created by starting lines with '| ', one space being mandatory after the pipe character except on otherwise empty lines. The starting '| ' sequence will be removed from the resulting HTML, but all other whitespace is preserved.
In the following documentation, the two middle lines form a preformatted block when converted to HTML:
Doc before block: | inside block | some additional whitespace After block.
The above documentation is formatted like this:
Doc before block:
inside block some additional whitespace
After block.
When documenting suites, tests or keywords in Robot Framework test data, having multiple spaces requires escaping with a backslash to prevent ignoring spaces. The example above would thus be written like this:
Doc before block: | inside block | \ \ \ some \ \ additional whitespace After block.
Horizontal rulers (the <hr>
tag) make it possible to separate larger
sections from each others, and they can be created by having three or more
hyphens alone on a line:
Some text here. --- More text...
The above documentation is formatted like this:
Some text here.
More text...
Robot Framework has its own time format that is both flexible to use and easy to understand. It is used by several keywords (for example, BuiltIn keywords Sleep and Wait Until Keyword Succeeds), DateTime library, and timeouts.
The time can always be given as a plain number, in which case it is interpreted to be seconds. Both integers and floating point numbers work, and it is possible to use either real numbers or strings containing numerical values.
Note
In some contexts plain numbers can be interpreted otherwise as times. For example, with WHILE loop limit integers denote the maximum iteration count.
Representing the time as a time string means using a format such as
2 minutes 42 seconds
, which is normally easier to understand than
just having the value as seconds. It is, for example, not so easy to
understand how long a time 4200
is in seconds, but
1 hour 10 minutes
is clear immediately.
The basic idea of this format is having first a number and then a text
specifying what time that number represents. Numbers can be either
integers or floating point numbers, the whole format is case and space
insensitive, and it is possible to add -
prefix to specify negative
times. The available time specifiers are:
Examples:
1 min 30 secs 1.5 minutes 90 s 1 day 2 hours 3 minutes 4 seconds 5 milliseconds 1d 2h 3m 4s 5ms - 10 seconds
Time can also be given in timer like
format hh:mm:ss.mil
. In this format both hour and millisecond parts
are optional, leading and trailing zeros can be left out when they are not
meaningful, and negative times can be represented by adding the -
prefix. For example, following timer and time string values are identical:
Timer | Time string |
---|---|
00:00:01 | 1 second |
01:02:03 | 1 hour 2 minutes 3 seconds |
1:00:00 | 1 hour |
100:00:00 | 100 hours |
00:02 | 2 seconds |
42:00 | 42 minutes |
00:01:02.003 | 1 minute 2 seconds 3 milliseconds |
00:01.5 | 1.5 seconds |
-01:02.345 | - 1 minute 2 seconds 345 milliseconds |
Many keywords in Robot Framework standard libraries accept arguments that
are handled as Boolean values true or false. If such an argument is given as
a string, it is considered false if it is an empty string or equal to
FALSE
, NONE
, NO
, OFF
or 0
, case-insensitively. Other
strings are considered true unless the keyword documentation explicitly
states otherwise, and other argument types are tested using the same
rules as in Python.
*** Keywords ***
True examples
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=True # Strings are generally true.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=yes # Same as the above.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=${TRUE} # Python `True` is true.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=${42} # Numbers other than 0 are true.
False examples
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=False # String `false` is false.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=no # Also string `no` is false.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=${EMPTY} # Empty string is false.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=${FALSE} # Python `False` is false.
Should Be Equal ${x} ${y} Custom error values=no values # Special false string with this keyword.
Note
Considering OFF
and 0
false is new in Robot Framework 3.1.
Constructs such as IF/ELSE structures, WHILE loops and inline Python evaluation as well as several BuiltIn keywords accept an expression that is evaluated in Python:
*** Test Cases ***
If expression
IF ${x} > 0
Log to console ${x} is positive
ELSE
Log to console ${x} is negative
END
Inline Python evaluation
Log to console ${x} is ${{'positive' if ${x} > 0 else 'negative'}}
Evaluate keyword
${type} = Evaluate 'positive' if ${x} > 0 else 'negative'
Log to console ${x} is ${type}
Should Be True keyword
Should Be True ${x} > 0
This section explains how the expression is evaluated and how variables in the expression are handled. Notice that instead of creating complicated expressions, it is often better to move the logic into a test library. That typically eases maintenance and also enhances execution speed.
Expressions are evaluated using Python's eval function so that normal Python
constructs like '${x}' == 'expected'
, ${x} > 0
and
'${x}'.upper() not in ('FAIL', 'BAD')
can be used and all
builtin functions like len()
and int()
are available.
In addition to that, all unrecognized Python variables are considered to be
modules that are automatically imported. It is possible to use all available
Python modules, including the standard modules and the installed third party
modules.
The following examples demonstrate using Python builtins as well as modules
using the inline Python evaluation syntax, but same expressions would also
work with IF/ELSE structures and BuiltIn keywords without the need to use
the ${{}}
decoration around the expression:
*** Variables ***
${VAR} 123
*** Test Cases ***
Python syntax
Should Be True ${{'${VAR}' == '123'}}
Should Be True ${{'${VAR}'.startswith('x') or '${VAR}' in '012345'}}
Python builtins
Should Be Equal ${{len('${VAR}')}} ${3}
Should Be Equal ${{int('${VAR}')}} ${123}
Access modules
Should Be Equal ${{os.sep}} ${/}
Should Be Equal ${{round(math.pi, 2)}} ${3.14}
Should Start With ${{robot.__version__}} 4.
A limitation of using modules is that nested modules like rootmod.submod
can only be used if the root module automatically imports the submodule. That is
not always the case and using such modules is not possible. An concrete example
that is relevant in the automation context is the selenium
module that is
implemented, at least at the time of this writing, so that just importing
selenium
does not import the selenium.webdriver
submodule.
Another limitation is that modules cannot be used in the expression part of
a list comprehension when using Python 3. A workaround to both of these problems
is using the BuiltIn keyword Evaluate that accepts modules to be imported
and added to the evaluation namespace as an argument:
*** Test Cases ***
Does not work due to nested module structure
Log ${{selenium.webdriver.ChromeOptions()}}
Evaluate keyword with nested module
${options} = Evaluate selenium.webdriver.ChromeOptions() modules=selenium.webdriver
Log ${options}
Does not work due to list comprehension
Log ${{[json.loads(item) for item in ('1', '"b"')]}}
Evaluate keyword with list comprehension
${items} = Evaluate [json.loads(item) for item in ('1', '"b"')] modules=json
Log ${items}
The Evaluate keyword also supports custom evaluation namespaces if further customization is needed. See its documentation in the BuiltIn library for more details.
${variable}
syntaxWhen a variable is used in the expression using the normal ${variable}
syntax, its value is replaced before the expression is evaluated. This
means that the value used in the expression will be the string
representation of the variable value, not the variable value itself.
This is not a problem with numbers and other objects that have a string
representation that can be evaluated directly. For example, if we have
a return code as an integer in variable ${rc}
, using something like
${rc} > 0
is fine.
With other objects the behavior depends on the string representation.
Most importantly, strings must always be quoted either with
single or double quotes like '${x}'
, and if they can contain newlines, they must be
triple-quoted like '''${x}'''
. Strings containing quotes themselves cause
additional problems, but triple-quoting typically handles them. Also the
backslash character \ is problematic, but can be handled by
using Python's raw-string notation like r'${path}'
.
*** Test Cases ***
Using normal variable syntax
Should Be True ${rc} > 0
IF '${status}'.upper() == 'PASS'
Log Passed
END
IF 'FAIL' in r'''${output}'''
Log Output contains FAIL
END
$variable
syntaxQuoting strings is not that convenient, but there are cases where replacing the variable
with its string representation causes even bigger problems. For example, if the variable
value can be either a string or Python None
, quoting like '${var}'
is needed because
otherwise strings do not work, but then None
is interpreted to be a string as well.
Luckily there is an easy solution to these problems discussed in this section.
Actual variables values are available in the evaluation namespace and can be accessed
using special variable syntax without the curly braces like $variable
. Such variables
should never be quoted, not even if they contain strings.
Compare this these examples with the example in the previous section:
*** Test Cases ***
Using special variable syntax
Should Be True $rc > 0
IF $status.upper() == 'PASS'
Log Passed
END
IF 'FAIL' in $output
Log Output contains FAIL
END
Only possible using special variable syntax
Should Be True $example is not None
Should Be True len($result) > 1 and $result[1] == 'OK'
Using the $variable
syntax slows down expression evaluation a little.
This should not typically matter, but should be taken into account if
complex expressions are evaluated often and there are strict time
constrains. Moving such logic to test libraries is typically a good idea
anyway.
API documentation is hosted separately at the excellent Read the Docs service. If you are unsure how to use certain API or is using them forward compatible, please send a question to mailing list.